Later meddlers may add a famous signature to an anonymous work or refit copies with original mountings.
|
|
Since 2003, Red Bull Theatre has devoted itself to stylish mountings of the classics, with a nose for the perverse.
|
|
One might spend long periods of time staring at these stunning creations, which are flanked by wall mountings of various set designs.
|
|
Without out-of-town tryouts (which are poorly used these days anyway) or pre-Broadway institutional mountings, opening a show cold on Broadway is dangerous.
|
|
In the first, glass cases and wall mountings feature original drawings and archived books by the artists, and in the second, above them, is a shelf of current works for sale.
|
|
As of September, Mercedes-Benz Trucks will use 3D printing processes for plastic spare parts including spring caps, air and cable ducts, clamps, mountings and control elements, Daimler said on Wednesday.
|
|
Aston Martin will build Rapide E-inspired "cassettes" that can essentially slide in where the original engine and gearbox used to be, and will even be attached to the same mountings.
|
|
"The best solution would probably be to build in the mountings for the shield and continue to work on it and introduce it as and when it is perfected," added Fernley.
|
|
But archaeologists abroad expressed shock at the damage inside the Palmyra Museum, where Syrian state television showed shattered statues and other artifacts torn from their mountings and damage apparently caused by shelling.
|
|
While the F.I.A. increased the overall minimum weight of this year's cars by 13.2 pounds to 1,618 pounds, the weight of the halo, along with the mountings to attach it to the car, totals 26.5 pounds.
|
|
The mountings originated on the floors of the set for the forest in White Snow in 2013 at the Park Avenue Armory, which McCarthy regularly moved and manipulated to attain a variety of further contrasting textures and layers.
|
|
Some instruments featured metal mountings at one or both ends of the instrument. These mountings help prevent the fraying of the leather or parchment and were decorative. Silver and gold were used for these mountings.
|
|
Twin Foster mountings on a specially modified Sopwith Camel ("Sopwith Comic").
|
|
The vessel also carried two quintuple mountings for dual-role torpedoes.
|
|
They also had four 30mm AK-630 CIWS mountings. They were armed with two twin launchers for the 48 SA-N-3 surface- to-air missiles they carried. The ships also mounted two quintuple mountings for dual-role torpedoes.
|
|
The polyurethane bushes wore 'alarmingly' and were replaced by traditional (regularly) greased chromium-plated brass units. Springs were not substantial enough. The steering box mountings also needed to be reinforced. Radiator mountings were also initially inadequate and had to be strengthened.
|
|
The 5.25 was carried in Mk I twin mountings by the King George V class and in Mk II twin mountings on 9 of the first 11 anti-aircraft cruisers, the exceptions being and , which mounted QF 4.5-inch Mk III guns due to shortages of the 5.25-inch gun. The last five of the Dido class also known as the Bellona-class anti-aircraft cruisers mounted the 5.25-inch in the Remote Power Control RP10 Mk II mountings, which offered much-improved training and elevating speeds. The number of turrets on the Bellona class were reduced from five to four, and the number of light AA guns were increased. The RP10 Mk II mountings were also later used to replace the Mk I mountings on .
|
|
The engines are placed upon flexible mountings reducing the noise signature of the ship.
|
|
Additionally, polypropylene seats with nylon arms and mountings make up the Super Dome's stands.
|
|
The vessel also had four AK-630 CIWS mountings, and was armed with two twin launchers for the 48 V-611 surface-to-air missiles they carried in the M-11 Shtorm system. She also mounted two quintuple mountings for dual-role torpedoes.
|
|
Craftsmen principally used ormolu for the decorative mountings of furniture, clocks, lighting devices, and porcelain.
|
|
Rear of a QF 6 inch Mk III naval gun on Vavasseur recoil mounting, Royal Armouries, Fort Nelson Vavasseur mountings were several mounting devices for artillery and machine guns. They were invented and patented by Josiah Vavasseur. The mountings were used in Barton's Point Battery in Sheerness, on the Isle of Sheppey, in Kent, England. Vavasseur pivot mountings were also used in naval artillery mounted on ships in the late 19th century.
|
|
She also had four 30 mm AK-630 CIWS mountings, and was armed with two twin launchers for the 48 V-611 surface-to-air missiles they carried in the M-11 Shtorm system. She also mounted two quintuple mountings for dual-role torpedoes.
|
|
She also had four 30 mm AK-630 CIWS mountings, and was armed with two twin launchers for the 48 V-611 surface-to-air missiles they carried in the M-11 Shtorm system. She also mounted two quintuple mountings for dual-role torpedoes.
|
|
She also had four 30 mm AK-630 CIWS mountings, and was armed with two twin launchers for the 48 V-611 surface-to-air missiles they carried in the M-11 Shtorm system. She also mounted two quintuple mountings for dual-role torpedoes.
|
|
Military and commercial telescopic sights and mountings used on Karabiner 98k rifles Several different mountings produced by various manufacturers were used. The Karabiner 98k was not designed to accept telescopic sights. Attaching such sights to a Karabiner 98k required machining by a skilled armourer.
|
|
One of the pillboxes and gun mountings remained intact on the roof as late as 1991.
|
|
Guns were thereafter used in single-gun mountings, typically on smaller ships as the main armament.
|
|
The gun armament comprised two stabilised, enclosed dual purpose mountings located in "A" and "Y" positions. Anti-aircraft artillery comprised four quad mountings with new automatic guns. Anti-submarine weapons comprised two RBU-2500 anti-submarine mortars. Two quintuple torpedo tubes and up to 50 mines were also fitted.
|
|
Scylla was completed with four twin 4.5 in Mk III in UD MK III mountings because of a shortage of 5.25 in mountings. The forward superstructure was considerably modified to accommodate these and also to increase crew spaces. Her light AA on completion was eight single 20 mm.
|
|
The type was used in single mountings on the ironclads of the Marceau class, and on the Hoche.
|
|
And I'll be durned if 't wa' n't the mountings the gal was looking at all the time!
|
|
She also had four AK-630 close-in weapon system mountings, and was armed with two twin launchers for the 48 V-611 surface-to-air missiles carried in the M-11 Shtorm system (NATO reporting name SA-N-3 Goblet). She had two quintuple mountings for dual-role torpedoes.
|
|
She also had four AK-630 close-in weapon system mountings, and was armed with two twin launchers for the 48 V-611 surface-to-air missiles they carried in the M-11 Shtorm system (NATO reporting name SA-N-3 Goblet). She mounted two quintuple mountings for dual-role torpedoes.
|
|
The resulting combination of struts and wires is a rigid box girder-like structure independent of its fuselage mountings.
|
|
Only Mark I guns were installed in type A mounts. Maximum elevation was 25° in the six single mounts installed aboard Furutaka-class cruisers in 1926, in the six casemate mountings installed on aircraft carriers Akagi in 1927 and Kaga in 1930, and in the four casemate mountings added to Kaga in 1934.
|
|
The beginning of a national rearmament programme in 1936 prompted the re- commissioning of the works to make gun mountings.
|
|
The Mk VIII 2-pounder gun fired a shell at a muzzle velocity of to a distance of . The gun's rate of fire was around 96–98 rounds per minute.Campbell, pp. 71–74 Two quadruple mountings for the Vickers Mk III machine gun were added in 1933 with two more mountings added in 1937.
|
|
Vampires main armament consisted of six Mark V guns mounted in three Mark 6 twin turrets, two forward and one aft.Shaw, HMAS Vampire, p. 9 Her anti-aircraft outfit consisted of six 40 mm Bofors; two single mountings on the forward superstructure, and two twin mountings on the aft superstructure.Bastock, Australia's Ships of War, p.
|
|
Powered flights, piloted by Zbigniew Zabski, began in October and revealed engine vibrations severe enough to damage its mountings. The problem was solved with new mountings on rubber dampers. For a while a Ava 4, an air-cooled flat four engine, was trialed but rejected as unreliable. The test flight programme included soaring flights and airborne engine restarts.
|
|
Bismarck and Tirpitz were initially armed with twelve 20 mm guns in single mounts, though these were augmented over time. Bismarck received a pair of quadruple gun mountings, for a total of twenty 20 mm guns. Over the course of her career, Tirpitzs 20 mm battery was increased to 78 guns in single and quadruple mountings.
|
|
The main armament of the Tátra-class destroyers consisted of two 50-caliber Škoda Works K10 guns, one each fore and aft of the superstructure in single mounts. Their secondary armament consisted of six 45-caliber guns. Two of these were on anti-aircraft mountings. They were also equipped with four torpedo tubes in two twin rotating mountings amidships.
|
|
Oswald20to45, page 251 Mileage was . The engine was attached using just two mountings and set the standard for smoothness for four-cylinder motors.
|
|
Shortly before transfer to the RAN in 1943, Shropshire underwent a refit. Although the main armament was unchanged, the 4-inch guns were upgraded to twin mountings, while the anti-aircraft armament was replaced with eighteen 20 mm Oerlikon guns (seven twin mountings and four single mountings) and two QF 2-pounder Mark VI eight-barrelled pom- poms. The 3-pounder guns were deleted, while two quadruple-tube launchers for 21-inch torpedoes and several depth charge chutes were installed. During the same refit, the cruiser ceased operating its seaplane, and the aircraft catapult was removed.
|
|
Illustration of London firing a broadside The ships of the London class had four 40-calibre Mark IX guns mounted in twin-gun turrets fore and aft. These guns were placed in BVI mountings in circular barbettes that allowed all- around loading or elevation, with the exception of Venerable, which had BVII mountings instead. Each gun was supplied with 80 shells. Both types of mountings had a range of elevation from -5 degrees to 13.5 degrees. The BVI mounts required the guns to return to 4.5 degrees to be loaded, while the BVII mounts allowed for loading at any angle.
|
|
The armament comprised two twin Bofors 120 mm guns which were capable of 45 rounds per minute. The mountings were automated and stabilised with radar control and 720 rounds were stored per mounting. Initially British 4.5 inch twin Mk 6 mountings were considered but rejected due to complexity, manpower requirements (19 men per mounting) and dependence on hydraulics for operation.Hank Visser, The Netherlands type 47A destroyer in Warship 2016 Conway's Maritime Press pp182-185 The close-range anti-aircraft armament was reduced to a single Bofors 40 mm gun due to the heavy top weight of the 120 mm mountings.
|
|
The after boiler rooms were removed and the remaining uptakes trunked into a single large funnel. Secondary armament was eight QF 4-inch Mark XVI on twin mountings HA/LA Mark XIX, eight QF 2-pounder Mark VIII guns on two quadruple mountings Mark VII and twelve 0.5 inch Vickers machine guns on three quadruple mountings Mark I. The submerged torpedo tubes were removed. She had a new bridge and spotting top and carried a crane amidships; the catapult and aircraft were never fitted. It had been planned to rebuild Hawkins and Frobisher on similar lines, but other priorities prevented this.
|
|
Tobruks primary armament consisted of four Mark III guns, fitted forward in two twin turrets. For anti-aircraft defence, the ship carried twelve 40 mm Bofors anti-aircraft guns: three twin mountings on the aft half of the ship, and six single mountings. Two five-tube Pentad torpedo tube sets were carried. Tobruk was also fitted with a Squid anti-submarine mortar.
|
|
These horizontal sliding breech block guns in common-cradle twin mountings with maximum elevation of 33° were the main armament of Maestrale-class destroyers.
|
|
The suspension was fully independent, with unequal- length wishbones and coilover shock absorbers. In the rear, the coilover assembly was located to the rear of the suspension wishbone mountings. The rear suspension wishbones were asymmetrical front-to-back, with an offset that brought the rear wheel hubs towards the spring mountings. This arrangement provided increased resistance to torsion and improved stability during acceleration and braking.
|
|
Like the rest of the bagpipe, they are often decorated with a variety of substances, including metal (silver/nickel/gold/brass), bone, ivory, or plastic mountings.
|
|
Its koshirae (mountings) are a part of the designation as accessories to the blade. Since 1997, Yamatorige has been in the custody of the Okayama Prefectural Museum.
|
|
85 semi-trailer trucks and containers are required for transporting Eurostar. The trailers that house the ride during transport are customized with special mountings for each part.
|
|
These horizontal sliding breech block guns in common-cradle twin mountings weighing 22.8 tonnes with maximum elevation of 35° were the main armament of Oriani-class destroyers.
|
|
The battery was built in 1854 and consists of seven locations in the inner bay close to Obama Castle, with mountings for a total of 55 cannon.
|
|
An unusual feature of the aircraft was the mounting of the windshield upon this machine gun.Bruce 1966, p. 6. The DH.2 was armed with a single .303 in (7.7 mm) Lewis gun; this gun was originally able to be positioned on one of three flexible mountings in the cockpit, with the pilot transferring the gun between mountings in flight at the same time as flying the aircraft.
|
|
The armament was housed in two enclosed splinter-proof and weatherproof turrets in 'A' and 'Y' positions. This was a significant advance over the open mountings used in the Project 7 ships. The B-2LM turrets were introduced in the and proven successful in service but had no anti-aircraft capability. Anti-aircraft armament comprised two guns in a twin mounting in 'X' position and six guns in single mountings.
|
|
The guns were on static mountings, for which sites had to be prepared with access roads, emplacements and hutting. These were constructed over two months by Faroese labor.
|
|
Arethusa and Endymion were despatched under steam to her aid. During the rescue, one of Endymions guns was dislodged from its mountings and ended up in a messroom.
|
|
These horizontal sliding breech block guns in common-cradle twin mountings weighing 21.6 tonnes with maximum elevation of 40° were the main armament of some Soldati-class destroyers.
|
|
These horizontal sliding breech block guns in common-cradle twin mountings weighing 21.6 tonnes with maximum elevation of 42° were the main armament of other Soldati-class destroyers.
|
|
The ships were unarmoured, as increasing the size of the vessels was deemed more important than protection. Some of Sydneys Bofors guns firing during gunnery practice in 1951 Lessons learned during the early part of the Pacific War showed the superiority of the Bofors 40 mm gun to other anti-aircraft weapons. By the end of the war, all Colossus-class ships had swapped all their other weapons for Bofors in single and twin mountings, and the Majestic design had been modified to carry 30 of the guns: 18 single mountings, and 6 twin mountings. The number of Bofors carried by the Light Fleets was reduced after the war, with British ships carrying only eight.
|
|
Catalin has also been used for mountings on the great highland bagpipe. This use is no longer common due to a tendency for them to turn orange with age.
|
|
These horizontal sliding breech block guns in 20-tonne common-cradle twin mountings with maximum elevation of 45° were the main armament of Navigatori, Freccia and Folgore-class destroyers.
|
|
During her repairs, work was carried out to straighten, reconstruct and strengthen her hull. Her armour belt was also extended and thickened. Her armament was updated with newer 2-pounder pom-pom mountings, and her anti-aircraft armament improved with eighteen 20 mm Oerlikon guns in five twin and eight single mountings, replacing two quadruple 0.5-inch Vickers guns. Belfast also received new fire control radars for her main, secondary and anti-aircraft guns.
|
|
They had a rate of fire of 30–42 rounds per minute. The ships carried about 350 rounds for each gun. Close range anti-air fire, against strafing aircraft was provided by eight Mitrailleuse de Mle 1914 in four twin mountings or six Mitrailleuse de Mle 1929 in three twin mountings. The Bougainville class was fitted with mine rails, one set on each side of the aft superstructure to allow them to lay defensive minefields.
|
|
Lydden Spout Battery in 2010, showing the Warrant Officer's Mess, Sergeants Mess, dining room and cook house. Lydden Spout Battery is a World War II coastal defence battery built in 1941 west of Dover. Originally armed with three 6-inch Mark VII naval guns on Mark V mountings, later upgraded to Mark XXIV guns on the same mountings. Fan Bay Battery to the east of Dover is built to the same plan.
|
|
The entire house burned down; the number of paintings destroyed was so large that the ashes were carefully sifted to recover the gold from the incinerated mountings of the miniatures.
|
|
In November the Type 22, still owned by Couhé and described as having 40 hp Salmsons, had its engine mountings lengthened to adjust the centre of gravity and improve handling.
|
|
The main battery was composed of four Bofors DP guns, with a secondary battery of four Bofors Anti-Aircraft guns in single mountings. It also carried four anti- submarine mortars.
|
|
He has developed a system of lockable wheels for heavy telescope mountings, which he dubbed "ScopeRoller". He manufactures ScopeRoller in his home machine shop for sale to other amateur astronomers.
|
|
The 30.5 cm SK L/50 guns were mounted in twin gun turrets. The Helgoland-class ships used six Drh LC/1908 mountings; these turrets had -thick roofs and -thick sides.
|
|
For making Armour Plates, Ordnance, Gun Mountings and Ammunition: also for Small Arms Cartridges, Gunpowder, &c.;, and every description of War Material. Rolling Mills for Metal Coining, Presses and Minting Machinery.
|
|
Among many other applications, Wadsworth constant deviation mountings have been used to study light emissions from excited metal atoms, and to study the light needs of plants in future space missions.
|
|
The centimetric Type 272, a target indication radar with plan position indicator (PPI), was fitted to the front leg of the foremast. Following the loss of Latona to air attack, the surviving ships were re-armed to remedy the shortcomings in anti-aircraft defence. Six single Oerlikon 20 mm cannons were initially added on P Mark III pedestal mountings, although these were later replaced by powered twin Mark V mountings. Ariadne and Apollo had two twin Mark IV "Hazemeyer" mountings for Bofors 40 mm guns sited amidships, replacing the pom-pom in 'Q' position, and these mounts carried their own Type 282 Radar for target ranging; Ariadne had an additional "Hazemeyer" mounting in 'B' position, replacing the 4-inch guns.
|
|
After testing on the armoured cruiser San Giorgio, the 90/50 was fitted on the new Littorio-class battleships and the two Andrea Doria-class battleships being rebuilt, for a respective total of 12 and 10 mountings. This system has been described as too advanced and being ahead of its day, and in fact, while ballistically the gun had good performance, the mountings proved delicate, and in the Andrea Doria-class battleships the electrical RPC motors were removed in 1942 because of water damage; on the Littorio-class battleships, where the mountings were placed higher, the RPC was retained. Also, early rounds tended to be flawed and fragment into very small pieces, reducing their effectiveness, although improved rounds were issued during the war.Campbell, p.
|
|
The Canon de 130 mm Modèle 1932 and 1935 were built with an autofretted barrel and a breech ring. A vertical sliding breech block was used for the M1932 in dual-purpose mountings, a horizontal one was used for the M1935 in low-angle mountings. Useful life expectancy was 900 effective full charges (EFC) per barrel. These guns were carried in dual-purpose double or quadruple turrets aboard battleships and low-angle double turrets on destroyers.
|
|
Order of Battle of AA Command, 1 August 1943, TNA file WO 212/84. Because of the continuing hit-and-run raids by Luftwaffe Fighter-bombers, the defensive armament of S/L positions was enhanced, the allocation of LMGs being increased from one to four and then six per S/L site. Later the LMGs in 27th AA Brigade were supplemented with twin Vickers K machine gun mountings and eventually twin 0.5-inch Browning machine guns on power mountings.
|
|
Optics 2, 981–986. (13) (43) 1965 Aberration theory of gratings and grating mountings. Prog. Optics 4, 241–280. (14) (44) 1966 (With L. C. Martin) Technical optics, 2nd edn, vol. 1.
|
|
The company supplied several different types of mountings with the weapon which allowed it to be employed in a variety roles such as aerial defences, anti-tank warfare or on naval ships.
|
|
The Storm 3 reconnaissance and patrol model allows for extra storage of fuel, water and equipment. This version is especially suited to be fitted with various machine gun or special equipment mountings.
|
|
Mountings for the starter motor, the alternator and the injection pump are also cast onto the crankcase. For the lubrication of the crank- and camshaft, the crankcase has an oil pipe drilled into.
|
|
She also had four AK-630 close-in weapon system mountings (two each on a deckhouse between bridge and foremast on either side of the ship), and was armed with two twin launchers – one forward of the bridge and the other forward of the hangar – for the 48 V-611 surface-to-air missiles carried in the M-11 Shtorm system (NATO reporting name SA-N-3 Goblet). She had two quintuple mountings for dual- role torpedoes aft of the funnel.
|
|
This gun was widely employed by the Regia Marina as a deck-mounted anti-aircraft weapon in most Italian warships, in both single and twin mountings; considered a fairly efficient weapon, in the widespread Model 1935 twin mounting, it shared with the similar Cannone-Mitragliera da 37/54 the operating systems and therefore its flaws, namely high vibrations and the requirement for a strong supporting structure. Of the two single mountings (Model 1939 and 1940), the latter (widely used on small units like corvettes, and MAS), partly corrected these faults and had a better sight; however, overall the Breda 20 mm was considered somewhat inferior to the Oerlikon 20 mm cannon (used by the Regia Marina from 1941). All the mountings had an elevation of −10 to +90 degrees.Campbell, p.
|
|
The triple mountings were used on the s as a secondary battery (with each having four turrets); four double mountings each were fitted on the three completed s. Single shielded mounts were used to rearm the Premuda (captured Yugoslav destroyer Dubrovnik) and Spalato (captured Yugoslav destroyer Split) while others were built for the never completed aircraft carrier Aquila and s. Studies for twin dual- purpose mountings were begun, intended for the two unfinished cruisers and the salvaged battleship , but this work was still far from finished in 1943.Campbell, ibidem The gun proved successful (having only a quarter of the dispersion of the 120 mm gun); however, with the 45° maximum elevation and the limit for mechanical ramming being at 30°, it could not be used against aircraft.
|
|
It was carried in powered HA XII mountings on the two s, two of the three s, the minelayer HMS Adventure, and the Australian seaplane tender HMAS Albatross.Campbell, Naval Weapons of WWII, p.51.
|
|
Its torpedo tubes were four in the bows, four in the midship section firing to the sides, and two were mounted on the deck in rotating mountings. Its complement was fifty-nine crew members.
|
|
Its torpedo tubes were four in the bows, four in the midship section firing to the sides, and two were mounted on the deck in rotating mountings. Its complement was fifty-nine crew members.
|
|
The ship's anti- aircraft weaponry is thirty-two V-11 anti-aircraft guns in sixteen-twin configuration and was also equipped with ten PTA-53-68bis torpedo tubes in two mountings of five each.
|
|
Designated the A.29, the Serval-powered aircraft had room for six students. It had provision to fit gun mountings in the bow and aft compartments and could also carry four 50 lb practice bombs.
|
|
This was attributed mostly to the engine design, but new engine mountings and universal joints for each end of the drive shafts were fitted to mitigate the problem, along with extended wings and other improvements.
|
|
The hydraulically powered mountings allowed the guns to be loaded at all angles of traverse, at a fixed elevation of +13.5°.Brook, p. 126 Each mount could traverse a total of 240 degrees.Lengerer 2009, p.
|
|
To eliminate the muzzle-flash from cowling mounted guns that could blind a pilot at night, some of the F.1 Camels used as night fighters were modified to take Foster mountings. The positions of the pilot's seat and the main fuel tank were swapped, moving the pilot well aft of the upper wing. Twin Foster mountings were fitted, and the quadrant rails were either attached to a special "goal post" bracket, or braced by a simple cross brace between them.Cheesman 1960, p. 183.
|
|
Aft of the crew spaces was as much engine space as the technology of the time would allow: several boilers and engines or turbines. Above deck, one or more quick-firing guns were mounted in the bows, in front of the bridge; several more were mounted amidships and astern. Two tube mountings (later on, multiple mountings) were generally found amidships. Between 1892 and 1914 destroyers became markedly larger: initially 275 tons with a length of for the Royal Navy's first of torpedo boat destroyers,Lyon p.
|
|
Between 1922 and 1924 the battery's barbettes were replaced with new mountings that allowed the guns to elevate up to 30 degrees, increasing the effective range beyond . In 1927, Culver was used as the test centre for the Fortress Plotting system, a type of experimental corrected firing for coastal artillery. In 1934 three 6-inch B.L. mark VII guns were temporarily fitted on 45-degree mountings for long range gunnery trials. An experimental twin-6 pounder was installed to test fire control in the mid-1930s.
|
|
Most Type IIIs later had their single Oerlikon guns replaced with twin powered mountings Mark V, and some had two single 40 mm Bofors guns added, one each forward of the wheelhouse and on the quarterdeck.
|
|
From the BL Mark I gun of 1916 onwards the 4.7-inch (120-mm) calibre was the mid-calibre weapon of choice for the Royal Navy, used particularly on destroyers. Apart from some ships armed with QF 4-inch Mk V guns due to supply problems, it remained the standard weapon for destroyers up to the W-class destroyers of 1943. However, its usefulness as an anti-aircraft weapon had been limited by the failure to develop a mounting with elevation over 55°, the lack of a predictive fire control system in destroyer classes built prior to the introduction of the 4.7 inch twin mount (see HACS), and the setting of fuzes by hand on early, prewar, mountings. Later 4.7 inch mountings used mechanical fuze setters that were identical to those used on the 4.5 inch mountings.
|
|
These guns succeeded the similar World War I-era BL 4.7 inch gun, changing the cartridges from BL silk bags to separate QF in brass cases and a new horizontal sliding-block breech mechanism. Mark IX was deployed in single mountings CP Mk XIV on the A-class destroyers of 1930 and on most subsequent destroyer classes up to and including the R class of 1942. Twin Mk XII guns on The almost-identical Mk XII gun was deployed in twin mountings CP Mk XIX on the s of 1936 and J, K and N classes of 1938. This mounting limited the maximum elevation to 40 degrees, but all twin CP Mk XIX were dual-purpose mountings and were equipped with Fuze Setting Pedestals or Mk V Fuze Setting Trays,Hodges and Friedman, Destroyer weapons of WW2, P95-96.
|
|
From 1943 this was replaced by the improved Mk 12/Mk 22 combination. The first four had an original secondary anti-aircraft armament of twelve /75 caliber guns in three quad mountings, initially without directors fitted. By early 1942 as more became available a fourth quad mount had been installed on the quarterdeck and directors were fitted (probably Mk 44). By late 1942 these troublesome and relatively ineffective weapons began to be replaced in the surviving ships by twin mountings for the new and far superior Bofors 40 mm anti-aircraft guns with Mk 51 directors. Also from early 1942 close-range AA armament was augmented by eight 20 mm rapid-fire anti-aircraft cannons in single Mk 4 mountings disposed two on the forward superstructure, 4 amidships between the funnels (displacing some of the ships boats) and 2 on the quarterdeck aft.
|
|
Handbook of Ordnance Data, 15 November 1918, pp. 97–108 Guns not mounted were returned to coastal defenses after the war; in the late 1920s the 10-inch railway gun was declared obsolete and the mountings scrapped.
|
|
Surtees' death along with an increasing number of accidents where wheels were torn off their mountings lead to the number of wheel tethers being doubled to two per wheel for the 2011 Formula One World Championship season.
|
|
The ship's boilers were arranged with two boilers in one large compartment adjacent to the engine room and one in a smaller compartment forward, while the British M-class had the larger boiler compartment forward and the small boiler compartment adjacent to the engine room. Three funnels were fitted. Armament consisted of three 4-inch (102 mm) Mark VII guns on PXIII mountings, with these being replaced by QF 4-inch Mark IV guns on PIX mountings in 1918, and two twin 21-inch (533 mm) torpedo tubes. The ship had a crew of 79.
|
|
Significant changes were made between 1924 and 1935, when the ships were reconstructed by J. Samuel White. Four Yarrow oil-fired boilers replaced the coal-fired ones, allowing the number of funnels to be reduced from five to two. One 4-inch gun was moved to a new shelter deck forward of the bridge, allowing four single torpedo tube mountings to be replaced by two triple mountings which were turnable; two 2-pounder anti-aircraft (AA) guns were also added. Two ships were further modified in to carry 40 naval mines.
|
|
Vickers mounted two Mk IX W guns on slightly different railway mountings, Mk I, from September 1915. They are both identified by the open-frame appearance, recoil buffers above the barrel and the bogies with frames between the wheels similar to locomotive bogies. One mounting has a distinctive diamond-shape from the side and has a warping winch on the front; the other's carriage has a more squared-off profile with no warping winch at the front. The weapons on the Mk I mountings were originally reserve guns for HMS Cornwallis.
|
|
These heavy guns were intended to help the cruisers open fire on heavier battleships from a distance while supporting torpedo boat attacks on an enemy warship or fleet. Between 1905 and 1906, while the Kaiser Franz Joseph I-class ships were undergoing a refit for modernization, their main batteries were replaced by two SK L/40 Škoda guns. The mountings the main guns were located on was made up of a rotating platform and a domed gun turret. These mountings were operated by a series of steam pumps below the deck of both ships.
|
|
Everywhere else where Land Rover tried to mount the spare wheel caused the mountings to break free and it was too heavy for the bonnet. There are 3 versions of mounting, soft top, hard top and quick release.
|
|
During the 1950s her light anti-aircraft armament was replaced by nine powered 37 mm V-11 mounts.Yakubov and Worth, pp. 84, 91 Six 39-Yu torpedo tubes were fitted in two triple mountings, one on each side.
|
|
However, some circle frames mountings cause windsocks to be held open at one end, indicating a velocity of 3 knots, even though anemometers would show no wind speed. A fully extended windsock suggests a wind speed of or greater.
|
|
Different pools require different mountings and fixtures. Therefore, all underwater motion capture systems are uniquely tailored to suit each specific pool installment. For cameras placed in the center of the pool, specially designed tripods, using suction cups, are provided.
|
|
In Japanese, the scabbard for a katana is referred to as a saya, and the handguard piece, often intricately designed as an individual work of art—especially in later years of the Edo period—was called the tsuba. Other aspects of the mountings (koshirae), such as the menuki (decorative grip swells), habaki (blade collar and scabbard wedge), fuchi and kashira (handle collar and cap), kozuka (small utility knife handle), kogai (decorative skewer-like implement), saya lacquer, and tsuka-ito (professional handle wrap, also named emaki), received similar levels of artistry. After the blade is finished it is passed on to a mountings maker, or sayashi (literally "sheath maker" but referring to those who make fittings in general). Sword mountings vary in their exact nature depending on the era but consist of the same general idea, with the variation being in the components used and in the wrapping style.
|
|
The ship's construction cost £1,785,683, broken down as follows: hull £844,784, propelling and other machinery £319,585, hull fittings, gun mountings, and torpedo tubes £390,145, incidental charges £117,969, guns £113,200.Johnson & Buxton, p. 237 Other sources however state £1,783,883.Parkes, p.
|
|
240 They were also equipped with two Ansaldo 40-cal. guns in low-angle mounts and three 76 mm 40-cal. guns in high-angle anti-aircraft mountings; they fired a shell at a muzzle velocity of .Gardiner & Gray, p.
|
|
In January 1940 Carthage was converted to an armed merchant cruiser, flag number F99, fitted with eight six-inch guns in single mountings and two three-inch anti-aircraft guns. In 1943 she was disarmed and re- commissioned as a troopship.
|
|
Then in 1895, four cannons were installed. 2 x 9.2inch breech loaders and 2 x 6inch breech loaders. In 1899, a rifle range was created in front of the canal. In 1905, 2 hotchkiss machine guns were installed on vavasseur mountings.
|
|
The five ships were completed after the war to a modified design (Project 69K). The aircraft facilities and torpedo tubes were removed and radar and improved anti-aircraft artillery added (37 mm guns in twin powered and water cooled mountings).
|
|
"Welded Cylinders vs. Tie Rod Cylinders ", Best Metal Products, Retrieved June 6, 2016. The National Fluid Power Association (NFPA) has standardized the dimensions of hydraulic tie rod cylinders. This enables cylinders from different manufacturers to interchange within the same mountings.
|
|
SES-imagotag is a specialist in electronic shelf labeling systems and physical retail founded in 1992 and owned by Chinese electronics manufacturer BOE Technology. The group designs and markets all of its system's components (software, radio-frequency infrastructure, labels and mountings).
|
|
The remnants of the Amiens Gun on display at the Australian War Memorial in January 2009 After the conclusion of hostilities in 1945, the Australian War Memorial made inquiries with a view to having the mountings and bogies returned. The Inspector-General of Munitions in 1948 requested approval for the retention of the mounting, on loan, for an indefinite period, to which the Board acceded. In 1954. the Memorial was advised by the Department of Supply and Development that the mounting was no longer required at Port Wakefield and discussions began as to the ultimate fate of the gun barrel, mountings and bogies.
|
|
After World War II, Lister bought Marine Mountings of Swindon from the Admiralty, which became the home of the D Type production till 1963 when the SR range became its main product, together with SL and LD models in 1-4 cylinder versions. Marine Mountings was closed in 19??.<5> Having survived World War II, Lister continued to benefit from its reputation for durable, reliable high-quality engines, and its pedigree as an old-established firm. However labour costs in the post-war period made a return to the heyday of the 1920s and 1930s impossible.
|
|
They were armed with six BL 6 inch Mark XXIII in three twin mountings Mark XXI in 'A', 'B' and 'Y' positions. Triple torpedo tubes were carried abreast the after funnel, the reduction in beam had reduced training space resulting in the omission of one tube vis-à-vis the Leanders. The secondary armament was four QF 4-inch Mark V on single mountings HA Mark III, controlled by a HACS director on the bridge. The 4-inch magazine was retained in the position of the Leander class well forward, but the guns themselves were moved well aft.
|
|
As a result, the 4-inch shell and charge had to be transported along the ship to reach the guns. In Penelope and Aurora eight QF 4-inch Mark XVI on four twin mountings HA/LA Mark XIX replaced the single mounts, and a second HACS director was added aft. A shelter was added for the gun crews between each pair of guns as it was recognised that in wartime the crews would spend a lot of time closed up at action stations and would rapidly fatigue in the open gun mountings. Galatea received similar alteration before the outbreak of war.
|
|
A similar advancement was in the s and s, which dispensed with the "Q" turret amidships in favour of heavier guns in fewer mountings. four- gun turret Like pre-dreadnoughts, the first dreadnoughts had two guns in each turret; however, later ships began to be fitted with triple turrets. The first ship to be built with triple turrets was the Italian , although the first to be actually commissioned was the Austro-Hungarian of the . By the beginning of World War II, most battleships used triple or, occasionally, quadruple turrets, which reduced the total number of mountings and improved armour protection.
|
|
They were originally designed as secondary armament for the proposed G3 class battlecruisers. When the G3 class were cancelled after the Washington Naval Treaty the guns and mountings were later used as secondary armament on the two Nelson-class battleships, serving throughout World War II. The Nelsons were the first British battleships since the of 1904 to carry their secondary armament in turrets rather than in broadside casemates. The Mk VIII gun mountings could elevate from +60 degrees to -5 degrees, while the telescopic power rammers for the gun loaded at a +5-degree fixed angle.Campbell, Naval Weapons of WWII, p.37.
|
|
The middle gundeck, between the torpedo tubes, was left empty. The mountings proved even less reliable than the ones they replaced and led to three ships Saintes, Camperdown and Trafalgar eventually having them replaced by Mk V "utility" mountings, each controlled by a Simple Tachymetric Director (STD) mounted on the top of the gun crew shelter. A further refinement saw the removal of the depth charge equipment and single 40/60 mm Bofors gun from the quarterdeck, to be replaced by a Squid ahead throwing depth charge mortar. The after deckhouse was extended to contain a mortar handling room.
|
|
Solutions to the stability problems of earlier classes were incorporated in the design, with a lower bridge and a slightly wider and deeper hull. Weaponry was restored to the six 5 inch guns of the Fubukis, in Type C mountings, and eight 24 inch torpedoes, in two quadruple mountings with improved reloading facilities, were also fitted. New engines and machinery layouts were used to improve performance and weight. As completed, there was no improvement to anti-submarine and anti-aircraft (AA) weaponry, somewhat surprisingly in view of Japan's commitment to naval aviation and the anti-aircraft capability of the subsequent Akizuki class.
|
|
The gun mountings and magazine building are important in demonstrating the principal characteristics of coastal gun batteries constructed during the Second World War and the overlapping fields of fire achieved through strategic siting of individual batteries as part of a network. Principal characteristics of the magazine building include the use of reinforced concrete and brick and the double wall system. Attributes: The whole of the battery, including its landscape setting, its vista and visual association with other related defence sites. Also the detail fabric of the Battery including gun mountings, reinforced concrete, brick and the double wall system.
|
|
The Canon de 155 Grande Puissance Filloux (GPF) mle.1917 was a WWI-era French- designed 155 mm gun used by the French Army and the United States Army during the first half of the 20th century in towed and self-propelled mountings.
|
|
Mk III was built by Elswick and was similar to Mk I except that it had trunnions which allowed it to be deployed on the remaining obsolescent but still in service Vavasseur recoil mountings. All 3 Marks had the same dimensions and performance.
|
|
During World War II Swindon was once again involved with military hardware, producing various types of gun mountings. Loco wheel-turning lathes were also ideally suited for making turret rings for tanks. The works also built landing craft and parts for midget submarines.
|
|
Gardiner, p. 418 The ship was armed with four Armstrong , twelve and four 30-pounder rifled, muzzle-loading guns. The 7-inch guns were on pivot mountings on the spar deck. She was a central-battery ironclad with the armament concentrated amidships.
|
|
With the signing of the Washington Naval Treaty, the pre-dreadnoughts still in service were required to be scrapped. This surplussed up to 48 guns, which the Army used for coastal artillery, using new mountings and new lighter, and more streamlined, projectiles.
|
|
2 The light cruiser had a maximum speed of . The ship was armed with ten SK L/40 guns in single mountings, and carried two torpedo tubes. Emden was built in Danzig by Kaiserliche Werft Danzig.Jose, The Royal Australian Navy 1914–1918, p.
|
|
The remaining four guns were positioned on the upper deck in waist mountings. All these guns were fitted with gun shields. Four Vickers 3-pounder (47 mm) saluting guns were also fitted. Their armament was completed by two submerged 21-inch (533 mm) torpedo tubes.
|
|
The remaining four guns were positioned on the upper deck in waist mountings. All these guns were fitted with gun shields. Four Vickers 3-pounder (47 mm) saluting guns were also fitted. Their armament was completed by two submerged 21-inch (533 mm) torpedo tubes.
|
|
Radar, in particular, gave British destroyers a decisive advantage such as in night actions against the Italian Regia Marina, enabling clear victories at Cape Bon and off Sfax. Gun mountings were developed to provide high angle, anti- aircraft capability and all round gun houses.
|
|
The triple turrets on cruisers were considered successful, but the dual-purpose triple turrets for battleships were problematic and of the five turrets that were planned for the Richelieu-class only three were mounted. The triple mountings in the Richelieu-class were intended to elevate -10° to +90°, but were later limited to +85°. It was also planned that they could be loaded at any angle, but this was found to be impractical beyond +45°. The mountings slow train and elevation rates meant that they could not track fast-moving aircraft, combined with their slow rate of fire limited their usefulness in an anti-aircraft role.
|
|
The single 4-inch Mk V guns were later replaced by Mk XVI guns in paired mountings. In a fruitless attempt to keep within treaty limits, the Mark XVI mounting was stripped down to reduce the weight, the result being the Mark XVII, an exercise described as "ridiculous punctiliousness".Campbell (2002) They were later converted back to standard Mark XVI mounts. The initial design called for two octuple mountings for the QF 2-pounder Mk.VIII anti- aircraft autocannon but as a weight-saving exercise these were not initially shipped and the existing QF 2-pounder Mark II was carried in lieu on four single mounts.
|
|
Sydney was initially armed with thirty Bofors 40 mm anti-aircraft guns: eighteen single mountings and six twin mountings. During her refit as a troop transport, the carrier's armament was reduced to four single Bofors. The radar suite included two Type 277Q height-finding sets, one Type 293M surface search set, one Type 960/281BQ long-range air warning set, and one Type 961 air search set. A Sea Fury preparing to take off from Sydney during her flight trials in January 1949 As an aircraft carrier, Sydney operated with the RAN Fleet Air Arm's 20th and 21st Carrier Air Groups (CAGs), which were assigned alternately to the carrier.
|
|
Craftsmen principally used ormolu for the decorative mountings of furniture, clocks, lighting devices, and porcelain. The great French furniture designers and cabinetmakers, or ébénistes, of the 18th and 19th centuries made maximum use of the exquisite gilt-bronze mounts produced by fondeurs-ciseleurs (founders and finishers) such as the renowned Jacques Caffieri (1678–1755), whose finished gilt-bronze pieces were almost as fine as jewelers' work. Ormolu mountings attained their highest artistic and technical development in France. Similarly fine results could be achieved for lighting devices, such as chandeliers and candelabras, as well as for the ornamental metal mounts applied to clock cases and to ceramic pieces.
|
|
In 1960, two other versions of the mounting appeared; a single gun ZIF-71 for the modernised Skoryy class destroyers and the quad ZIF-75 for the Krupny/Kanin class destroyers. The ZIF designation is an industrial one and it is possible that the naval designations were AK-157 (ZIF-71), AK-257 (ZIF-31) and AK-457 (ZIF-75). In smaller warships these mountings were sometimes associated with MR-103 and in larger ones with the Yakhond (Hawk Screech) radar. The ZIF-31/71/75 mountings may not have been very successful and an improved twin mounting appeared shortly afterwards as the AK-725.
|
|
Many Mk V guns, which had a "monobloc" barrel made of a single casting, served on smaller escort ships such as destroyers and on armed merchant ships, on dual-purpose high-low angle mountings which also allowed it to be used as an anti-aircraft gun.
|
|
102–110, 140–141Berhow, pp. 199–228 Some 8-inch disappearing guns remained in fixed emplacements in the US until late in World War II, when they were scrapped as 16-inch guns and 6-inch guns on long-range mountings replaced all previous coast defense weapons.
|
|
303-inch weapons.Bastock, Australia's Ships of War, p. 101 These were replaced in late 1943 by seven single 20mm Oerlikons. By early 1944, all seven Oerlikons had been upgraded to double mountings. These were in turn replaced by eight single 40 mm Bofors guns in 1945.
|
|
Motorcycle panniers are generally hard box containers with lids, made of metal or hard plastic. The panniers may be permanently fixed to the motorcycle or may be removable. Soft cases may be leather or fabric usually without permanent mountings and are often called saddlebags or 'throwovers'.
|
|
Taylor 1969, p. 339. DH.5s issued to training units proved unpopular and the type soon vanished from RFC service.Jackson 1962, p. 52. A number of retired aircraft were reused as trials machines, some of these tests included alternative gun mountings, jettisonable fuel tanks and plywood coverings.
|
|
The cannon were designed to fire a shell weighing up to 1.60 km. They lay unused by the harbour for 18 months without mountings and ammunition. They were finally placed near this site by the local volunteer artillery group. Endeavour Drive now covers the original position.
|
|
The gun layout of the Hatsuharus was retained but Type C gun houses were used and the torpedo mountings were quadruples, for the first time. The four added ships were further developed, showing an evolution into the succeeding Asashios. All ten were lost during the war.
|
|
55, "Akitsuki". Four torpedo tubes, plus depth charge throwers, were added as the requirements changed to a general-purpose warship. The heavier gun mountings and the extra super-firing mounting required a significantly larger hull than the Yūgumos to ensure stability. The class displaced 2,740 tons.
|
|
The last batch had reduced boiler mountings and detail differences to the cab to conform to the new LNER loading gauge. These were classified B7/2. The earlier batches were classified B7/1. Thirty-eight locomotives passed to British Railways in 1948, but withdrawal began soon afterwards.
|
|
The Limbo was a British-designed three- barrel mortar capable of launching a projectile shell between . Placed on stabilized mountings, the projectiles always entered the water at the same angle. The total weight of the shell was . They also had a Mk.4 thrower with homing torpedoes.
|
|
This one storey mansonry house had it walls planked later. Upon contraction of a new Manor house it was used as a servants' house. Preserved architectural elements also include original luxurious, classicism style, entrance doors and window mountings. Modern household buildings were erected later, in the early 19th century.
|
|
Each ship mounted a pair of QF 3 inch 20 cwt"cwt" is the abbreviation for hundredweight, 30 cwt referring to the weight of the gun. anti-aircraft guns on single high-angle mountings. These were mounted on the shelter deck abreast the rear funnel.Raven and Roberts, p.
|
|
Another beaded band is riveted on in four places outside the rim. These rivets have square mountings, in one of which a piece of blue glass survives. The external base plate features five domed rivets. The interlaced cruciform decoration between these rivets has been made using a repoussé technique.
|
|
The mounts could train 360°. For anti-submarine warfare, the ships were armed with a Mk 10 Limbo mortar. The Limbo was a British-designed three-barrel mortar capable of launching a projectile shell between . Placed on stabilized mountings, the projectiles always entered the water at the same angle.
|
|
Ships of the were long, displaced and had a complement of about 35. They were generally armed with a 12-pounder quick firing low angle gun and three 20mm Oerlikons in single mountings. A single boiler and triple expansion machinery provided to a single shaft, giving a speed of .
|
|
Stone bequeathed approximately 3.500 items to the Metropolitan Museum of Art, of which 360 (non-oriental) items were transferred to the Peabody Museum. Stone also bequeathed over 1.400 Japanese sword mountings to the Cooper Union Museum (now: Cooper Hewitt, Smithsonian Design Museum) in New York, including 600 tsuba.
|
|
Two fuel tanks 1680 l in wings. Armament: four 7.9 mm Vickers F machine guns on ring mountings in fuselage nose and in a dorsal position. According to some sources, also one underbelly machine gun. Bomb load: up to 1,000 kg (other sources - 600 kg) or 750 kg torpedo.
|
|
16 The class were also fitted with two triple Mk 32 torpedo tube mountings to use the new Mk 46 torpedo. They were situated between the ASROC launcher and the Limbo mortar well. The ships began undergoing their DELEX refits in the early 1980s.Macpherson and Barrie (2002), pp.
|
|
There was a reserve fuel tank above each engine. The Robbe had upward tilted, stabilizing, chined floats at about one third span, each mounted on N-form struts and transversely braced with converging struts to the wing below the engine mountings. Each float was divided into three watertight compartments.
|
|
As Finland became independent the northern half of the coastal fortifications in Imperial Russian Peter the Great's Naval Fortress fell in to Finnish hands mostly intact. The coastal guns included about 100 pieces of the 152 mm 45 caliber Canet guns and this type became the primary coastal gun of its class in Finland. It was given a designation of 152/45 C. There was considerable variation between the guns as they included both naval and army coastal gun models from different years. There were also different gun mountings used with about 70 guns on taller coastal gun mountings but the remaining 30 guns were on lower ship deck mounts with lower maximum elevation and range.
|
|
Conway Maritime.(1979)London,p 101-03 The 1947–49 period saw a peace dividend, and frigate construction became the priority in the Korean War. By 1949 two alternative fits for the Tigers had been drawn up: one as pure anti-aircraft cruisers with six twin mountings of the new 3-inch 70 calibre design, and the later fit (ultimately adopted) with QF 6-inch Mark N5 guns in two twin Mark 26 automatic mountings and three twin 3-inch/70s. In historical terms, this represented a light armament, and similar US weapons introduced on had experienced considerable problems with jamming and had performed below expectation, being largely prototypes for 8-inch/55N. Freidman.
|
|
By adjusting the gas valve setting it was possible to vary the rate of fire between 200 and 260 rounds per minute, with 220 rounds per minute being the standard setting. The gun mounts were normally provided with one of three gun sights: # A Le Prieur mechanical lead computing sight # An open ring sight # An etched glass optical ring sight The Le Prieur mechanical lead computing sight. Land mountings and all single mountings all used the single open-ring sight. The Type 95 sight was used on ship-based multiple mounts, in the case where the mount has a powered drive linked to a fire director it was used as a backup.
|
|
The mountings for the Army six pounders were called M1898 and M1898 (modified) "rampart mounts" or "parapet mounts", wheeled carriages with fittings that allowed them to be secured to pintle mounts.Lohrer, George L. Ordnance Supply Manual, U. S. Ordnance Dept., 1904, pp. 282-295 Another reference has somewhat different figures.
|
|
Early destroyers and coastal guns used single open mountings protected by a Gun shield. An enclosed twin turret was developed for later destroyer classes and monitors. B-13 was the earliest mounting. This was a single mounting open from the rear and protected by a gun shield against shrapnel and bullets.
|
|
Often the veils, ribbons and mountings, or rods have been lost. Some possible explanations are that they were discarded when they become severely deteriorated and were not replaced. But there are also times when they were intentionally removed. The mounting may be removed to enable transport out of the country.
|
|
"New MMA wingtips combat icing." Flight International, 7 June 2005. Retrieved: 12 September 2012. In order to power additional onboard electronics, the P-8 has a 180kVA electric generator on each engine, replacing the 90kVA generator of civilian 737s; this required the redesigning of the nacelles and their wing mountings.
|
|
The other objects discovered in the grave are another cup made of silver, the bronze mountings from a missing drinking horn, a bronze knife, a bone pin, a casket made of wood, sheets of bronze and iron, a belt buckle, two gold rings, seven fibulae, three pottery vessels, and two hams.
|
|
The main wheels were on V-struts from the lower fuselage longrons, with vertical shock-absorbing landing legs joining the forward wing struts at the engine mountings. At some date between March 1928 and February 1930 the struts and legs were enclosed in aircraft fairings and the wheels semi-enclosed.
|
|
For anti-submarine warfare, the class was provided with two Mk 10 Limbo mortars. The Limbo was a British- designed three-barrel mortar capable of launching a projectile shell between . Placed on stabilized mountings, the projectiles always entered the water at the same angle. The total weight of the shell was .
|
|
The balanced rudder had a blunted rectangular profile. The HT-1 had fixed, wide track, conventional (), landing gear. Its mainwheels, fitted with brakes, were on axles and drag struts from the lower fuselage longerons which placed them below the outer engines. Vertical shock absorber legs joined the lower wing engine mountings.
|
|
They had heightened funnels as built. The aircraft and catapult had been fitted by 1932. In all ships bar Sussex, four 4-inch guns were added in single mountings abreast the funnels. The single 2-pounder guns were removed, and two quadruple mounts for 0.5-inch Vickers machine guns were added.
|
|
The clutch was now uprated to a triple plate. The suspension was almost standard, with standard rubber bushes but with slight geometry changes. Nylon mountings were also used for a reduced width Dion tube. The roll cage was a NASCAR (instead of FIA) specification cage, which was bolted to the chassis.
|
|
For anti-submarine warfare, the ships were armed with a Mk 10 Limbo mortar. The Limbo was a British-designed three-barrel mortar capable of launching a projectile shell between . Placed on stabilized mountings, the projectiles always entered the water at the same angle. The total weight of the shell was .
|
|
Compared to the Spica class it was developed from, the Ariete class had lost one of the three /47 caliber dual- purpose guns, whereas torpedo armament had grown from four to six torpedo tubes, in two triple mountings on the ship's centreline. The anti-aircraft suite included ten 20 mm cannons.
|
|
The route is between Erfurt Hbf and Leipzig Messe is equipped with European Train Control System (ETCS). For the first time in Germany, ETCS Level 2 has been used without trackside signals and with no signal-based fallback. 1352 Eurobalises have been installed with special mountings for protection from impacts.
|
|
She also carried two QF 2 pounder Mk.II (40 mm L/39) ("Pom poms") mounted abeam between funnels and five Light machine guns (4 were Lewis guns and 1 was a Maxim). Abaft of the 2nd funnel, she carried six 21-inch Torpedo Tubes in two triple mountings on the centre-line.
|
|
There was no co-axial machine gun. There was only room to operate one machine gun from the turret; normally one gun was switched between the respective mountings as the guns were removable. The turret machine gunner doubled as main gun loader. In each side of the hull was a Vickers machine gun.
|
|
By the end of the war had been given an anti-kamikaze upgrade which included replacing the 4 aft twin Bofors with quad mountings and greatly reducing the number of 20 mm mounts (possibly as few as 6) while replacing those that remained with twin rather than single guns. Torpedo tubes were removed.
|
|
Depth charges were soon modified to take account of this. The boat's acoustic and magnetic characteristics were examined by different Admiralty research establishments. The Allied technical experts found much to praise about her design and construction. Graphs auxiliary machinery was on rubber mountings, making her stealthier by reducing sound transmission into the hull.
|
|
They were mounted in pairs on an electrically powered tri-axial mounting, intended to compensate for the motion of the ship and maintain a lock onto the intended target. The mounting was not properly waterproofed as the mountings were open to the weather and sea swell, resulting in a high maintenance burden.
|
|
Three additional 20 mm Oerlikons were added by October 1942. Between March and December 1943, while under repair in the United States, the 2 pdr were supplanted by quadruple 40 mm Bofors mountings Mark II, three single Oerlikons by four twin power-operated mounts Mark V and had the radar fit modernised.
|
|
Her old 10.5 cm SK L/40 guns were replaced with newer SK L/45 guns in U-boat mountings and two torpedo tubes in deck-mounted launchers were installed. On 24 June 1925, Niobe was stricken from the naval register and sold to the Kingdom of Serbs, Croats and Slovenes (later Yugoslavia).
|
|
Admiral Isachenkov was armed with two twin launchers for the 48 V-611 surface-to-air missiles carried in the M-11 Shtorm system to protect against aerial threats. The vessel also had four AK-725 L/80 DP guns situated in two twin mountings and four AK-630 close-in weapon systems.
|
|
Remote power control: this is where a gun turret or a gun director automatically trains and elevates to follow the target being tracked by the DCT and the table (computer) in the transmitting station (see above). Mountings would also have local control in the event of the RPC or director tower being disabled.
|
|
The Tipton County Museum is located in Covington. This museum displays and interprets artifacts from Tipton County's rich heritage. It also has a nature center depicting the unique ecosystem of West Tennessee. Mountings of local animal species are kept there, and fragments of mastodon bone represent species alive during its ancient natural history.
|
|
The fuselage was a fabric-covered steel tube structure. The engine mountings accepted several versions of the ADC Cirrus engine, the Cirrus II, Cirrus III or Cirrus Hermes. Instructor and pupil had separate open cockpits in tandem, equipped with dual controls. Its conventional landing gear was also steel, with oleo-rubber landing legs.
|
|
Ships of this class were long, displaced and had a complement of about 35. They were generally armed with a 12 pounder quick firing low angle gun and 3 x 20mm Oerlikons on single mountings. A single boiler and triple expansion machinery provided 950 ihp to a single shaft, giving a speed of .
|
|
The class was introduced in 1928 and was a post-grouping development of the Midland Railway 483 Class with modified dimensions and reduced boiler mountings. The numbering continued from where the Midland engines left off at 563 and eventually reached 700. 138 were built, though numbering is slightly complicated by renumberings and transfers.
|
|
At about 02:00AM the morning of 16 July 1853, she was struck by the General Livingston (some accounts refer to the "Chancellor Livingston"), on the Hudson not far north of where she was sunk several years before. The Empire's boiler was torn from its mountings, and several people died on this occasion.
|
|
The two turrets for Cornwallis under construction The Duncans had four 12-inch 40-calibre guns mounted in twin-gun turrets fore and aft. These were the same guns and mountings carried aboard the Formidable and London classes, although their barbettes were reduced in diameter as a weight-saving measure. To account for the slightly narrower barbettes, the gun houses also had to be reduced in size, though the guns were carried in the same BVI-type mountings. The mounts had a range of elevation from -5 degrees to of 13.5 degrees, and required the guns to return to 4.5 degrees to be loaded. The guns had a muzzle velocity of , and they were capable of penetrating 12 inches of Krupp armour at a range of .
|
|
2-pounder (40 mm) "pom-pom" bowchaser More 40 mm Bofors and Oerlikon guns were mounted in place of the removed torpedo tubes, and the MK IV elevating column Oerlikon mountings were replaced with the simpler MK VIA mountings; those ships that were to serve as Coastal Forces control frigates hunting E-boats had extra guns fitted. On some ships, either gun shields were fitted to the main armament, or a spray and blast shield was fitted to the B gun. Two-inch rocket flare projectors were fitted to the B gun: six if the spray and blast shield was fitted, three if not. A 2-pounder (40 mm) "pom-pom" bowchaser was fitted to ships that were to serve as Coastal Forces control frigates.
|
|
The Oberkommando der Marine (Naval High Command) thought that the guns of the Type 1936 and 1936A destroyers may be inferior to that of some potential enemies, and thus ordered that the new Type 1936 destroyers should have guns. In order to test the 15cm guns, the German destroyer Z8 Bruno Heinemann had her 12.7cm SK C/34 guns replaced by five 15cm TbtsK C/36 guns, in single mountings, in 1938. It was quickly discovered that not only did the guns themselves cause problems, but also that the mountings were far too heavy. The new weight placed so high up on the ship seriously damaged stability, and in heavy seas only two of the five guns could be worked.
|
|
They were re-armed for war with all their guns, except in Frobisher which had the wing guns removed so that the gun deck could be extended out to the ship's sides. In 1940, they received two (Hawkins) or four (Frobisher) quadruple 2 pounder "multiple pom-pom" mountings and seven (Frobisher) or eight (Hawkins) 20 mm Oerlikon guns on single mountings P Mark III. They received an outfit of centimetric Radar Type 273 target indication on the bridge, Type 286 air warning at the mastheads, Type 275 on the HACS gun director for ranging and bearing and, in Frobisher only, a pair of Type 282 sets on the pom-pom directors on the bridge. Further wartime additions increased the number of 20 mm guns.
|
|
Campbell, p. 56 In 1931, a pair of octuple mountings for the QF 2-pounder Mk VIII gun were added on the shelter deck, abreast of the funnels, and a third mount was added in 1937.Raven and Roberts, p. 195 These gun mounts could depress to −10° and elevate to a maximum of +80°.
|
|
They were installed on balanced pillar (a form of disappearing carriage) or pedestal (aka barbette) mountings; generally the M1897 was on the balanced pillar mounting and the M1900 was on the pedestal mounting.Coast Defense Study Group fort and battery list All of these weapons were scrapped within a few years after World War I.
|
|
She steamed during the war, and her actions included destroying a train. The destroyer received a slight modernization, which involved the removal of one of her rear gun turrets ('X' mounting) which was replaced by mountings for two Squid anti-submarine launchers, which replaced her depth charges. She paid off into reserve in 1955.
|
|
Garzke p. 227 The turrets were designed by the Vickers Armstrong's Elswick Works, but sets of each type of equipment were manufactured by Vickers Armstrongs in Barrow. A considerable amount of design effort was expended to make the turrets as flashtight as possible. This complicated the mechanical design of the turrets, particularly the quadruple mountings.
|
|
Experience from the pre Wolf Military Defender showed that full jerry cans were dangerous and too tight in the lockers, the unusual shaped doors were simply to take full jerrycans more easily. They were never meant to be watertight. The Wolf 90 does not have side lockers but does have mountings to carry jerrycans internally.
|
|
This gave a range of between 3500 nautical miles at 15 knots to 900 nautical miles at 32 knots. She shipped four BL 4.7 in (120-mm) Mk.I guns on CP VI mountings in four single centre-line turrets. The turrets were disposed as two forward and two aft in super imposed firing positions.
|
|
South of this is Catchcold tower. Catchcold tower was designed to be defended with guns and has three gunports; the need to support cannon leaves it much heavier in appearance than the other circular towers on the walls. The remains of machine gun mountings fitted to the tower in 1941 can still be seen.Turner, p.
|
|
59Eather, Odd Jobs, p. 152 No. 77 Squadron was credited with downing its last MiG southeast of Pyongyang on 27 March 1953.Hurst, The Forgotten Few, pp. 215–216 A special fighter-bomber variant of the F86-F arrived in Korea during January 1953 – the F86-F-30 with dual stores mountings under each wing.
|
|
He wrote that steel needles were magnetized once they were rubbed with lodestone, and that they were put in floating position or in mountings; he described the suspended compass as the best form to be used, and noted that the magnetic needle of compasses pointed either south or north.Sivin (1995), III, 21.Elisseeff (2000), 296.
|
|
The water-cooled version was used almost exclusively by the U.S. Navy and Coast Guard. The 40 mm quadruple mount was developed by essentially mounting two twin mounts side by side. A major improvement was the addition of power operation to both twin and quadruple mounts. Essentially all US naval mountings were twin or quadruple.
|
|
At very high concentrations, a yellow water colour is noticeable. When this water is aerated, the oxidation creates ferric iron/ manganese, with iron forming red- brown and manganese forming black precipitates. These precipitates cause staining and turbidity of the water and lead to laundry stains. The precipitates can also narrow pipes and deposit on mountings.
|
|
Large, high-magnification models with large objectives are also used in fixed mountings. Very large binocular naval rangefinders (up to 15 meters separation of the two objective lenses, weight 10 tons, for ranging World War II naval gun targets 25 km away) have been used, although late-20th century technology made this application mostly redundant.
|
|
The engines were rated at and would have provided a top speed of . The carrier would have had a range of at a cruising speed of . As converted, the ship was to be armed with several anti-aircraft guns. The heavy anti-aircraft battery consisted of twelve SK C/33 guns in twin mountings.
|
|
The Supermarine Walrus was a single-engine amphibious biplane principally designed to conduct the maritime observation mission. The single-step hull was constructed from aluminium alloy, with stainless-steel forgings for the catapult spools and mountings. Metal construction was used because experience had shown that wooden structures deteriorated rapidly under tropical conditions.Brown 1972, p. 28.
|
|
Muzzle brake Ordnance QF 17 pounder Rear view of QF 17-pounder displayed in Burlington, Ontario ;Mark I : first production versions. ;Mark II : intended for tank use. Removed the carrier mountings and replaced the muzzle brake with a counterweight. The brake was added back on in March 1944 with the introduction of the APDS shot.
|
|
The leading edge of the fin was curved and low; the balanced rudder projected above it and curved downwards to mid-fuselage, below the balanced elevators. The Type 35 had a fixed conventional undercarriage. Each single main wheel was on a vertical, shock absorbing leg. which joined the forward spar through the engine mountings.
|
|
'' Additional as of August 1916. # Contracts for Matériel for the Fleet (including Ships and their Machinery, Armour, Naval Ordnance and Gun Mountings, Aeroplanes and Airships), Works, Yard Machinery, and Stores of all descriptions. Contract arrangements in connection with the disposal, salvage, or loan of vessels or stores. Superintendence of the Contract and Purchase Department.
|
|
In the engine car the cylinders were cast in pairs. Power transferred to the rear axle via a disc clutch and a steel drive- shaft. The car was designed for comfort, with suspension that used both laterally and longitudinally mounted leaf springs. With the FN Typ 2000, the car also gained flexible engine mountings.
|
|
The 16-inch howitzer M1920 (406 mm) was a coastal artillery piece installed to defend major American seaports between 1922 and 1947. They were operated by the United States Army Coast Artillery Corps. They were installed on high- angle barbette mountings to allow plunging fire. Only four of these weapons were deployed, all at Fort Story, Virginia.
|
|
During the Second World War, some US-made guns were used for coast defense of US and Allied territories, such as Australia and Bermuda, typically on "Panama" mountings - circular concrete platforms with a raised centre section, with the carriage tires pivoting around the center section and the split trails spread out on rails at the edge of the platform.
|
|
The turrets were placed on 40° mountings with open-backed shields. The ship also had one twin turret of QF Mk XVI guns in the 'X' position. The mounts were powered by turbo generators and turbo-hydraulic units. For secondary anti-aircraft armament, Nootka was fitted with twin Mk 5 40 mm Bofors guns situated side by side.
|
|
The dual-purpose mountings had 50 mm armor with barbettes. The conning tower had 330 mm sides and a 125 mm roof with a 230 mm communications tube running down to the armor deck. The admiral's bridge was protected with 50 mm armor. Each of the directors had 14 mm of armor as did the 37 mm gun mounts.
|
|
The next day a French tug took over and delivered Porcupine to Arzew, Algeria. In March 1943 she was towed to Oran, where she was declared a total loss. French dockworkers there cut the damaged ship into two halves before a decision was made to strip them of all guns, ammunition, mountings, stores, etc., and tow them to Britain.
|
|
This type is used on the Lewis Gun, Vickers K, Bren Gun (only used in anti-aircraft mountings), Degtyaryov light machine gun, and American-180 submachine gun. A highly unusual example was found on the Type 89 machine gun fed from two 45-round quadrant-shaped pan magazines (each magazine had a place for nine 5-round stripper clips).
|
|
Roberts, pp. 96–97 These guns were replaced by twelve 4-inch BL MK IX guns on CPI mountings during 1917.Roberts, p. 83 Her anti- aircraft armament consisted of a single QF 20 cwt AA gun on a high-angle MKII mount at the aft end of the superstructure that was carried from July 1915.
|
|
The MG 17 was a 7.92 mm machine gun produced by Rheinmetall-Borsig for use at fixed mountings in many World War II Luftwaffe aircraft, typically as forward- firing offensive armament. The MG 17 was based on the older MG 30 light machine gun, as was its defensive flexible-mount counterpart, the MG 15 machine gun.
|
|
This gun had a maximum depression of 10° and a maximum elevation of 90°. It fired a shell at a muzzle velocity of at a rate of 12–14 rounds per minute. It had a maximum effective ceiling of . A pair of Vickers QF three-pounders on high-angle mountings were probably installed amidships during 1915–16.
|
|
The engine and gearbox unit had four live rubber mountings and the silencer and exhaust pipe were similarly insulated. The frame was rigidly cross braced with the deep side members dropped in order to give a low body mounting. Where the cross bracings ran into the side members they were welded to form a box section which gave stiffness.
|
|
As built, Huron was fitted with six quick firing Mk XII guns placed in three twin turrets, designated 'A', 'B' and 'Y' from bow to stern.Mark XII = Mark 12. Britain used Roman numerals to denote Marks (models) of ordnance until after the Second World War. The turrets were placed on 40° mountings with open-backed shields.
|
|
Port view of the sloop HMS Auckland. She is armed with eight 4-inch Mark XVI guns in four twin Mark XIX mountings at A and B positions forward and in X and Y positions aft. They are controlled by the Rangefinder-Director sited behind the bridge which fed targeting information to her FKC located below decks. A Vickers .
|
|
38 The gun's rate of fire in these mounts was about one round per five minutes.Gander and Chamberlain, p. 269 During World War II only seven guns were used as coast defense duties on BSG mountings. The four guns of "Batterie Graf Spee" had survived World War I and were transferred to Brest, France in 1940.
|
|
There is a single seat open cockpit. The fixed tailwheel undercarriage has each mainwheel mounted on a pair of steel tubes forming a narrow 'V' and fixed under the fuselage. Single bracing struts run forward from the wheel mountings to the lower longerons forward of the wings. Go-Kart wheels and tyres are used, without brakes.
|
|
This gun had a maximum depression of 10° and a maximum elevation of 90°. It fired a shell at a muzzle velocity of at a rate of 12–14 rounds per minute. It had a maximum effective ceiling of . A pair of Vickers QF 3 pounder on HA Mark III mountings were probably installed amidships during 1915–16.
|
|
These multiple mounts were both trailered and truck-mounted. Polsten Guns, magazines and ammunition boxes were also made in Australia by General Motors Holden in South Australia's Woodville and Beverley Plants during WW2. They were used by the Australian Army onshore and on small boats. Several prototype gun mountings were also developed but did not see service.
|
|
Placed on stabilized mountings, the projectiles always entered the water at the same angle. The total weight of the shell was . The destroyers were also equipped beginning in 1958 with Mk 43 homing torpedoes in an effort to increase the distance between the ships and their targets. The Mk 43 torpedo had a range of at .
|
|
The category includes 254 National Treasures, of which 122 are swords and 132 are other craft items. Swords Katana with a gold inlay inscription by Masamune. Swords are included in the crafts category, and either the sword itself or a sword mounting is designated as a National Treasure. Currently 110 swords and 12 sword mountings are National Treasures.
|
|
The heavy anti-aircraft battery consisted of eight SK C/33 guns in twin mountings. The mounts were the Dopp LC/31 type, originally designed for earlier SK C/31 guns. The LC/31 mounting was triaxially stabilized and capable of elevating to 80°. This enabled the guns to engage targets up to a ceiling of .
|
|
Bren gun mounted on a tripod, 2010 The Bren was also employed in the anti- aircraft role. The tripod could be adjusted to allow high angle fire. There were also several designs of less-portable mountings, including the Gallows and Mottley mounts. A 100-round pan magazine was available for the Bren for use in the anti-aircraft role.
|
|
The glue used is a paste of flour and water which is fermented over as long as a decade. The hanji used must be carefully selected, as some papers contain chemicals which can, over time, cause damage to the original artwork. Mountings can take the form of scrolls, folding screens, processed documents, covered bindings or framed art.
|
|
The ship's main armament consisted of two 4-inch (102 mm) QF Mk IV guns. Unlike in the Hastings class, which had one 4-inch gun in an anti- aircraft mount, both guns were in Low-Angle mountings only suitable for use against surface targets. In addition four 3-pounder (47 mm) saluting guns were carried.Collins 1964, p. 13.
|
|
USS Wasp, in 1954. The 3″/50 caliber gun (Mark 22) was a semiautomatic anti-aircraft weapon with a power driven automatic loader. These monobloc 3″ guns were fitted to both single and twin mountings. The single was to be exchanged for a twin 40 mm antiaircraft gun mount and the twin for a quadruple 40 mm mount.
|
|
The typical maximum rate of fire was eight rounds per gun, per minute.O.U. 6359A, Handbook for 6-Inch, B.L., Mark XXIII Guns on Triple, Mark XXII Mounting, 1937, page 8. There were three mountings the two-gun Mk XXI, the three-gun Mk XXII and the three-gun Mk XXIII. Depending on the mount elevation limits differed.
|
|
323 – 356, had a single jacket constructed of nickel-steel, that replaced the jacket, chase hoop and locking ring of the Mark 5. Mod 1, Nos. 293 – 306 and 308, was built of gun-steel with a chamber of a different design with some external differences to fit it onto different mountings. The Mod 2, Nos.
|
|
2nd Hampshire Artillery Volunteers with 64 Pounder (58 cwt) gun at drill, Southsea, c1895 (IWM Q41452) This nature of gun did see Naval Service (NS) with the Naval Forces of the Colony of Victoria in Australia aboard the ex Ship-of-the-Line Nelson. To maintain maximum capability the gunners aboard the Nelson were drilled for both Smooth Bore and Rifled ammunition, and so the guns retained the original Millar Pattern sights as well as having one set of R.M.L. sights placed to the right of the centre line - otherwise the sighting arrangement normally used in British service was a single set of R.M.L. sights on the centre line. The mountings used on this vessel were Wood Naval Standing Carriages. The gun mountings for coast defence in both British and colonial locations varied enormously.
|
|
By 1909 Coventry Ordnance Works had establishments, as well as at Coventry, at Scotstoun for manufacture of ordnance and gun equipment; for cordite shell loading and explosive magazines at Cliffe; and a gun-proving ground with a land range of 22,000 yards at Boston and was handling an order for 12 inch mountings of one of the new battleships.The Director Of Naval Ordnance. The Times, Wednesday, 24 November 1909; pg. 9; Issue 39125 While to that time the works had been manufacturing the smaller sizes of Naval Guns and Mountings as well as Guns, Gun carriages, Ammunition and other military accessories, they had already extended their works since 1906 and had begun the manufacture of Guns and Turrets up to the largest sizes for both Battleships and Cruisers for the Admiralty.
|
|
The 12 in gun had a muzzle velocity of --a significant increase over the 13.5 in gun owing to the use of smokeless propellant--and it could fire a shell with a range of . The turrets were placed on pear-shaped barbettes; the first six ships had this arrangement, but the last two, Caesar and Illustrious, had circular barbettes. The BII mountings in the first six ships allowed all-around loading from the supply of ready ammunition kept in the turret, but the guns had to return to the centerline to bring ammunition up from the magazines, as the ammunition hoists did not rotate with the turret. Caesar and Illustrious, with their circular barbettes, had BIII mountings with rotating hoists, and these allowed all-around loading from the magazines.
|
|
Right elevation of 12 inch gun turret & ammunition hoists Formidable and her sisters had four 40-calibre Mk IX guns mounted in twin-gun turrets fore and aft; these guns were mounted in circular barbettes that allowed all-around loading or elevation. Shell allowance was 80 rounds per gun. The Formidable class were the first to carry these guns, which featured several improvements over the earlier Mk VIII guns used in older battleships, including a stronger barrel design and higher muzzle velocity. Formidable and Implacable had BVI type mountings for their guns, while Irresistible received newer BVII mounts, the primary difference between the two types being the arrangement of the shell hoists and other equipment. Both types of mountings had a range of elevation from -5 degrees to of 13.5 degrees.
|
|
However, a large part of his output, while solidly made, lacks grace. Most of the bows are silver mounted; gold mountings are much less frequent and gold and tortoiseshell very rare. The sticks are usually round and the heads have pronounced chamfers at the throat. Vuillaume- type frogs are occasionally seen but otherwise the frogs are regular with either rounded or square heels.
|
|
The first Daimler car was a converted carriage, but with innovations that are still adopted today (cushioned engine mountings, fan cooling, finned-radiator water cooling).P. Roberts (1973). A Picture History of the Automobile, Ward Lock Ltd, London, UK. . France. Steam: Peugeot (later internal-combustion, and the first to be entered in an organised race, albeit for bicycles, Paris–Brest–Paris) Germany.
|
|
The six , 32-caliber, breech-loading guns were carried in sponsons along the sides of the ships in Vavasseur mountings. The guns fired a shell that weighed at a muzzle velocity of . For anti-torpedo boat defense the first three ships mounted five 6-pounder Hotchkiss guns. Each shell weighed about and could be fired at 20 rounds per minute.
|
|
A pump mount and former boiler mountings within and to the west of the Copperfield Gorge. Several concrete pipe, hold-down footings exist at various locations on the gorge bank. They were probably supplying water to the mill and railway station. The steam water tower was sited near the Einasleigh station but there is no indication of the water source.
|
|
Whitworth was by this time dead. Armstrong gathered many excellent engineers at Elswick. Notable among them were Andrew Noble and George Wightwick Rendel, whose design of gun-mountings and hydraulic control of gun-turrets were adopted worldwide. Rendel introduced the cruiser as a naval vessel. There was great rivalry and dislike between Noble and Rendel, which became open after Armstrong’s death.
|
|
It protected the upper part of the vehicle from splashes of mud or water. There were three mounts for rectangular stowage bins on the fenders (two on the right fender and one on the left fender). There were four mountings for cylindrical fuel tanks on the fenders (two per side). This was changed in the T-44M which used rectangular fuel cells.
|
|
Small strakes above the air intakes to improve agility, new attachment fittings, engine mountings, stronger wing fold ribs, updated canopy sill bar, 12 mi (20 km) of wiring replaced (reducing weight by 1,653 lb/750 kg) as well as most hydraulic and pneumatic lines and hoses, and fuel tank reinforcements."Warriorsoul: F-4 Phantom." Turkish Armed Forces website. Retrieved: 8 February 2008.
|
|
Both sides also used the Blowpipe missile. British naval missiles used included Sea Dart and the older Sea Slug longer range systems, Sea Cat and the new Sea Wolf short range systems. Machine guns in AA mountings was used both ashore and afloat. During the 2008 South Ossetia war air power faced off against powerful SAM systems, like the 1980s Buk-M1.
|
|
9 The gun mounts were north of the Merrimack River's mouth. Construction began on 18 April 1942, and the mountings were transferred to the operating forces on 7 July 1942. Two of the weapons were removed in November 1943. The fire control structure was designated Location 137B, was designed to resemble a beach house, and was completed in October 1943.
|
|
Acoustic stealth plays a primary role for submarines and ground vehicles. Submarines use extensive rubber mountings to isolate, damp, and avoid mechanical noises that can reveal locations to underwater passive sonar arrays. Early stealth observation aircraft used slow-turning propellers to avoid being heard by enemy troops below. Stealth aircraft that stay subsonic can avoid being tracked by sonic boom.
|
|
They were mounted in twin-gun barbettes fore and aft of the superstructure that had armoured hoods to protect the guns and were usually called gun turrets. The hydraulically powered mountings could be loaded at all angles of traverse while the guns were loaded at a fixed angle of +13.5°.Brook 1999, p. 126 They fired projectiles at a muzzle velocity of .
|
|
The tips of the flakes act as preexisting notches at which stresses concentrate and it therefore behaves in a brittle manner.. The presence of graphite flakes makes the Grey Iron easily machinable as they tend to crack easily across the graphite flakes. Grey iron also has very good damping capacity and hence it is often used as the base for machine tool mountings.
|
|
Thin splinter plating covers the top of the barbette, through which two sighting ports protruded; the sailor at rear has his head partially through the starboard sighting port. Their main armament consisted of four breech-loading (BL) guns mounted in two twin-barbette mountings, one each fore and aft of the superstructure.Parkes, p. 355 Each gun was provided with 80 rounds.
|
|
The bridge and after superstructure were lowered. The 8-inch gun mountings were Mark II variants that simplified loading but ended up being heavier than the Mark I variant.Marriot (2005) Appendix 3, para. 4 The 4-inch guns were relocated forwards in order that they did not obstruct the catapult and aircraft which had been mounted lower down than in their predecessors.
|
|
She was ordered from William Denny on 19 June 1936 under the 1935 Build Programme. She was laid down on 23 November that year and was launched on 5 November 1937 by Lady Shuckburgh. The destroyer commenced her acceptance trials in August 1938 without her gun mountings due to their late delivery. During her trials Ashanti made at 367.7 RPM with at .
|
|
Pearsall, Part I, p. 210 The main armament of the Arethusa-class ships consisted of two BL Mk XII guns that were mounted on the centreline fore and aft of the superstructure and six QF Mk V guns in waist mountings. They were also fitted with a single QF 3-pounder anti-aircraft gun and four torpedo tubes in two twin mounts.
|
|
In 1933, the Hong Kong Defence Corps acquired their first armoured car, equipped with an armour-plated body and mountings for two machine-guns. Later, four others were bought by the colonial government. The bodywork was outfitted by the Hong Kong and Whampoa Dock Company. These armoured cars played an important role in the Battle of Hong Kong in December 1941.
|
|
This is a power-assisted mounting on the outside of whatever it is mounted on, usually bolted down to the surface and with only the control wires crossing the armour. Such mountings are typically used on armoured fighting vehicles for anti-personnel weapons to avoid exposing a crewmen to return fire, and on naval vessels for self-contained CIWS systems.
|
|
The cannon is aimed and fired by a gunner using, in its simplest form, a ring-and-bead sight. The gunner is attached to the weapon by a waist-belt and shoulder supports. For this reason, some mountings existed with a height- adjustment feature to compensate for different sized gunners. A "piece chief" designates targets and the feeder changes exhausted magazines.
|
|
Brassey 1894, p. 69. She was present on 26 June 1897 at the Naval Review at Spithead in celebration of Queen Victoria's Diamond Jubilee. In August 1902 she was reported to unship her gun mountings to become tender to , instructional cruiser to the gunnery school at Portsmouth. She became an experimental submarine target ship in 1906, and was sold in 1910.
|
|
Upon the availability of the improved Hercules XI engine, new welded steel-tube framework engine mountings were incorporated, further changes were implemented to the installation of the power units were subsequently made by Bristol. Hydraulic control of the throttle was employed, which would often be a source of slow responsiveness and irritation, often proved dangerous during take-offs.Norris 1966, pp. 5-6.
|
|
The high gabled roof supports a square drum with arched openings and capped by a pointed roof. The original school bell is located in the tower with its mountings. A small brick chimney protrudes from the roof in the center of the structure. The schoolhouse is surrounded by three support buildings, including the boys and girls necessaries, as well as a storage building.
|
|
Short- range air defence was provided by 48 QF 2-pounder "pom-pom" guns in six octuple mountings. The 2-pounder gun fired a , shell at a muzzle velocity of to a distance of . The gun's rate of fire was approximately 96–98 rounds per minuteCampbell, pp. 71–72, 74 and 1800 rounds per gun were carried by the ships.
|
|
The fort is surrounded by a ditch. After the end of the Napoleonic Wars the defences were neglected and not updated. In 1874 the fort was armed with two 5.5-inch Howitzers in the tower and four 24 Pounder smooth bore guns in the main battery. It was remodeled in the 1890s as a battery with two 6-inch guns on hydropneumatic mountings.
|
|
Evidence for the placement of machinery can still be seen in the form of concrete mountings, pits and shafts. The front and one side wall of the main building and sections of the other walls remain, though invaded by vegetation, particularly by a number of large fig trees growing within the building which have given the ruins a picturesque quality.
|
|
Telescoping cylinder products have been produced in extremely large sizes up to 600-inch stroke (15.24 meters). Custom cylinder designs produced by Hyco involve: specially designed mountings to interface with customer equipment; special seals, materials, and coatings to meet environmental and operational requirements; value added components assembled to the actuator such as fittings, piping, valves and guards; electronic stroke and feedback control sensors.
|
|
This regiment was given a special assault role in the Overlord plan, for which it was equipped with the new 20 mm Polsten gun in triple mountings, half of them mounted on Crusader chassis.Joslen, p. 583.80 AA Bde Operation Order No 1, 20 May 1944, TNA file WO 171/1085.93 LAA Rgt War Diary 1944, TNA file WO 171/1124.
|
|
Deemed to have become obsolete by 1910, the fort formed part of Chatham's land defences in both World Wars. In World War I brick emplacements and a pillbox were built on the ramparts, and fixed anti-aircraft guns of an early type were installed (possibly 12pdr coastal defence guns on improvised high angle mountings, not be confused with the later naval version).
|
|
Within the trig point are concealed mountings for a specialized theodolite, which can be temporarily mounted on the trig point for measurements to be taken. On 24 September 2000 a small group of Trig point enthusiasts visited the island as part of a quest to visit one trig point of every height in metres in Scotland, making 749 in total.
|
|
The first permanent housing on the site was built to shelter a aperture Newtonian telescope. Further construction took the total number of separate telescope mountings to 14 by the end of 2015. The main observatory tower is a three level round building topped by an aluminium dome with twin sliding doors. Its construction by the members was completed in April 2000.
|
|
There was one heavy gun for each of front and a field gun for every . The heavy group had one 15-inch howitzer, three 12-inch howitzers on railway mountings, twelve 9.2-inch howitzers, sixteen 8-inch howitzers and twenty 6-inch howitzers, one 12-inch gun, one 9.2-inch gun (both on railway mountings), four 6-inch guns, thirty-two 60-pounder guns and eight 4.7-inch guns. During the preliminary bombardment, the III Corps artillery was hampered by poor-quality field gun ammunition, which caused premature shell-explosions in gun barrels and casualties to the gunners. Many howitzer shells fell short and there was a large number of blinds (duds) but long-range fire was more successful and a 12-inch railway gun chased Hermann von Stein, the XIV Reserve Corps commander and his staff out of Bapaume on 1 July.
|
|
One of several arrangements used to mount an "over-wing" Lewis gun on a Nieuport fighter in French service The earliest mountings for a Lewis gun on the top wing of a light scout aircraft were fixed, and either the inaccessibility of the breech was accepted, or drums were changed by the pilot standing up (in some cases having to stand on his seat) to reach the gun.Cheesman 1960, p. 48. A hinged arrangement, permitting the breech to be swung back and down into a position where the pilot could change drums while in his seat was preferable, and several versions of such mountings enabled the Lewis (or Hotchkiss) guns of the French Nieuport 11 fighters to tackle the German Fokker Eindeckers in early 1916. Typically, two hinges were fitted to a pillar type support for the breech of the gun.
|
|
The backpack mount itself consisted of a square wooden frame with a metal socket in the center. When the gun was fully deployed the frame was laid on the ground, the gun's central mounting point that usually attached to a tripod now had a small mounting pin attached to it instead which was inserted into the mounting socket in the center of the wooden backpack frame and finally the bipod was folded forward. The Schwarzlose would also have seen service as a fortress weapon in which case it would have been deployed on a variety of heavy and specialized fixed mountings and it also saw some use as a naval weapon aboard ship. During World War I the Schwarzlose was also pressed into service as an anti-aircraft gun and as such it was deployed using a variety of often improvised mountings.
|
|
For her primary role as an anti-submarine cruiser, Vasily Chapayev mounted two quadruple KT-M-1134A URPK-3 launchers for eight anti-submarine missiles in the Metel anti-ship complex (NATO reporting name SS-N-14 Silex). She was also equipped with two RBU-6000 12-barrel and two RBU-1000 6-barrel rocket launchers to protect against close-in threats. The Ka-25 helicopter embarked on the cruiser was also capable of aiding in the search and destruction of submarines. To protect against aerial threats, Vasily Chapayev was armed with two twin launchers for the 48 V-611 surface-to-air missiles carried in the M-11 Shtorm system (NATO reporting name SA-N-3 Goblet), supported by four AK-725 L/80 dual-purpose guns in two twin mountings and four AK-630 close-in weapon system mountings.
|
|
The 8 cm GrW 34/1 was an adaptation for use in self-propelled mountings. A lightened version with a shorter barrel was put into production as the kurzer 8 cm Granatwerfer 42. The mortar employed conventional 8 cm 3.5 kg shells (high explosive or smoke) with percussion fuzes. The range could be extended by fitting up to three additional powder charges between the shell tailfins.
|
|
Same as the A4M except has short propeller flange bushings and conical engine mounts. ;O-360-D1A : at 2700 rpm, Minimum fuel grade 80/87 avgas, compression ratio 7.20:1. Same as the B1A except that it has a crankcase machined for conical rubber mount bushings in place of dynafocal mountings. ;O-360-D2A : at 2700 rpm, Minimum fuel grade 80/87 avgas, compression ratio 7.20:1.
|
|
Same as the B2A except that it has a crankcase machined for conical rubber mount bushings in place of dynafocal mountings. ;O-360-D2B : at 2700 rpm, Minimum fuel grade 80/87 avgas, compression ratio 7.20:1. Same as the D2A except has Bendix 200 series magnetos. ;O-360-E1AD : at 2700 rpm, Minimum fuel grade 100 or 100LL avgas, compression ratio 9.00:1.
|
|
The 130 mm/50 B13 Pattern 1936 was a 50 caliber Soviet naval gun. The gun was used as a standard destroyer weapon during World War II, and it was also used as a coastal gun and railway gun. The gun was produced in three different versions which all had mutually incompatible ammunition and range tables. Mountings for the weapon included single open mounts and twin turrets.
|
|
An A-10 Thunderbolt II showing numerous hardpoint mountings A hardpoint (more formally known as a station or weapon station) is a location on an airframe designed to carry an external or internal load. This includes a station on the wing or fuselage of a civilian aircraft or military aircraft where external jet engine, ordnance, countermeasures, gun pods, targeting pods or drop tanks can be mounted.
|
|
Oerlikon mountings. Two of her funnels have been removed, with the remaining two cut at an angle. The revised Combined Operations plan required one destroyer to ram the dock gates and a number of smaller craft to transport the Commandos. The Royal Navy would therefore provide the largest contingent for the raid, under the overall command of the senior naval officer, Commander Robert Ryder.
|
|
She had to be lightened to raise her draught to get over the sand banks in the estuary. This was achieved by completely stripping all her internal compartments. The dockyard removed her three guns, torpedoes and depth charges from the deck and replaced the forward gun with a light quick–firing 12-pounder gun. Eight 20 mm Oerlikons were installed on mountings raised above deck level.
|
|
It was usually reserved for frames and mountings. The decorative woods for marquetry were termed Bois des Indes and usually came from South America or the West Indies. They were often named by their color rather than botanical name; bois de rose, bois de violette, and bois d,amaranthe. The late Louis XVI period, and a passion for things English, brought an enthusiasm for mahogany.
|
|
62 Between entering service and 1959, four of the single Bofors were removed. During the 1967–1969 refit, thirteen Bofors were removed, leaving four twin and four single mountings. The three 277Q radars were replaced with updated American and Dutch designs: a LW-02 air search set and a SPN-35 landing aid radar. A TACAN aerial and electronic countermeasures pods were also installed during this refit.
|
|
The guns were interchangeable with the American 3-inch/70 design, however the British mountings were considered superior. The destroyers also had secondary armament of two American-produced 3-inch/50 calibre guns in a dual mount aft. The 3-inch/50s weighed and fired a projectile that weighed . The guns had a muzzle velocity of and a range of at a 43° angle.
|
|
The cupolas for these mounts revolved on either the upper or superstructure deck; between deck mountings travelled on roller paths on the armoured deck. This permitted a flat- trajectory or high-angle fire. Loading was semi-automatic, normal rate of fire was ten to twelve rounds per minute. The maximum range of the Mk I guns was at a 45-degree elevation, the anti-aircraft ceiling was .
|
|
The ship had a flushed deck design which enabled it to be fully closed down for nuclear, biological and chemical (NBC) warfare, with air conditioning and improved heating. Some armour () was fitted around the bridge and gun mountings. There were, however, some problems with seakeeping, particularly with the shape of the bow which led to the forward part of the ship being very wet.
|
|
The sides were birch ply, reinforced nearer the water with teak. Upper and rear parts were fabric covered. Stability on the water was provided by a pair of unstepped floats under the wing, held a little beyond the central section on mountings within completely enclosing fairings. The vertical tail was metal- framed and fabric covered, with an in-flight adjustable, triangular fin and rectangular balanced rudder.
|
|
The destroyer had a complement of 73.Gardiner and Gray, p. 75 The ship was powered by four Yarrow-type water-tube boilers which fed Parsons steam turbines rated at , which drove two shafts, giving the destroyer a maximum speed of . Fortune was given an experimental clipper bow Fortune was armed with three QF L/40 Mark IV guns on P Mk. IX mountings.
|
|
Size scaled 10k and 100k pots that combine traditional mountings and knob shafts with newer and smaller electrical assemblies. The "B" designates a linear (USA/Asian style) taper. The relationship between slider position and resistance, known as the "taper" or "law", is controlled by the manufacturer. In principle any relationship is possible, but for most purposes linear or logarithmic (aka "audio taper") potentiometers are sufficient.
|
|
Modern locomotive lubricators. The centre item is a mechanical lubricator for the cylinders, operated by the connecting lever seen below it (or by the hand wheel, for priming). The smaller one to the right is a drip-feed lubricator.An automatic lubricator, is a device fitted to a steam engine to supply lubricating oil to the cylinders and, sometimes, the bearings and axle box mountings as well.
|
|
The main armament consisted of six Canet guns in shielded mountings, one each at the bow and stern and four in sponsons. Anti-torpedo boat armament consisted of eight 47 mm guns, four in the bow and stern casemates and four in midship sponsons. Five torpedo tubes with 11 torpedoes were placed one on the stern and two on each side, all above water.
|
|
Pearsall, Part I, p. 210 The main armament of the Arethusa-class ships was two BL 6-inch (152 mm) Mk XII guns that were mounted on the centreline fore and aft of the superstructure and six QF 4-inch Mk V guns in waist mountings. They were also fitted with a single QF 3-pounder anti- aircraft gun and four torpedo tubes in two twin mounts.
|
|
The 41 cm/45 3rd Year Type naval gun was a breech-loading naval gun designed during World War I for the Imperial Japanese Navy. It served as the primary armament in the dreadnoughts completed after the end of the war and in coast defense mountings. Two turrets and their guns were salvaged during the 1970s from the wreck of the and are on display in Japan.
|
|
88 Revolving weight of mountings: quadruple Mk III 1,582 tons, twin Mk II 915 tons.Raven and Roberts, p. 423 In service, the quad turrets proved to be less reliable than was hoped for. Wartime haste in building, insufficient clearance between the rotating and fixed structure of the turret, insufficient full calibre firing exercises and extensive arrangements to prevent flash from reaching the magazinesGarzke & Dulin, p.
|
|
There are seven positions intended for 68-pounder guns firing en barbette (i.e. on open mountings firing over a parapet), the southernmost four being on a higher level than the other three. Originally there was an expense magazine to support these positions, but it has been demolished. The site of the Dynamite Gun position is close to the present dining area, towards the north of the fort.
|
|
The light armament consisted of eight 0.5-inch Vickers machine guns in two quadruple mountings. A rotating catapult for a float plane and a derrick were fitted between the funnels. It had been intended to carry a second aircraft aft, but in the end this never happened. Aurora completed without aircraft facilities, and had a deckhouse for accommodation in lieu for service as commodore.
|
|
Under the metal, the 1A featured modifications to the engine mountings and the automatic transmission and hydrosteer variable ratio power steering as an option. By 1962, when production of the original Mark I series ended, 20,963 had been produced. An automatic version tested by The Motor magazine in 1960 had a top speed of and could accelerate from in 17.1 seconds. A fuel consumption of was recorded.
|
|
The cross has an oak core which is coated on the outside with gold leaf and with red leather on the inside. It measures 77 by 70 centimetres. The beams are 9 centimetres wide for most of their length and 12 cm wide at the ends of the beams. The front of the cross is decorated with pearls and gemstones in high mountings (Crux gemmata).
|
|
The mast differed slightly from the one in its sister Independencia. As designed, its main battery had two 240mm Krupp guns (one at the bow and the other at the stern) on Vavasseur mountings protected with armoured shields, and two quick- firing 120mm Elswick guns on each side. The secondary battery had four 47 mm quick-firing Nordenfelt/Hotchkiss guns, and two 25mm Nordenfelt guns.
|
|
Its engine mountings and square-sided nacelles were constructed from spruce and plywood. Under the wings, a pair of near-parallel struts on each side braced the bottom corner of the nacelle to the lower fuselage. The nacelles extended rearwards just beyond the wing trailing edge, where each housed a gunner with a flexibly-mounted machine gun. A corridor within the wing allowed access from the fuselage.
|
|
No. 1 was forward firing, No. 3 and No. 4 turrets trained through after arcs, while No. 2 was on a superfiring pedestal mounting overlooking No.1 and No.3. Heavy anti-aircraft weaponry consisted of four twin gun turrets in shielded mountings amidships. For close- range, six twin Type 96 25 mm AT/AA Guns were carried. Four triple banks of torpedo tubes were also incorporated.
|
|
In 1943, the number of 25 mm guns was increased to twenty guns, and in June 1944, when the opportunity to use their aircraft had passed, further mountings were added on the flight deck, bringing the light anti-aircraft total to 54 barrels. Two more twin 25 mm guns were also added later. Radar was fitted, but otherwise no major modifications were carried out.
|
|
No early mechanical synchronisation gear was reliable and it was not uncommon for propellers to be damaged or shot away. The Scarff ring mounting was also new and production was at first slower than that of the aircraft requiring them. Various makeshift Lewis mountings as well as the older Nieuport ring mounting, were fitted to some early Strutters as an interim measure.Bruce 1957, pp. 542–543.
|
|
139 Wichita was the first cruiser in the US Navy to be equipped with the new 5-inch /38 gun. By August 1945, the ship had been equipped with numerous smaller guns for close-range anti-aircraft defense. Sixteen Bofors 40 mm guns were placed in quadruple mounts, and another eight were in dual mounts. She also carried eighteen Oerlikon 20 mm guns in single mountings.
|
|
When several mountings of the prints failed to satisfy Springs, Fisher colored each slide by hand. One hundred and eighty lights illuminated the slides from the rear giving them a three-dimensional effect. The mounting of the mural allowed Springs to inspect his railroad any time he wished. In 1946, the L&C; upgraded its fleet by buying six diesel locomotives from the U.S. Army.
|
|
The engine mountings were extended rearwards beyond the pilot's cabin to join the steel tubes in the wings. The cabin, fitted with dual controls, was accessed via glazed triangular doors, which provided sufficient sideways vision for cruising flight. A hatch, provided with a small windscreen was used for take-offs and landings by raising the pilot's seat. The navigator sat alongside the pilot on a drop seat.
|
|
Pearsall, Part I, p. 210 The main armament of the Arethusa-class ships was two BL 6-inch (152 mm) Mk XII guns that were mounted on the centreline fore and aft of the superstructure and six QF 4-inch Mk V guns in waist mountings. They were also fitted with a single QF 3-pounder anti- aircraft gun and four torpedo tubes in two twin mounts.
|
|
Pearsall, Part I, p. 210 The main armament of the Arethusa-class ships was two BL 6-inch (152 mm) Mk XII guns that were mounted on the centreline fore and aft of the superstructure and six QF 4-inch Mk V guns in waist mountings. They were also fitted with a single QF 3-pounder anti- aircraft gun and four torpedo tubes in two twin mounts.
|
|
Pearsall, Part I, p. 210 The main armament of the Arethusa-class ships was two BL 6-inch (152 mm) Mk XII guns that were mounted on the centreline fore and aft of the superstructure and six QF 4-inch Mk V guns in waist mountings. They were also fitted with a single QF 3-pounder anti-aircraft gun and four torpedo tubes in two twin mounts.
|
|
Pearsall, Part I, p. 210 The main armament of the Arethusa-class ships was two BL 6-inch (152 mm) Mk XII guns that were mounted on the centreline fore and aft of the superstructure and six QF 4-inch Mk V guns in waist mountings. They were also fitted with a single QF 3-pounder anti-aircraft gun and four torpedo tubes in two twin mounts.
|
|
The armament consisted of two twin 76 mm AK726 gun mountings and two twin 30mm AA guns, 4 SSN-2 anti ship missile launchers were fitted in some ships, depth charge and mine racks were fitted at the stern. The Libyan vessels had a redesigned layout with the SS-N-2 missiles forward of the bridge. The ships had contemporary Soviet radar and sonar.
|
|
It was often used in twin mountings and a quadruple mount was developed for motor torpedo boats. British submarines generally carried two guns on single mounts. Although it was gradually replaced by the Oerlikon 20 mm cannon, new corvettes were still being fitted with twin Lewises as late as 1942. Lewis guns were also carried by the Royal Air Force's air-sea rescue launches.
|
|
The s were a one- off class built as a response to the large destroyers of Germany, France and Italy. Two eight ship flotillas were built for the Royal Navy and another for the RCN (four ships completed post-war). Three more Tribals were taken by the RAN. They were built with four twin 4.7-inch mountings, later reduced to three to accommodate additional AA weaponry.
|
|
United States Naval Institute. 8 (4): 44–46. Some of the class had 5-in/38 caliber guns installed versus the 5-in/25 guns.US Navy Light Cruisers 1941–45 location 100 There were varied mixes of Oerlikon cannons and Bofors gun mountings actually installed during World War II, 28 40 mm (4 × 4, 6 × 2) and twenty 20 mm (10 × 2) being the most common.
|
|
Ten of the telescopes are on fixed mountings while the remaining four dishes are movable along two rail tracks. The telescope was completed in 1970 and underwent a major upgrade between 1995-2000.History of ASTRON, ASTRON. The telescopes in the array can operate at several frequencies between 120 MHz and 8.3 GHz with an instantaneous bandwidth of 120 MHz and 8092 line spectral resolution.
|
|
The project emphasized minimizing modifications to the platform and the howitzer. It used the same chassis, superstructure, engine and transmission as the U-34 and was armed with (the then new) 122 mm M-30S howitzer from F. F. Petrov's design bureau. This vehicle also used the same gun bed cover and mountings as the SG-122, to keep costs low and simplify production.
|
|
Malabar Battery was a coastal defence battery built in 1943 during World War II at Malabar Headland in Sydney, Australia. The battery is also known as Boora Point Battery. The battery was constructed to complement the existing coastal defence batteries at nearby Henry Battery, Banks Battery and Bare Island Fort. Two 6 inch Mark XII guns in gun emplacements on mountings were constructed at the battery.
|
|
Mackay died on 23May 1932 aboard his yacht Rover in Monte Carlo, Monaco. He left unsettled personal estate valued at £552,809 in Great Britain (£ in ). and was buried on the east side of Glenapp Church, Ballantrae, Ayrshire, close to the then family home at Glenapp Castle, on 31May 1932. His ebony coffin with silver mountings carried his yachting cap and a wreath of lilies from his wife.
|
|
Geoffrey Hillditch spends a quarter of his chapter on Albion buses detailing the Nimbus and his mostly negative experience of it. His first sight of it was at the 1956 Earls Court show, he had served his time at LNER's Gorton Loco works so he was incredulous at the flimsiness of the frame with a chassis weighing only 2 ton 17.25cwt, but he says "I recognised the logic behind the inception of the design." One of the first problems he encountered with the Great Yarmouth MR9s was, that in order for the automatic bypass vacuum generator to provide sufficient vacuum for braking assistance idling speed had to be kept low, this resulted in an engine straining at its mountings. Eventually failure of the mountings happened on one of them but not before another managed to shed its dynamo whilst in service, others had sheared a number of chassis brackets.
|
|
Lützows rear gun turret The three Deutschland- class ships were armed with a main battery of six 28 cm SK C/28 guns mounted in two triple turrets, one on either end of the superstructure. The turrets were the Drh LC/28 type and allowed elevation to 40 degrees, and depression to −8 degrees. This provided the guns with a maximum range of . They fired a projectile at a muzzle velocity of . The guns were initially supplied with a total 630 rounds of ammunition, and this was later increased to 720 shells. The secondary battery comprised eight 15 cm SK C/28 guns, each in single MPLC/28 mountings arranged amidships. These mountings allowed elevation to 35 degrees and depression to −10 degrees, for a range of . They were supplied with a total of 800 rounds of ammunition, though later in their careers this was increased to 1,200 rounds.
|
|
That outer casing is now missing. Near the furnace ruin, foundations and mountings for the furnace machinery are also present. There is also a rare 'Cornish flue', essentially a chimney made of stone that was built at ground level but which rises with the natural incline of the terrain. It probably had the function of removing smoke and noxious gases from the immediate area around the blast furnace.
|
|
Like the contemporaries in its class the XS 650 has a 360° crank angle. This provides an even firing interval between the two cylinders, but also generates some vibration caused by the two pistons rising and falling together. This vibration is particularly noticeable at idle. Because of a long-acknowledged vibration issue, starting with the 1974 models, vibration damping modifications were made to the engine and handlebar mountings.
|
|
It was claimed that the Cameri School produced as many pilots as all the other flight schools in Italy combined, and that their pupils had the highest survival rate. Some "captive" Gabardini monoplanes, stripped of their engines, horizontal tails and undercarriages, were fixed to static mountings, which allowed freedom of roll and yaw to familiarize students with the feel of the controls. Motion excursion limits were set by fixed external cables.
|
|
Sir John Dewrance, who was educated at Charterhouse and then at King's College London before marrying the granddaughter of Richard Trevithick, took over the business in 1879. He took out 114 patents relating to steam fittings and boiler mountings. He was involved with the Primrose League. In 1899 he became chairman of Babcock & Wilcox Ltd. From 1920 to 1926 he was the President of the Engineering Employers’ Federation.
|
|
42 The ships were intended to carry four 8-barreled mountings for the QF 2-pounder Mark VIII gun (commonly known as a "pom-pom"), two abaft the funnels and two at the stern. Each barrel was provided with 1,300 rounds of ammunition. The gun fired a shell at a muzzle velocity of to a distance of . The gun's rate of fire was nearly 100 rounds per minute.
|
|
Quick couplers do not normally have a specific function themselves in that they do not carry out handling or digging operations, but when installed on a machine they become a part of the overall system. They are usually mounted on the machine by means of the pins that would otherwise be the mountings for the bucket or attachment. This article concentrates on quick couplers installed on excavators and similar equipment.
|
|
With a rate of fire of up to eight rounds per gun per minute, her main battery was capable of a total maximum rate of fire of 96 rounds per minute. Her secondary armament comprised twelve 4-inch guns in six twin mounts. Her initial close-range anti-aircraft armament was sixteen 2-pounder "pom-pom" guns in two eight-barrel mountings, and two quadruple Vickers .50 machine guns.
|
|
This eliminated the extreme vibration problems that were apparent in other models in the range, as it effectively separated the rider from the engine. Named the Isolastic anti-vibration system, the system's patent document listed Hooper as the lead inventor. 1974 Norton Commando Motorcycle Although the Isolastic system did reduce vibration, maintaining the required free play in the engine mountings at the correct level was crucial to its success.
|
|
Her main battery guns had been transferred to the German army and placed on railway mountings; they had to be dismantled and returned to Bremen. The ship was then towed to Leningrad on 15 April by a private German towing company. The two navies agreed that Germany would be responsible for naval escort, which included destroyers and smaller vessels. Rear Admiral Otto Feige was placed in command of the operation.
|
|
No. 254 Squadron was supplemented with No. 21 and 57 Squadron, Bomber Command, in attacking shipping off the Norwegian coast, as result of alerts that suggested a German amphibious assault from there.Ashworth 1992, p.29. The Avro Ansons of No. 16 Group's No. 500 Squadron was fitted out with extra armour plating and side mountings for defensive guns. A free mounted 20mm was installed in the lower fuselage to offer protection.
|
|
The cause was found to be weak wing mountings, that caused wing warping at higher speeds. The last remaining RWD 6 (SP-AHL) was modified after this accident, receiving a strengthened wing with V-shaped struts and the new designation RWD 6bis. The RWD 6bis was completed and flown in September 1933. In 1935 it was broken up, and its fuselage was used to create the RWD 13 touring plane prototype.
|
|
Posen carried twelve SK L/45 guns in an unusual hexagonal configuration. Her secondary armament consisted of twelve SK L/45 guns and sixteen SK L/45 guns, all of which were mounted in casemates. Later in her career, two of the 8.8 cm guns were replaced with high-angle Flak mountings of the same caliber for defense against aircraft. The ship was also armed with six submerged torpedo tubes.
|
|
Originally called Terres Point Battery when it was built in 1780, it was renamed in 1815 in honour of the third son, Prince William, Duke of Clarence of King George III. Ten gun mountings allowed the battery to fire in two directions, a magazine and Guard Room was also built. The original guns were later upgraded to 5-inch guns and during the occupation, a 3.7cm flak gun was installed.
|
|
The upper wing was braced over the fuselage with a pair of N-form struts, leaning inward from the upper fuselage to common mountings on the wing centre line. The middle wing of the triplane was positioned at shoulder height on the fuselage and the lower wing passed unbraced below. There were short span ailerons on each wing. The smoothly faired and contoured short fuselage of the DDr.
|
|
Traditionally, still and motion photography have relied on firm, stable mountings for a jitter-free image. Great effort is spent to obtain a perfectly stable image. However, experiments with hand-held camera began as early as 1925 with Ewald André Dupont's Varieté and Abel Gance's Napoléon. Hand-held camera movements became more prominent in some feature films of the 1960s, including a number of John Cassavetes-directed films.
|
|
The ships were designed by Yarrow to operate in shallow, fast-flowing rivers, with a shallow draught and a good turn of speed to counter river flow. They were fitted with two reciprocating (VTE) engines operating two propeller shafts to offer some redundancy. The propellers were housed in tunnels to minimise the operating draught. The main armament consisted of two 6 inch guns in single mountings fore and aft.
|
|
Two Admiralty three-drum boilers fed steam at and to two sets of Parsons single-reduction geared-steam turbines, rated at . This gave a design speed of at trials displacement and at full load. 491 tons of oil were carried, giving a range of at and at . As designed, the N-class were to be armed with six QF Mark XII guns in three twin mountings, two forward and one aft.
|
|
The round-topped firebox had flexible stays fitted in the breaking zones. Three support brackets tied the boiler barrel to the main bar frames. As far as practicable, mountings were fixed to a steam stand on the firebox top and fitted with extensions to the spindles to carry the handles inside the cab, within easy reach of the enginemen. The cylinders drove on the second pair of coupled wheels.
|
|
Two contra-rotating gyros were housed under the front seats, spun in a horizontal plane at 3500 rpm by 24V electric motors powered from standard car batteries. This was the greatest speed obtainable with the electric motors available, and meant that each rotor had to weigh to generate sufficient forces. Precession was in the vertical fore-aft plane. The car had a Morris Oxford engine, engine mountings, and gearbox.
|
|
The company was founded in 1857, in Saint Petersburg, Russia as a boiler works and small foundry. The industry is still located on the original site, on the right bank of the Neva River, in St. Petersburg. Steam turbines have been produced here since 1907 when the company was licensed to build French Rateau turbines. At the same time it began to build gun turrets, gun mountings and torpedo tubes.
|
|
The first batch took the Oriani design, with some modifications giving an increased displacement of 1,645 tonnes. Weapons systems were modified but these were not consistent between all ships of the class. The 120 mm guns remained the main battery, in two twin mountings, fore and aft, but a later pattern was used, the 1936 or 1937 Ansaldo. As completed, the anti-aircraft battery consisted of twelve machine guns.
|
|
The twelve destroyers were commissioned between December 1929 and May 1931\. They were a modern form of the earlier esploratori, displacing 2,650 tonnes, and were a response to the French Jaguar and Guépard classes. Weaponry was reduced to six 120 mm guns in three twin turrets, one of which was amidships. The guns were a new model (Ansaldo 1926 pattern, 50 calibre) and the mountings allowed 45° elevation.
|
|
Lookouts sea trials were generally satisfactory, but were rather protracted through no fault of the ship. On 18 January 1942 Lookout underwent her gunnery trials which were entirely satisfactory. Gun mountings 'B' and 'X' lost two cartridge cases overboard when firing abeam, but this did not affect the outcome of the trial. The next day Lookout carried out her preliminary full power trail at a mean displacement of 2,320 tons.
|
|
Ships equipped with barbette mountings did not see a great deal of combat, owing to the long period of relative peace between their appearance in the 1870s and their obsolescence in the 1890s. Some barbette ships saw action during the British Bombardment of Alexandria in 1882,Wilson 1896, p. 287. and the participated in the Battle of Fuzhou during the Sino-French War in 1884.Wilson 1896, p. 5.
|
|
Diana in the Peruvian Navy in September 1973 renamed BAP Palacios (DM-73) HMS Diana was acquired by the Peruvian Navy in 1969 together with sister ship . Renamed , the ship was refitted at Cammell Laird, Birkenhead. The refit comprised enclosing the foremast and installing a Plessey AWS-1 radar. The destroyer's armament was further increased with the addition of eight Exocet surface-to-surface missiles in two quadruple mountings.
|
|
Surplus naval mountings were used to reinforce German coast defenses from Norway to the French Atlantic coast. These included guns from incomplete or disarmed ships like the aircraft carrier or the battleship . For example, three or four of the Graf Zeppelins Dopp MPL C/36 mounts equipped both batteries of Naval Artillery Battalion (Marine-Artillerie-Abteilung) 517 at Cap Romanov near Petsamo, FinlandRolf, p. 267 while two of the Gneisenaus Drh.
|
|
The guns fired at a muzzle velocity of 835 meters per second (2,740 ft/s). The guns were expected to fire around 1,400 shells before they needed to be replaced. Bayern and Baden were also equipped with a pair of SK L/45 flak guns, which were supplied with 800 rounds. The guns were emplaced in MPL C/13 mountings, which allowed depression to −10 degrees and elevation to 70 degrees.
|
|
Potez XVIII photo from L'Aéronautique December,1922 The Potez XVIII airliner, displayed at the 1922 Paris Salon, was a development of the Potez X colonial transport. It was an unequal span biplane largely built of wood, though with metal engines mountings and other fittings, engine nacelles and tail surfaces. The rectangular plan wings were fabric covered. On each side, towards the wing tips a parallel pair of interplane struts leaned outwards.
|
|
Field tests showed various drawbacks of the entire design (the recoil was too strong for many components: it damaged drive sprockets, ripped the gear-box away from its mountings, etc.) and the sheer length rendered it incredibly difficult to transport. Its development continued until 1960, when the idea of such overpowered guns (along with the 2A3), was abandoned in favor of tactical ballistic missiles, such as the 2K6 Luna.
|
|
At Scotstoun a new factory had been built with a wet dock, pits and machinery for the erection and transhipping of the heaviest guns and mountings and hydraulic barbettes of the firm's own design but it was unused until 1911.From Engineering Correspondents At Home And Abroad. The Times, Wednesday, 29 March 1911; pg. 24; Issue 39545 A complete factory for the manufacture of Fuzes had also been installed in Coventry.
|
|
232–233 Endeavour was the smallest of the new vessels, with a keel, a beam of and measuring 59 tonnes burthen. She was ketch-rigged, with a deep hold measuring and capacity to provide mountings for a single 13-inch mortar. Her purchase price was £444, paid to London merchant Richard Beach. A further £473 was spent by Admiralty on Endeavours conversion to bomb vessel status, and £200 for fittings.
|
|
Although it is just possible to substitute one for the other, it requires a good deal of alteration of mountings, exhaust piping, etc. Limited investment in tooling for the 2.5-litre engine led to limited production capacity, with a maximum weekly output of 140 engines, and the 4.5 litre was only ever made in small quantities. This prescribed maximum output was never achieved during the production of the engine.
|
|
The original three were named Aotearoa IV (ZK-TEA), Atarau (ZK-TEB), and Akaroa (ZK-TEC). In late September 1959, just prior to delivery a series of fatal accidents occurred in the US with the new aircraft. It was discovered that propeller vibration caused a weakening of the wing to engine mountings. The FAA ordered a reduced speed operation for the type until remedial repair works were completed in 1961.
|
|
The tail surfaces were conventional with a triangular fin and tailplane, the latter mounted on top of the fuselage. The control surfaces were trapezoidal. The Osprey's landing gear was of the fixed, split-axle, tailwheel type, with a track of . The axles and drag struts were mounted on the lower fuselage longerons and the original Bendix system had short, oleo strut shock-absorbing landing legs to the engine mountings.
|
|
The engine mountings were steel tube structures supported by the longerons; the engine cowlings were most prominent above the wings. The main legs of the track landing gear, with fairings mounted on the front of, them retracted rearwards into the cowlings. The undercarriage was completed with an oleo mounted, steerable tailwheel. There were fuel tanks in the central section of the wings between both the engines and the longerons.
|
|
62–63 The steel plates and superstructure on the upper decks were torn to pieces, and the splinters caused many casualties. Iron ladders were crumpled up into rings, guns were literally hurled from their mountings. In addition to this, there was the unusually high temperature and liquid flame of the explosion, which seemed to spread over everything. I actually watched a steel plate catch fire from a burst.
|
|
II; pp.3–58; Seattle, 1974; G.B. Schaller, The Serengeti Lion; University of Chicago Press, 1972 Male lions pair-bond for a number of days and initiate homosexual activity with affectionate nuzzling and caressing, leading to mounting and thrusting. About 8% of mountings have been observed to occur with other males. Pairings between females are held to be fairly common in captivity but have not been observed in the wild.
|
|
The Flak guns were emplaced in MPL C/13 mountings, which allowed depression to −10 degrees and elevation to 70 degrees. These guns fired 9 kg (19.8 lb) shells, and had an effective ceiling of at 70 degrees. As was standard for warships of the period, the Mackensens were equipped with submerged torpedo tubes. There were five tubes: one in the bow, and two on each flank of the ship.
|
|
Pearsall, Part I, p. 210 The main armament of the Arethusa-class ships consisted of two BL 6-inch (152 mm) Mk XII guns that were mounted on the centreline fore and aft of the superstructure and six QF 4-inch Mk V guns in waist mountings. They were also fitted with a single QF 3-pounder anti-aircraft gun and four torpedo tubes in two twin mounts.
|
|
Both Oswald Boelcke and Max Immelmann survived failures which resulted in propellers being shot off and even engines pulled out of their mountings due to the engine becoming unbalanced by the loss of the propeller. Immelmann's eventual death in combat has also been attributed to interrupter gear failure as the aircraft was seen to break up in mid-air while engaged against a Royal Flying Corps F.E.2b.
|
|
The Mustang had an advantage that it was substantially cheaper. To prevent overlap between the two cars, Ford's response was to move the Thunderbird upmarket. The result, introduced for 1967, was a larger Thunderbird with luxury appointments more in line with a Lincoln. The new Thunderbird abandoned unibody construction in favor of body- on-frame construction with sophisticated rubber mountings between the body and frame to reduce noise and vibration.
|
|
In around the 1850s, Alexander Nesbitt gave similar measurements, and added that it was at the broadest point of the cup, which is somewhat below the middle. The cup is constructed mostly of wood. Scott thought it was possibly oak, and later Nesbitt considered it to be either yew or alder. The cup is covered with mountings of silver, wrought in filigree and decorated with niello and gilding.
|
|
Holland entered the 1972 International Gold Cup with the McLaren-Chevrolet. He did not finish, retiring after 31 laps with broken engine mountings. He subsequently participated in the Rothmans 50,000 race at Brands Hatch with a Lola T190 (F5000) entered by Chris Featherstone. He qualified in 29th position and thus took part in the main race, for the first 30 qualifiers, where he finished 13th but 12 laps behind.
|
|
Chinese pigments () are the traditional medium to execute traditional Chinese brush paintings, besides ink. Chinese pigments is similar to Western gouache paint in that it contains more glue than watercolours, but more so than gouache. The high glue content makes the pigment bind better to Chinese paper and silk as well as enabling works of art to survive the wet-mounting process of Chinese hanging scroll mountings without smudging or bleeding.
|
|
42 The ships were intended to carry four 8-barreled mountings for the QF 2-pounder Mark VIII gun (commonly known as a pom-pom), two abaft the funnels and two at the stern. Each barrel was provided with 1300 rounds of ammunition. The gun fired a shell at a muzzle velocity of to a distance of . The gun's rate of fire was approximately 96–98 rounds per minute.
|
|
The basic strength of these ships was derived through longitudinal members instead of the earlier transverse ones. The design was deemed sturdy, compact and successful and provided the basis for the following classes. The four single 4.7-inch guns were increased to three twin mountings (originally four twins), and two five tube banks of torpedo tubes. The anti-aircraft weaponry was not significantly improved, however, and this was a serious flaw.
|
|
At Fort Queenscliff, Victoria, Australia Mk VII guns were installed on disappearing mountings in Australia and New Zealand as coast-defence guns during the "Russian scares" of the 1880s. In the event, no Russian invasion occurred and the guns were rarely if ever fired. Four Mk VII coast defence guns were installed at Singapore in the 1880s-1890s : two atop Mount Serapong and two at Fort Tanjong Katong.
|
|
The guns were placed in MPL C/13 mountings, which allowed depression to −10 degrees and elevation to 70 degrees. These guns fired shells, and had an effective ceiling of at 70 degrees. As was standard for warships of the period, the Ersatz Yorcks were to be equipped with submerged torpedo tubes. There were three tubes: one in the bow, and one on each flank of the ship.
|
|
Two types of turret were fitted. Type A, with 40° elevation were superseded by Type B with 75° elevation, but neither were satisfactory as anti-aircraft mountings. Anti-aircraft weaponry was otherwise inadequate and it was progressively strengthened during refits, with a final count of 22 25 mm (1 in) guns in some vessels. The Type 93 torpedo had proved itself and was installed in this and all subsequent classes.
|
|
"Coatalen produced the world’s first twin-cam Six for the 1916 Indianapolis 500" an Ernest Henry prewar Peugeot type in-line six cylinder 81.5x157 mm, capacity 4,914 cc. Two cast blocks of three; twin overhead camshafts driven by a vertical shaft and gears from the front of the engine; four valve per cylinder (24 in total), 60 degrees included angle. Camshafts castings split horizontally. Pivoted cam followers carried by bronze mountings.
|
|
All tail surfaces were built in a similar way to the wing. Both rudder and elevators were all-moving and balanced, with straight edges, rounded tips and with their short mountings faired into the fuselage. The rudder extended down to the keel, so a generous cut-out in the elevators was provided for its movement. The Württemberg had a short landing skid under the forward fuselage and a spring type tailskid.
|
|
Jon boats typically have a transom onto which an outboard motor can be mounted. They are simple and easy to maintain, and inexpensive, though with many options to upgrade. Typical options may include live wells/bait wells, side or center consoles, factory installed decks and floors, electrical wiring, accessory pads/mountings, and casting and poling platforms. Jon boats are available commercially between long and wide, though custom sizes may be found.
|
|
The Sabre Sprint was created from an all fibreglass monocoque body reinforced with kevlar and carbon fibre at the mountings for extra strength. It used a classic mini front subframe and A-Series engine at the front. The rear was a galvanised beam axle used with classic mini radius arms and coilover suspension. The car had four seats and a boot area which could be accessed by tilting the rear seats.
|
|
The pilot and observer were placed behind the wings, while the fuel and oil tanks were located ahead of the pilot, directly behind the Renault 12 engine. The undercarriage was built of tubular steel, the wheels attached to a fixed horizontal axle. The armament consisted of a synchronized machine gun for the pilot and a second machine gun for the observer. Mountings for 150 kg bombs were mounted under the wings.
|
|
Effingham after being rebuilt as a light cruiser. No ships were completed with the original design secondary armament. Hawkins carried only the 12-pounder anti-aircraft (A/A) guns, her sisters having two (Raleigh) or three (Frobisher, Effingham) QF 4-inch Mark V guns on mountings HA Mark III. In 1929, Hawkins had her 12-pounder guns replaced by an equal number of the same model of guns as her sisters.
|
|
Galatea had extra plating added amidships after completion to reduce wetness and to protect the boats. She landed her catapult during a refit between October 1940 and January 1941, when she received two quadruple 2-pounders and eight single 20 mm Oerlikons, as well as Type 279 air warning radar added at the mastheads. Arethusa had received two quadruple 2 pounders and radar by April 1941, and landed the catapult. Later the same year, two UP mountings and four single 20 mm Oerlikons were added. The former were removed in the spring of 1942, as were the single 4 in mountings (replaced by twins as per her sisters) and a further four 20 mm Oerlikons added. Radar Type 286 air warning was landed and radars Type 273 centimetric target indication, Type 281 air warning, Type 282 on the 2-pounder directors, Type 284 on the main armament director and Type 285 on the HACS directors were fitted.
|
|
They were to have a complement of 320, and carry one motor pinnace, one motor yawl, one torpedo cutter and one dinghy. The Type 1936C destroyers were to be armed with six quick firing guns with 720 rounds of ammunition, with a speed of 20 rounds per minute, which had a range of , to be placed in three LC.41 twin turrets, one forward and two aft. An advanced radar-controllable fire control system was placed upon the two aft turrets; six anti-aircraft guns with 12,000 rounds of ammunition, placed in three LM/42 twin mountings, one forward and two aft; eight to 14 anti-aircraft guns with 16,000–28,000 rounds of ammunition, placed in LM/44 mountings; two quadruple torpedo tubes (8–12 rounds); and 60 mines with four depth charge launchers. Their propulsion systems were to consist of six Wagner boilers feeding high-pressure superheated steam (at and ) to two sets of Wagner geared steam turbines, which were in diameter.
|
|
Right elevation of 12-inch gun turret and ammunition hoists in the BIV mounting The ships of the Canopus class had four 35-calibre guns mounted in twin-gun turrets fore and aft; these guns were mounted in circular barbettes that allowed all-around loading, although at a fixed elevation. Canopus carried her guns in BIII mountings, the same used in the last two Majestic-class ships, while the next four vessels used the newer BIV mounts, and Vengeance used newer-still BV mountings. The BIII mounts featured a deck that interrupted the shell and propellant hoists to prevent the flash fire from an explosion in the turret from easily reaching down to the magazines, which could produce a catastrophic explosion. The BIV mounts eliminated this deck to allow for faster ammunition handling, but the designers realized the greatly increased risk this entailed, and so restored the deck with the BV mounts.
|
|
Not all dual-purpose guns have high elevation. The determining factor was whether or not the mounting was provided with an anti-aircraft fire control system and a method for setting the time fuze in the A.A. warhead, fired by the gun. Starting with the Tribal class, the Royal Navy introduced a series of destroyer classes that had dual-purpose guns, but in 4.7 inch QF Mark XII, twin CP Mk. XIX and later mountings limited to 40, 50 or 55 degrees elevation, however, the guns were controlled by an A.A. fire control system and the mountings were provided with A.A. shell fuze setters. The USN had developed a similar class of destroyer, the Porter class with eight Mk 12 5 inch/38 caliber (127 mm) guns in four Mark 22 Single Purpose (surface action only) twin mounts, limited to 35 degrees elevation, but with no provision for A.A. fire control and no on-mount fuze setters.
|
|
Plan of Fort Gilkicker in 1906 showing the final breech loading armament In 1898 Colonel Montgomery National Archive: The report of Col. Montgomery’s Committee on the substitution of Breech Loading and Quick Firing guns for existing RML guns 1898 recommended that Gilkicker be modified to take the latest Breech Loading guns in place of the 10-inch and 9-inch RMLs on the lower gun floor. The upper battery was to be completely remodelled to take two of the latest 9.2-inch BL Mark X guns on barbette V mountings with two 6-inch BL Mark VII guns on CPII mountings for closer range support. The 9.2-inch BL was to counter Armoured ships up to a range of 6,000 yards whilst the 6-inch BL was for use against unarmoured ships, ships attempting to block channels by sinking in them and against ships trying to break through booms (blockers and boom smashers).
|
|
In February 1943, 73rd (Kent Fortress) S/L Rgt was transferred from 56th AA Bde to reinforce 27th AA Bde on the South Coast. 27th AA Brigade was dealing with 'hit-and-run' attacks by Luftwaffe fighter-bombers attacking coastal towns at low level in daylight, and the defensive armament of S/L positions was increased, with the existing Lewis guns being supplemented with twin Vickers K machine gun mountings and later twin 0.5-inch Browning machine guns on power mountings. On 10 April, 73rd S/L Rgt was replaced in this duty by 33rd (St Pancras) S/L Rgt and returned to 56th AA Bde.Sainsbury, Chapter 5.355 S/L Bty War Diary, 1943 (includes February 1943 orbat for 27 AA Bde), TNA file WO 166/11550.Order of Battle of Non-Field Force Units in the United Kingdom, Part 27: AA Command, 13 March 1943, with amendments, TNA file WO 212/83.
|
|
He worked in partnership with Seril Dodge circa 1793, then with his son-in-law Samuel Dorrance 1795-1800 as Pitman & Dorrance, and finally with Nehemiah Dodge in 1800 as Pitman & Dodge. In the Providence Gazette of April 2, 1796, he advertised: :PITMAN, SANDERS, Silversmith, &c.; Takes this Method to acquaint his old Customers, and the Public, that he makes and sells, at his Shop, a few Doors North of the State-House, Gold and Silversmith's Ware, amongst which are the following Articles: Gold Necklaces from 7 to 10 Dollars, large and small Silver Spoons, and a Variety of the newest fashioned plated Shoe and Knee Buckles, plated Bridle Bitts in the newest Fashions, warranted to be superior for Service to any imported; also two Sets of elegant plated Mountings for Chaise, which would be sold on moderate Terms. Any Orders for plated or Brass Mountings for Chaise will be thankfully received, and executed in such a Manner as to insure Durability.
|
|
Around the outbreak of World War I in 1914 it was noted that the rapid development of dreadnought battleships might soon render US coast defenses obsolescent. These had been constructed 1895-1915 under the Endicott and Taft programs. The United States Army's initial response was to place some existing 12-inch guns on high-angle long- range mountings. This program had barely commenced when the American entry into World War I occurred in April 1917.
|
|
They were initially in one battery, Battery Pennington, named for Colonel Alexander Cummings McWhorter Pennington Jr., who served in the Civil War and the Spanish–American War. Their mountings were open, making them vulnerable to air attack, a possibility the Army did little to allow for until the late 1930s. A rail system supplied the guns with ammunition from magazines to the rear of the guns. A plotting room bunker was also behind the guns.
|
|
Ten days later, the ships departed for İğneada and the two battleships bombarded Bulgarian artillery positions near Varna two days thereafter. The ships were still suffering from boiler trouble. Both battleships took part in gunnery training in the Sea of Marmara on 3 November, but stopped after firing only a few salvos each, as their main battery mountings were not fully functional. On 7 November, Turgut Reis shelled Bulgarian troops around Tekirdağ.
|
|
In April 1944 six 20 mm single mounts were added and the catapult was removed. Enterprise landed two 6 in singles in 1941 and had one quadruple 2 pdr fitted. She later had four single 20 mm fitted and then, in the course of a long refit between the end of December 1942 and October 1943, she lost the single 2 pdr and 20 mm weapons, receiving six twin power-operated mountings in lieu.
|
|
The antenna and mountings were to be protected from the elements by a co-rotating carousel with a transparent membrane stretched across the carousel aperture. Building work started in 1983 and went well apart from a small delay caused by the hijacking of the ship carrying the telescope across the Pacific by pirates. The telescope saw first light in 1987. The name for the final facility was changed to the James Clerk Maxwell Telescope.
|
|
Construction of the station and montage of turbine 2. On 3 October 2009 the official Sayano-Shushenskaya accident report was published. In summary, it states that the accident was primarily caused by vibrations of turbine No. 2 which led to fatigue damage of the turbine mountings, including its cover. The report found that at the moment of the accident, the nuts on at least 6 bolts keeping the turbine cover in place were absent.
|
|
Her light AA armament now consisted of six octuple "pom- pom" mountings, eighteen single Oerlikons, and seventeen single and two twin Bofors mounts. The flight deck was extended forward, which increased her overall length to . The high-angle director atop the island was replaced with an American SM-1 fighter-direction radar, a Type 293M target-indication system was added, and the Type 281M was replaced with a prototype Type 960 early- warning radar.
|
|
Its tapered tailplane was mounted on top of the fuselage, braced by two struts on each side to the lower fuselage, and carried narrow, full-span elevators. It had a fixed undercarriage with its main wheels on V-struts hinged from the lower fuselage and on vertical shock absorbing oleo struts to the engine mountings. The wheels were under large fairings; under the tail the D.430 had a long, leaf spring tail-skid.
|
|
She was given a brief refit when this concern proved illusory and was placed in reserve in May 1945. Renown was partially disarmed in July when six of her 4.5-inch turrets were removed preparatory to fitting these mountings with remote power control. The refit was subsequently cancelled. The ship hosted a meeting between King George VI and President Truman on 3 August when the latter was en route home aboard the heavy cruiser .
|
|
The four ships remained with the fleet until shortly after the turn of the century. Sachsen was removed from duty in 1902 and used as a target ship from 1911 to 1919. Bayern was stricken from the naval register in February 1910 and similarly used as a target vessel until 1919. Württemberg was converted into a torpedo training ship in 1906, equipped with seven torpedo tubes in a variety of different mountings.
|
|
Moltkes forward gun turret The main armament was ten SK L/50 guns in five twin turrets. The guns were placed in Drh.L C/1908 turret mounts; these mountings allowed a maximum elevation of 13.5 degrees. This elevation was 7.5 degrees less than in the preceding Von der Tann, and, as a consequence, the range was slightly shorter, at 18,100 m (19,800 yd), than the 18,900 m (20,700 yd) of Von der Tanns guns.
|
|
On Boora Point are the remains of a coastal defence establishment constructed in 1943. There are remains of concrete walls of two gun emplacements with associated rooms and tramway tunnels, northern and southern searchlight blockhouses and engine rooms, a battery observation post and associated barracks and toilet blocks. There is a rare example of Mark XII gun mountings. There are remnants and sites of many other structures and a sandstone lined cutting of a tramway.
|
|
Despite numerous modernising design changes, the Standard shipped with a vintage bridge, long lambasted for its instability and frequency to buzz. This caused many customers to replace the bridge with a Mastery or Staytrem after market bridge. The Player Jazzmaster replaced the Standard in 2018. While specs remained similar, the neck was extended to 22 frets, pickup rings were replaced with scratchplate mountings and the humbuckers replaced with more 'vintage' voiced models.
|
|
The BMW 801 radials were mounted on welded steel tube mountings at the extremities of the wing centre section. The oil coolers were integral to the front lower section of the BMW-designed cowlings, as used in all twin and multi-engined aircraft that used BMW 801 radials for power. The machine had two oil and five fuel tanks to "feed" the engines, and they were protected with rubber and self- sealing coverings.
|
|
After the American entry into World War I, the United States needed a medium-range heavy artillery piece that could be transported easily. The quick solution was to take the existing 8-inch coast artillery guns from the fixed mountings or from storage and mount them on a drop bed rail car.Berhow, pp. 108–113 This was also done with a number of other weapons, including guns, guns, and 12-inch mortars.
|
|
Her upperworks were removed and replaced by new fore and aft superstructures and two upright funnels modelled on the contemporary cruisers. The forward superstructure block incorporated a large hangar opening onto an athwartships catapult between the superstructure blocks. There was a catapult on either side of the after funnel. The 4-inch anti-aircraft guns were replaced by twin mountings and relocated to the after superstructure, with the torpedoes a deck below.
|
|
Britain used Roman numerals to denote Marks (models) of ordnance until after World War II. The turrets were placed on 40° mountings with open-backed shields. The ship also had one twin turret of QF Mk XVI guns in the 'X' position. For secondary anti-aircraft armament, the destroyer was equipped with four single-mounted 2-pounder "pom-pom" guns. The vessel was also fitted with four torpedo tubes for Mk IX torpedoes.
|
|
Sixteen guns were used for the and and six were ordered for the when it was to be re-armed in 1942. Six were intended for each of the s, but it is uncertain how many of these last were actually delivered. Six mountings with twelve guns were sold to the Soviet Union who planned to use them on two s, but these were never delivered. Surplus guns were used as coast defense guns.
|
|
The gun mountings for Bayern were later modified to allow elevation up to 20 degrees, though the changes reduced depression to −5 degrees. As originally configured, the guns had a maximum range of , but Bayerns modified guns could reach . Each turret was fitted with a stereo rangefinder. The main battery was supplied with a total of 720 shells or 90 rounds per gun; these were shells that were light for guns of their caliber.
|
|
Pearsall, Part I, p. 206 They carried tons of fuel oil that gave the ships with cruising turbines a range of and for those without, both at .Pearsall, Part I, p. 210 The main armament of the Arethusa-class ships was two BL 6-inch (152 mm) Mk XII guns that were mounted on the centreline fore and aft of the superstructure and six QF 4-inch Mk V guns in waist mountings.
|
|
On board warships, each turret is given an identification. In the British Royal Navy, these would be letters: "A" and "B" were for the turrets from the front of the ship backwards in front of the bridge, and letters near the end of the alphabet (i.e., "X", "Y", etc.) were for turrets behind the bridge ship, "Y" being the rearmost. Mountings in the middle of the ship would be "P", "Q", "R", etc.
|
|
Approximately twenty other guns from the battleships were put on railroad mountings as the 28 cm SK L/40 "Bruno" and used as railway guns. A number were kept by the Kaiserliche Marine and used on coastal defense duties, but the others were used by the Heer in more traditional roles as long-range heavy artillery. Surviving weapons were used by the Germans in World War II as coast defense duties.François, pp.
|
|
25 pounder gun-howitzers The Landing Craft Gun (LCG) was another LCT conversion intended to give supporting fire to the landing. Apart from the Oerlikon armament of a normal LCT, each LCG(Medium) had two British Army 25 pounder gun-howitzers in armoured mountings, while LCG(L)3 and LCG(L)4 both had two 4.7-inch naval guns ().Brown, D K. Nelson to Vanguard. p. 145. Crewing was similar to the LCF.
|
|
Britain used Roman numerals to denote Marks (models) of ordnance until after World War II. The turrets were placed on 40° mountings with open-backed shields. The ship also had one twin turret of QF Mk XVI guns in the 'X' position. For secondary anti-aircraft armament, the destroyer was equipped with four single-mounted 2-pounder "pom-pom" guns. The vessel was also fitted with four torpedo tubes for Mk IX torpedoes.
|
|
"The Norton Commando will appear with a slightly strengthened and consequently more rigid frame for 1969". Accessed 3 January 2016 which, together with an improved centre-stand, helped to improve ground- clearance which had been criticised. Slightly softer rubber mountings were introduced to reduce a vibration period at 1,500 to 1,900 rpm. A new model named Commando S was introduced with alternative styling having a different tank, mudguards and high-level exhausts.
|
|
Ruby also absorbs some of the light at its lasing wavelength. To overcome this absorption, the entire length of the rod needs to be pumped, leaving no shaded areas near the mountings. The active part of the ruby is the dopant, which consists of chromium ions suspended in a synthetic sapphire crystal. The dopant often comprises around 0.05% of the crystal, and is responsible for all of the absorption and emission of radiation.
|
|
303 cal Vickers Ks, all of which used swivel mountings either in the back tray of the truck or on the passenger's doorpost.O'Carroll 2005, p.60 In addition to this firepower Corporal Merlyn Craw of T1 patrol had devised a small incendiary time-bomb made out of "Nobel's Gelignite" (also known as "808"). Craw and Yealands were in the last vehicle in the column, Te Paki III, which had a box full of the bombs.
|
|
The proposed anti-aircraft (AA) armament were eight 40/60 mm guns in twin mountings set atop the middle and after deck houses to give all around, overlapping arcs of fire. These were to be supplemented by 20 mm guns positioned variously around the ship. Eight torpedo tubes were to be carried in two quadruple mounts. A/S armament called for two depth charge rails and four depth charge throwers to be fitted.
|
|
Pope Leo X, who was very myopic, wore concave spectacles when hunting and professed they enabled him to see clearer than his cohorts. The first spectacles utilized quartz lenses since optical glass had not been developed. The lenses were set into bone, metal and leather mountings, frequently fashioned like two small magnifying glasses with handles riveted together and set in an inverted V shape that could be balanced on the bridge of the nose.
|
|
These vehicles have a removable canvas or nylon cab with doors, roll bars and a canvas covering for the rear. They were also used to tow the 105 mm gun. A third version used for border patrol work in Israel has an open cab separately mounted from the firewall, and a rear body designed to deflect mine blast. This was equipped with three 7.62 FN mag mountings in the rear and one on the dashboard.
|
|
Special plant was installed at Rover's works to spray the inside of all body panels with asbestos to ensure quietness fire-proofing etc. and insulation from extremes of heat and cold. Also in July 1932 the Pilot received the wholly new chassis of the Ten Special, its flexible engine mountings, Startix and the new gearbox and freewheel. The new brakes were Lockheed hydraulic with large diameter drums, they were self-compensating and self-lubricating.
|
|
As with the South Carolina class, these ships were fitted with two 3-inch/50 caliber anti-aircraft (AA) guns in Mark 11 mounts in 1917. The Mark 11 mount was the first 3-inch AA mounting issued by the US Navy. They had a trunnion height of compared to a height of for the pedestal mountings used against surface craft. This allowed them an elevation range between −10 and 85 degrees.
|
|
The bow collector has fewer moving parts than the trolley pole, but is heavier and sometimes more complicated to construct. The construction of overhead wires for bow collectors is simpler than trolley pole wiring. As bow collectors do not have revolving mountings, the collector cannot jump off the wire or follow the wrong one at intersections, as trolley poles sometimes do. Thus overhead 'frogs' and guides for trolley poles are not necessary with bow collectors.
|
|
Its installation, designed by Kišonas, placed it well above the rear part of the wing on forward and aft transverse V-struts from the central wing mountings, laterally braced on each side by a long strut out to the wing. It used the tricycle landing gear. In 2009 one airframe remained in the Sport Aviation Museum in Kaunas but there was no information about its identity or condition or if it was on open display.
|
|
The "Comic" was a Camel variant designed specifically for night-fighting duties. The twin Vickers guns were replaced by two Lewis guns on Foster mountings firing forward over the top wing, as the muzzle flash of the Vickers guns could blind the pilot. To allow reloading of the guns, the pilot was moved about 12 inches (30 cm) to the rear and to compensate the fuel tank was moved forward.Mason 1992, p. 91.
|
|
As an anti-tank and anti-air weapon, the gun was to be used extensively: 8 pieces in AA configuration for every infantry division. Also all anti-tank companies were to be eventually reequipped with this gun. However, as by September 1, 1939 the overall production did not exceed 55 pieces, only 40 were mounted on TK-3 and TKS tankettes. The fate of the 15 pieces on infantry mountings remains unknown.
|
|
The QF 4.7-inch Gun Mk I–IV was initially manufactured for naval use and as coast artillery. British forces in the Second Boer War were initially outgunned by the long range Boer artillery. Captain Percy Scott of HMS Terrible first improvised timber static siege mountings for two guns from the Cape Town coastal defences, to counter the Boers' "Long Tom" gun during the Siege of Ladysmith in 1899–1900.Hall 1971.
|
|
Hand-traversed mountings for a pair of machine guns were fitted in dorsal (top) and ventral (belly) positions aft. An optically flat glass panel was fitted in the nose below the turret for use by the bombardier; the aircraft's offensive weaponry, consisting of a Mark XIII aerial torpedo or, alternatively, up to of bombs, was carried in an internal bomb bay, the twin-float arrangement allowing for a clear release of the weaponry.
|
|
The new s were faster than their predecessors and needed escorts that could match them, with an adequate margin. The s were the response, achieving 35 knots. To protect gun crews from the anticipated wetness, the Admiralty specified enclosed gun houses. These were, however, slow to build and so the first four L class, were fitted with twin 4-inch in Mark XVI mountings, as already in use on the escort destroyers and elsewhere.
|
|
Its wings were braced together by a single, strongly outward-leaning, faired interplane strut on each side. A short cabane held the upper wing closely above the fuselage. The wing spars and ribs were metal but the wings were fabric covered. The engine mountings of the Breguet 25 could accommodate a Lorraine 12E Courlis W12, a Renault V12, a Hispano-Suiza 12G W12 or a Hispano-Suiza 12H V12, all with power in the range .
|
|
The engine mountings, two pairs of parallel struts, defined the inner bay. The outer pair of these struts were doubled since this was where the wing folded, and so the ends of the wing either side of the fold retained their struts. Four vertical cabane struts braced the centre of the upper wing from the upper fuselage. There were ailerons on both lower and lower planes, extending over more than half the span.
|
|
Bomb vessels were first used by the Royal Navy during the Nine Years War, when French coastal towns such as Dunkirk and St Malo were bombarded by English fleets. The design of the bomb vessels improved considerably during this period. The first generations used fixed mortars, which were aimed by rotating the whole ship. By the end of the war larger mortars were being used and they were placed on traversable mountings.
|
|
The P8 was supplied with engine mountings. The electrical system was powered by a 12 volt, lightweight, aircraft battery, which had a master battery control. It powered a starter solenoid via starter button and switches, as well as an array of instruments, including tachometer (0–10,000 rpm), oil pressure, water temperature, and oil temperature. All suspension parts were in new Bowin Satin finish, and the other parts were cadmium-plated and stove-enamelled.
|
|
These heavy guns were intended to help the cruiser open fire on heavier battleships from a distance while supporting torpedo boat attacks on an enemy warship or fleet. In 1905, Kaiser Franz Joseph I underwent a refit for modernization. During this refit, her main battery was replaced by two SK L/40 Škoda guns. The mountings her main guns were located on consisted of a rotating platform and a domed gun turret.
|
|
Legion was ordered on 31 March 1938 from the yards of Hawthorn Leslie and Company, Newcastle upon Tyne under the 1937 Naval Estimates. She was laid down on 1 November 1938 and launched just over a year later on 26 November 1939. During 1940 her main armament along with three others of the L class was changed. Twin 4 inch HA mountings were fitted and these four ships were re-classified as anti-aircraft destroyers.
|
|
The Mle 1927 was used in single centre-pivot mountings that weighed approximately that were fitted with a thick gun shield. The mount could depress -10° and elevate to +28° which gave it a maximum range of . The gun had a firing cycle of 4 or 5 seconds with its automatic spring rammer, but the dredger hoists transporting the shells and cartridge cases slowed the rate of fire down to 8-10 rounds per minute.
|
|
Its mainwheels were on faired, cranked axles hinged from the central fuselage underside, braced by drag struts hinged further aft; these members were enclosed in balsa and fabric airfoil fairings. Short, vertical oleo legs were attached to the bottom of the outer engine mountings. The wheels had independent Bendix brakes and were almost entirely enclosed in large dural tube, fabric covered fairings. A small tailwheel was mounted on a rubber- sprung pylon.
|
|
He reported that its controls were light and its handling generally good. Tests there continued into the spring of 1923, when it became apparent that the H.2 had problems which would block its Certificate of Airworthiness (CofA). Development stopped with only the prototype completed and the Handasyde concern went into liquidation early in 1924. The H.2 cabin structure, landing gear and Eagle VIII engine mountings were incorporated into the 1926 ANEC III.
|
|
The was a naval gun used by the Imperial Japanese Navy before and during World War II. It had a bore with a length of (50 calibre) and fired shell for a distance of (in single mount version) or (in the later twin mounts). The gun was first used in single casemates on the Kongō-class battlecruisers and Fusō- class battleships and later in the Agano-class light cruisers in twin mountings.
|
|
However, two of the four 12-cylinder MAN 12V175D type diesel generating sets are installed on double resilient mountings within soundproof enclosures to reduce noise and vibration during anti-submarine warfare (ASW) missions. When higher speeds are required, a single General Electric LM2500 gas turbine driving both propeller shafts via a common gearbox can be used to achieve speeds in excess of . For low-speed maneuvering, the ships are fitted with two bow thrusters.
|
|
The cylinder struck the engine cowling, breaking it off its mountings on the port nacelle. Blair was five miles out from St Thomas, flying at 1,700 feet. He immediately feathered his port propeller and shut down the engine, while adding power to the starboard in an attempt to maintain level flight. The plane should have been able to maintain its altitude on one engine, but in the event the aircraft began losing height.
|
|
In the stock, a recess had to be made to accommodate the turned-down bolt handle modification. The wartime Scharfschützen-Gewehr 98 program intended to regularize equipment issued for snipers but failed. The telescopic sights used consisted of 2.5×, 3× and 4× models, made by manufactures like Görtz, Gérard, Oige, Zeiss, Hensoldt, Voigtländer and various civilian models from manufacturers like Bock, Busch and Füss. Several different mountings produced by various manufacturers were used.
|
|
The turbines, designed to produce , were intended to give the ships a speed of . The ships carried enough oil and coal to give them a range of at . The main armament of the Tátra-class destroyers consisted of two 50-caliber Škoda Works K10 guns, one each fore and aft of the superstructure in single, unprotected mounts. Their secondary armament consisted of six 45-caliber guns, two of which were on anti-aircraft mountings.
|
|
The turbines, designed to produce , were intended to give the ships a speed of . The ships carried enough oil and coal to give them a range of at . The main armament of the Tátra-class destroyers consisted of two 50-caliber Škoda Works K10 guns, one each fore and aft of the superstructure in single mounts. Their secondary armament consisted of six 45-caliber guns, two of which were on anti-aircraft mountings.
|
|
The turbines, designed to produce , were intended to give the ships a speed of . The ships carried enough oil and coal to give them a range of at . The main armament of the Tátra-class destroyers consisted of two 50-caliber Škoda Works K10 guns, one each fore and aft of the superstructure in single mounts. Their secondary armament consisted of six 45-caliber guns, two of which were on anti-aircraft mountings.
|
|
The turbines, designed to produce , were intended to give the ships a speed of . The ships carried enough oil and coal to give them a range of at . The main armament of the Tátra-class destroyers consisted of two 50-caliber Škoda Works K10 guns, one each fore and aft of the superstructure in single mounts. Their secondary armament consisted of six 45-caliber guns, two of which were on anti-aircraft mountings.
|
|
The turbines, designed to produce , were intended to give the ships a speed of . The ships carried enough oil and coal to give them a range of at . The main armament of the Tátra-class destroyers consisted of two 50-caliber Škoda Works K10 guns, one each fore and aft of the superstructure in single mounts. Their secondary armament consisted of six 45-caliber guns, two of which were on anti-aircraft mountings.
|
|
The turbines, designed to produce , were intended to give the ships a speed of . The ships carried enough oil and coal to give them a range of at . The main armament of the Tátra-class destroyers consisted of two 50-caliber Škoda Works K10 guns, one each fore and aft of the superstructure in single, unprotected mounts. Their secondary armament consisted of six 45-caliber guns, two of which were on anti-aircraft mountings.
|
|
Both also had two single guns, but American ships had these in single mountings and in a new model, the Mk 42, one fore and the other aft, while the Impavido made use of an older Mk 38 dual turret. One difference was the secondary weaponry. While both had lightweight torpedo launchers, the rest was different. The Charles F. Adams class had an ASROC launcher, dedicated to ASW tasks, to help counter the growing number of Soviet submarines.
|
|
129, 131. The Bréguet 482 was a mid-winged monoplane of all-metal construction, with a clean, low-drag, oval section monocoque fuselage, twin tails and a retractable tailwheel undercarriage. The planned defensive armament was a 20mm Hispano- Suiza HS.404 cannon in a power-operated dorsal position, with a 7.5mm machine gun in the nose and a further two machine guns in ventral mountings. Up to 2,500 kg (5,500 lb) of bombs could be carried.
|
|
Flagghaugen (Flag Hill), from the Old Norse word haugr meaning hill or mound, is situated just north of the church. Originally it had a diameter of and a height of , but it was flattened under the leadership of Pastor Lyder Brun in 1835. The mound turned out to be Norway’s richest grave from the Roman Period. The Avaldsnes find () contained a neck ring of of pure gold, weapons, bandolier mountings and various Roman tubs of silver and bronze.
|
|
They also showcased two Tough Ten models, one a bare chassis, and one with a milk float body. The Endeavour had a heavy duty traction motor, which was attached to a sub-frame by Metalastic flexible mountings. A Layrub shaft delivered power to the double reduction rear axle. Helecs used a controller which was built as a removable unit, so that removing two bolts and some electrical connections allowed the whole panel to be withdrawn from the vehicle.
|
|
The ironclad battery , c. 1855 The fortress was located on the Kinburn Spit, at the extreme western end of the Kinburn Peninsula, and consisted of three separate fortifications. The primary fort, built of stone, square, and equipped with bastions, held 50 guns, some of which were mounted in protective casemates; the rest were in en barbette mountings, firing over the parapets. Two smaller fortresses were located further down the spit, mounting ten and eleven guns, respectively.
|
|
Finally, a and tunnel was built through the West centre curtain to act as a sally port. It was originally planned to equip the lines with smoothbore guns; however, it appears the guns may never have been fitted. In 1886 the lines were equipped with a mix of RML 7 inch guns and RBL 7 inch Armstrong guns on Moncrieff mountings fitted in newly constructed concrete emplacements. Further RBL 7 inch Armstrong guns were fitted in the original casements.
|
|
For all body styles, the powertrain of the Favorit used one internal combustion petrol engine, , inline-four-cylinder, four-stroke, liquid-cooled, overhead valve. This initially produced a rated motive power output of at 5,000 rpm. It originally used either a Pierburg 2E-E Ecotronic single-barrel carburettor, or a Pierburg Ecotronic dual-barrel carburettor. This engine had its combustion chambers redesigned by Ricardo Consulting Engineers in the UK, while German car maker Porsche helped engineer the engine mountings.
|
|
The QF 4 inch Mk V gunMk V = Mark 5. Britain used Roman numerals to denote Marks (models) of ordnance until after World War II. Mark V indicates this was the fifth model of QF 4-inch gun. was a Royal Navy gun of World War I which was adapted on HA (i.e. high-angle) mountings to the heavy anti-aircraft role both at sea and on land, and was also used as a coast defence gun.
|
|
Jackson, p. 84 On the north side of Gibraltar, the Muralla de San Bernando (now the Grand Battery) was fully adapted to mount cannon facing the isthmus with the old archery towers being pulled down and replaced by bastions. The Old Mole, stretching into the Bay of Gibraltar, provided further mountings for cannon to sweep the isthmus. A series of defensive works constructed on a glacis above the entrance to the town provided further enfilading fire.
|
|
Federally-mandated safety equipment was provided on all 1967s, including a new dual-chamber brake master cylinder, energy-absorbing steering column, wheel, and instrument panel controls; shoulder belt mountings for outboard front passengers, a new 4-way hazard flasher, and, for 1970, lane- change directional signals were included. 1968 Plymouth Valiant 2-door For the 1968 model, the horizontal division bar was removed from the grille. A fine cross hatched insert was framed by a segmented chrome surround.
|
|
The Mle 1914 Hotchkiss was used by the Marine Nationale during the inter-war period, primarily on the twin Mle 1926 mount. It was replaced in service by the Hotchkiss Mle 1929 as it became available. During World War II some of these mountings were returned to service to try and compensate for the slow production of larger and more capable weapons, along with newer 7.5mm machine guns like the Darne. An early Japanese version in 6.5x50mm.
|
|
A torpedo explosion while in Gibraltar in March 1923 caused the death of two of her crew, Chief Stoker Burt and ERA Jackson. In 1935, Coventry went into Portsmouth Dockyard to be refitted as an anti-aircraft cruiser. This refit involved the removal of her 6-inch guns and torpedo tubes, and the fitting of 10 QF 4-inch Mk V guns on single high-angle mountings and 2 octuple-mounted QF 40mm 'pom-pom' autocannon.
|
|
169–170 In 1940–1941, the second fire-control directors were removed from those ships that had them. Five ships had an additional single 120 mm gun (Ansaldo 1940 pattern) installed to replace their star-shell gun. The anti-aircraft machine-guns were replaced by 20 mm cannon and further strengthened in 1943. Three ships received two single 37 mm anti-aircraft guns, which replaced the single 120 mm (where installed) and the aft torpedo-tube mountings.
|
|
Northrup I Heliostat, 1978 This interest led to hiring Blake and 16 other ex- aerospace engineers, who set up a research center in Littleton, Colorado, near Denver. The first Northrup, Inc. azimuth/elevation mirror array Solar System Having Improved Heliostat and Sensor Mountings was built with Northrup, Inc funds and a grant from the State of Texas. Designed by Blake’s team, the mirror array, dubbed "Northrup I", was assembled at the Northrup Energy manufacturing plant near Hutchins, Texas.
|
|
Most Norwegian drinking horns preserved from the Middle Ages have ornamented metal mountings, while the horns themselves are smooth and unornamented. Carvings in the horns themselves are also known, but these appear relatively late, and are of a comparative simplicity that classifies them as folk art.Magerøy, p. 70. Corpus Christi College of Cambridge University has a large aurochs drinking horn, allegedly predating the College's foundation in the 14th century, which is still drunk from at College feasts.corpus.cam.ac.
|
|
By 1892 the gun had been updated to a BL 6 inch QF gun mounted on a Vavasseur mounting. Seven years later a second gun was added and after two more years there were four 6 inch guns and two QF 12 pounder 12 cwt gun. The latter two had depression mountings allowing them to be fired down the side of the Rock but they were removed by 1906. Remains of old cable car at Signal Station.
|
|
Patagonia was a steam-sail armoured cruiser with steel hull and wooden planking, and armoured conning tower. It was propelled by two compound horizontal engines, and two masts with brick sails. It was equipped with two searchlights, two small steam boats, and five smaller boats with oars. As designed, its main battery was one 250mm Armstrong gun at the bow, and one 150mm Armstrong gun at the stern and on each side; with Vavasseur mountings protected with armoured shields.
|
|
The P92 model comprised a BSA B50 engine in a BSA Fury/Triumph Bandit frame using Isolastic mountings from the Norton Commando. The US DOT had mandated that all motorcycles sold in the US should have a left hand gear change. The B50 had the gear lever on the right, so to comply with this requirement, the engine was tilted forward in the frame and a gear linkage run under the gearbox to provide a left hand gear change.
|
|
Anthropological investigations in the late 19th century found that the site of the village was a high mound composed primarily of sandstone rocks, held in place with packed earth. A number of Lenape graves existed at the site until 1881, but local farmers plowed them under over the next two years. Diggings at the site found two iron knives, an iron tomahawk, stone arrowheads, a stone axe, a gun flint, and some brass mountings from a musket.
|
|
They fired projectiles at a muzzle velocity of to a range of . Their designed rate of fire was one shot every 36 seconds.Friedman 2011, pp. 43–47 The gun even remained competitive in the Second World War after receiving further shell upgrades and mountings with greater elevation, and HMS Warspite would eventually record a hit during the Battle of Calabria which to this day is one of the longest-range naval gunnery hits in history - 24,000 metres (26,000 yd).
|
|
The explosion was larger than that which had destroyed in the Medway six months earlier, although the loss of life was less. A total of 352 people were killed, including 273 officers and men, and 76 dockyard workers who were on board Princess Irene. On the Isle of Grain a girl of nine was killed by flying débris, and a farmhand died of shock. A collier half a mile (800 m) away had its crane blown off its mountings.
|
|
Both depictional evidence and the evidence of wear patterns on surviving examples show that the two lower rings were unused. The first type (type 'A') was made with a curving metal (normally iron) plate at both front and back, surrounding a wooden 'lining'. The front plate was usually heavily decorated with inlaid brass, silver, niello and red, yellow or green enamel. These sheaths featured round free-running suspension rings, attached by bifurgated mountings which were riveted on.
|
|
Several self-propelled anti-aircraft combinations were tested in the 1930s, with Citroën-Kegresse or Berliet chassis, but none was mass-manufactured. The 13.2 mm Hotchkiss was used on the Belgian T15 (a combat vehicle) and the French AMR 35, light tanks as well as the White-Laffly AMD 80 armoured car and on fortifications. The Free French used field-modified self-propelled mountings, with guns recovered from French ships, in North-East Africa in 1942. The Breda Mod.
|
|
Spanish authorities interned the ship and moved her to Ferrol, where she remained inactive with a skeleton complement of five. In March 1942, the ship was chartered by the German company DDG Hansa. A replacement crew arrived from Italy, and the ship was repaired and refitted first at Ferrol and later at Bilbao before sailing for Bordeaux with a cargo of iron ore. The merchant was fitted with mountings for antiaircraft guns, to be manned by German personnel.
|
|
This was located aft of the conning tower. Most T boats were fitted with only one, but Tantivy carried two 20 mm cannon side by side on pedestal mountings, while Tireless was completed with a twin Oerlikon Mark 12A mounting. The crew of Terrapin was able to acquire a .50 inch Browning air-cooled machine gun on their own initiative, but this weapon was too powerful for the conning tower's brass structure, and was eventually dropped.
|
|
A combined coal- and oil-fuelled boiler system allowed the ship to reach speeds over .Cassells, The Capital Ships, pp. 138–9 The cruiser's main armament consisted of eight BL 6-inch Mark XI guns in single mountings, firing shells.Jose, The Royal Australian Navy 1914–1918, p. 183 Secondary and anti-aircraft armament consisted of a single 3-inch quick-firing high-angle anti-aircraft gun and ten 0.303-inch machine guns (eight Lewis guns and two Maxim guns).
|
|
In some senses it was no more than an initially unguided subsonic rocket that took the controller about 7 seconds, or 500 yards flight time to acquire and lock onto radar tracking and optical direction, making it unsuitable for close in AA defence.' A family of Weapons. Weapon File. Falklands (1983)p 275 Seacat was mounted on a powered four-round launcher which was smaller than the Mark 5 Twin Bofors and STAAG type mountings it replaced.
|
|
" \- The Reminiscences of a Fiddle Dealer was published three times. First edition published in 1900, Third edition was published by Harold M. Chaitman in 1977. In discussing violin set up with his clients, David Laurie stated: "Take your violin to a reliable man, and get it mounted and let the mountings alone. Just so surely as you begin altering this or that you alter the tone,and undo the work of some experienced man who knows his business.
|
|
The painting of the Limoges porcelain in the Limoges box industry are accomplished by small handed French artisans, as experts at the fine brush strokes required for such detailed work. After painting, there are multiple firings. The final firing at a temperature of 1400C is unique to Limoges, giving them a very fine pure and strong white finish. The final touch to a Limoges box is the metal hinged mountings that are meticulously fitted to the finished box.
|
|
Scott (1919), p. 91 Terrible arrived at the Cape in October to find war imminent. With no threat from the sea, Scott set about determining how he might adapt the navy's guns by mounting them on wheels for use on land to support the army, which lacked long-range artillery and found that its ordinary guns were out-ranged by the Boer artillery. The mountings looked somewhat amateurish, causing the authorities to regard them with considerable suspicion.
|
|
The Howe and the Rodney were laid down to the same dimensions as the preceding , which was designed for 12 in 45 ton guns. The increase in weight of the 13.5 in guns, their mountings and ammunition increased draught from to , and increased displacement by . The Anson and Camperdown were laid down later, to greater dimensions. All four ships carried their 13.5 in guns in twin barbettes on the centreline at each end of the superstructure.
|
|
Berhow 2015, pp. 61, 227–228 Another weapon sparsely deployed in the 1930s would become a bigger part of World War II coast defenses. 8-inch/45 caliber Mark VI naval guns from older battleships scrapped under the Washington Naval Treaty became available, but only six guns were deployed between 1933 and 1938, all in fixed mountings. Up to 32 guns were initially available from the secondary armament of , , , and , of the Virginia- and Connecticut-class battleships.
|
|
The 246 SP used a 5 speed transaxle designed by Engineer Giorgio Salvarani, similar to that used in the 156 F1. It was mounted to the rear of the car, behind the engine. It integrated in a compact package 5 straight cut, non-synchromesh forward gears, one reverse gear, a hydraulically-actuated multi-plate clutch, a ZF-style limited slip differential and mountings for inboard disc brakes. This transmission was shared among all Dino SP series cars.
|
|
4.5 inch gun mountings are controlled by the two High Angle Director Towers, one sited behind the bridge and the other abaft the after funnel. High Angle Control System (HACS) was a British anti-aircraft fire-control system employed by the Royal Navy from 1931 onwards and used widely during World War II. HACS calculated the necessary deflection required to place an explosive shell in the location of a target flying at a known height, bearing and speed.
|
|
On 28 April 1733, there was a terrible destruction of Fountaine's collection of portrait miniatures in a fire at White's Chocolate and Coffee House. Fountaine had rented two rooms at White's to temporarily hold his huge collection of portrait miniatures by Nicolas Hilliard, the Olivers, Samuel Cooper, and others. The entire house burned down; the number of paintings destroyed was so large that the ashes were carefully sifted to recover the gold from the incinerated mountings of the miniatures.
|
|
Farndale 1986, page 364 An AA section consisted of 2 guns and became the standard organizational unit. By the end of World War I, 257 (out of a total of 402 AA guns) were in land service in England on static and lorry mountings, and 102 (out of a total of 348) were in service on the Western FrontRoutledge 1994, page 27. Farndale 1988, page 342 quotes 56 in service in France (meaning Western Front) at the Armistice.
|
|
The images are set around the central image of Manjushri in a niche in the wall. Manjushri is adorned with jewellery (pearls and other moulded forms) and a crown made of a flower band. In the base of the throne on which the Manjushri image is deified, is a depiction of 'Seven Jewels' and 'Eight Suspicious Symbols' (flanked by lions) enclosed in a square frame that is distinctive. The top of the throne frame has makara mountings.
|
|
Green, Michael, and Green, Gladys, Weapons of Patton's Armies, Zenith Imprint Press (2000), , , pp. 32–34 Units in the field often modified the mountings on their vehicles, especially tanks and tank destroyers, to provide more operator protection in the anti-vehicular and anti-personnel role.Yeide, 2004. p. 185 The weapon was particularly hated by the Germans, whose attacks and ambushes against otherwise helpless stalled motor convoys were frequently broken up by .50 caliber machine gun fire.
|
|
HD Portland became centered on Peaks Island, the 12-inch (305 mm) Battery Foote, and the minefields. Except for a few of the 6-inch (152 mm) and 3-inch (76 mm) guns, the Endicott-era weapons were scrapped in 1942-44. To supplement the heavy batteries, three batteries of two 6-inch guns each on long-range mountings were constructed, on Peaks Island, the Cape Elizabeth Military Reservation at Two Lights, and the Jewell Island Military Reservation.
|
|
Britain lacked any dedicated air-defence artillery early in World War I and up to 72Routledge 1994, Page 17 6-pounders were adapted to high- angle pedestal mountings at key establishments in Britain for close air defence by 1916. They are not listed as still being in service in this role at the end of the war,Routledge 1994, Page 27 presumably because German bombing attacks were conducted from relatively high altitudes which would have been beyond the gun's range.
|
|
Techniques improved considerably during the prosperous times of the Scythian state. The Sarmatians conquered and then occupied the Scythian kingdom. This culture brought along new traditions, including Polychrome style, an example of which is a process by which an image of an animal's body is covered with inserts of blue paste or turquoise in soldered mountings Greek jewellery, 300 BCE, showing a Heracles knot Greek art of the Black Sea region influenced the Sarmatian style. Most notably it increased the color range.
|
|
Facilities included two pairs of large velocity screen masts, an internal railway linked to the national network, a gun emplacement, a railway gun emblacement, domestic quarters and administrative offices, a gantry path for travelling crane and a wharf on Yantlet Creek for the unloading and loading of large guns and their mountings. The firing point is further distinguished by the length of the range of which it was a part and the size of the guns that were tested there.
|
|
Other common areas of protection such as the conning tower and deck armour thickness are not known. The La Motte-Picquet class primary armament were to be eight Canon de 138 mm Modèle 1910 naval guns which were the secondary armament of the and battleships and primary armament of the es (fr). All main guns were to be in single shielded mounts, with two forward, two aft, and four mountings amidships. Secondary armaments consisted of two QF 3-pounder Hotchkiss guns.
|
|
The ship's main gun armament was a single QF 4-inch (102 mm) Mk V gun forward, with an anti-aircraft armament of a quadruple 2-pounder (40-mm) pom-pom aft and at least six Oerlikon 20 mm cannon (two twin powered mountings and at least two single mounts). Two Squid anti-submarine mortars were fitted, with 120 rounds carried, backed up by 15 conventional depth charges.Friedman 2008, p. 151. As built, the ship had a complement of 114 officers and men.
|
|
They were initially installed within the mountings, but were moved to the outer sides of the turrets to free up room. The pusher-type ammunition hoists ran up a fixed shaft in the center of the mount. The shells and their powder charges were transferred to a tipping drum that was rotated to match the bearing angle of the guns and then loaded. This system was adapted from that used for the fixed ammunition used in the Le Hardi class destroyers.
|
|
Shōkakus primary air defense consisted of sixteen Type 89 dual-purpose AA guns in twin mountings. These were sited below flight deck level on projecting sponsons with four such paired batteries on either side of the ship's hull, two forward and two aft. Four fire control directors were installed, two on the port side and two to starboard. A fifth fire control director was located atop the carrier's island and could control any or all of the heavy-caliber guns as needed.
|
|
Whilst this provided a small measure of shock absorption, it also necessitated the removal of the wheels when the chariot was not in use, to prevent warping from continued weight bearing. Most other nations of this time had chariots of similar design to the Greeks, the chief differences being the mountings. According to Greek mythology, the chariot was invented by Erichthonius of Athens to conceal his feet, which were those of a dragon.Brewer, E. Cobham. Dictionary of Phrase & Fable. Char’iot. Bartleby.
|
|
For fire control, the class used the Fuze Keeping Clock High Angle Fire Control Computer.Destroyer Weapons of WW2, Hodges/Friedman, The "Cr" group was fitted with the new Mk VI HA/LA Director while remote power control (RPC) gunlaying equipment was fitted. The additional weight of the new fire control equipment and the powered mountings for the 4.5 inch guns meant that only one quadruple torpedo mount was fitted, and the depth charge armament was reduced to 35 depth charges.Whitley 2000, pp.
|
|
In reaching this decision the Board had taken into consideration the anticipated enormous cost involved in the removal of the component parts of the gun, while there was some doubt, because of its immense size and weight, as to the suitability of the gun as a whole as an exhibit in the grounds of the Australian War Memorial. Thus it was that in 1961 the bogies were sold for scrap, while the gun mountings were similarly disposed of two years later.
|
|
All armaments were removed, and five 5 inch L/38 Mark 12 guns in Mark 30 single mountings were added, controlled by a pair of Mark 37 Fire Control Systems. The guns were in all but the former 'P' position. She carried a new bridge and stepped light tripod masts fore and aft, carrying Type 291 air warning radar. A Type 273 target indication radar was added amidships and a Type 285 on the Mark 37 FCS for target ranging and bearings.
|
|
Nearly a decade after the Tagora had ceased production, the view of the car in the automotive press was that it was merely average though there was little actively wrong with the car. The view was that the Tagora had the advantage of refinement, good manners and, in V6 form, good performance. Rust was identified as the single biggest problem for the surviving cars, usually around the rear suspension mountings. Buckley suggested that the car might attain collectible status by 2003.
|
|
The main armament of the Bristols was two BL 6-inch (152 mm) Mk XI guns that were mounted on the centreline fore and aft of the superstructure and ten BL 4-inch (102 mm) Mk VII guns on single mountings amidships, five on each broadside. All these guns were fitted with gun shields. The ships carried four Vickers 3-pounder (47 mm) saluting guns, while they were also equipped with two submerged 18-inch (450 mm) torpedo tubes, one on each broadside.
|
|
The 12-inch coastal defense gun M1895 (305 mm) and its variants the M1888 and M1900 were large coastal artillery pieces installed to defend major American seaports between 1895 and 1945. For most of their history they were operated by the United States Army Coast Artillery Corps. Most were installed on disappearing carriages, with early installations on low-angle barbette mountings. From 1919, 19 long-range two-gun batteries were built using the M1895 on an M1917 long-range barbette carriage.
|
|
Most of these stock-in-trade storage or cooking items have either disappeared or go unrecognized and undated today. What has survived is the "fancy ware" intended for display on the table or in the parlor and used with care. In addition to their utilitarian items, the Bunzlauer potteries of Silesia turned out elegant tankards, pitchers and containers, all bathed in the brown slip "glaze" that characterized this early phase of the Bunzlauer style. The tankards and pitchers often received pewter mountings.
|
|
The company's headquarters and manufacturing facility until 2013 were in Dursley, Gloucestershire, formerly the headquarters of R A Lister and Company. After the company fell into administration in late 2013, the assets were bought by EGL Group of Birmingham. The headquarters had already moved to Hardwicke, and the operations were then moved to the former RAF Aston Down. The company also manufactured marine mountings at their small facility Located near Swindon, Wiltshire in Wroughton up until its closure in 1992.
|
|
For their primary role as anti-submarine cruisers, the Kresta II class mounted two quadruple launchers for eight SS-N-14 anti- submarine missiles. They were also equipped with two RBU 6000 12-barrel and two RBU 1000 6-barrel rocket launchers. The Ka-25 helicopter embarked on the cruiser was also capable of aiding in the search and destruction of submarines. Against aerial threats the cruisers were armed with four 57mm L/80 DP guns situated in two twin mountings.
|
|
It carried a blunted triangular fin and deep balanced rudder. The DB-20's rectangular, high aspect ratio tailplane was mounted on the fin just above the fuselage, braced to it with V-struts and carrying overhung (balanced) elevators. Its undercarriage was fixed and conventional with two pairs of mainwheels set apart under the engines. They were mounted on vertical V-form struts from the inner sides of the engine mountings and oblique, almost horizontal N-struts from the bottom of the fuselage.
|
|
While main armament again consisted of eight 6 in guns in single mountings, a new gun, the BL 6 inch Mk XII was used. This was shorter and lighter than the Mk XI guns used in earlier ships, and while range was slightly less ( compared to ), they were much easier to handle in rough weather and were more accurate. They had larger magazines, giving up to 200 rounds per gun rather than 150 in earlier ships. The remaining armament was unchanged.
|
|
The original Xerxes design is deliberately a radical departure from the traditional suspended sub- chassis design. Instead of having a three-point sprung suspension separating the plinth from the sub-chassis, the Xerxes is made up of two boards separated from each other by stiff rubber "Blobs". The top plinth sees mountings for the main bearing and tonearm. A hole is cut out from the top board for the motor assembly to emerge from its fixture on the board below.
|
|
Finnish coastal artillery made modifications to the gun mountings during the interwar period. The most significant of these was inverting the gun so that the recuperating springs were on top of the gun which allowed increasing the maximum elevation and thus the range. Inverting the gun however required also strengthening the recuperator, adding an equilibrator to correct the changed balance and other changes to the mounting and elevation mechanism. Increased maximum elevation also allowed using the gun as an anti-aircraft weapon.
|
|
Warden Point Battery is a battery on the Isle of Wight begun in 1862, that was originally armed with 7-inch and 9-inch rifled muzzle loaders on barbette mountings. It was built in the 1890s for 9.2-inch breech loader guns. In use until 1936, and in World War II as a command post and searchlight battery. The battery was a regular polygon with central caponier on the landward side, and flanking caponiers at the North and South corners.
|
|
The mountings vary and are of all possible combinations, most frequently in ebony and silver or a less expensive German silver, more rarely in gold and ivory or tortoise shell. Since a number of different makers worked for or supplied bows to Pajeot, the pattern of the heads vary. Those made by him have a distinctive charm and grace, being elegant with a flowing line created by a gently swept-back head. The bows are greatly appreciated and sought after by players.
|
|
The booms supporting the tail were steel, again fabric covered and mounted on the underside of the wing where they were at their deepest. At the forward end they merged into the fairings and mountings of the two outer engines, 300 hp (225 kW) Lorraine Algol radials. A third Algol was mounted centrally, on top of the wing and displaced longitudinally so the airscrew discs overlapped. Rearwards, the booms became more slender and carried the steel framed, fabric covered empennage.
|
|
Only the two forward turrets had been installed on Lützow when she was delivered to the Soviet Union. One of Prinz Eugens 10.5 cm gun mounts The ships' heavy anti-aircraft battery consisted of twelve SK C/33 guns in twin mountings. These guns were supplied with a total of 4,800 rounds of ammunition. The mounts were the Dopp LC/31 type, originally designed for earlier SK C/31 guns. The LC/31 mounting was triaxially stabilized and capable of elevating to 80°.
|
|
The 38 cm SK C/34SK – Schnelladekanone (quick loading cannon); C – Construktionsjahr (year of design) naval gun was developed by Germany mid to late 1930s. It armed the s and was planned as the armament of the s and the re-armed s. Six twin-gun mountings were also sold to the Soviet Union and it was planned to use them on the s, however they were never delivered. Spare guns were used as coastal artillery in Denmark, Norway and France.
|
|
The first four guns were placed in Bettungsschiessgerüst (firing platform) (BSG) mountings in 1917 for coast defense duties as part of "Batterie Graf Spee" on the island of Wangerooge. These were a semi-portable mount that could be emplaced anywhere after several weeks of labor to prepare the position. It rotated on a pivot at the front of the mount and the rear was supported by rollers resting on a semicircular rail and was sometimes equipped with a gun shield.François, p.
|
|
The German-American Bank building and Pioneer Press building both sustained heavy damage, with each losing most of their upper floor windows. Electrical lines were lost, cutting off communication to the city and complicating the relief efforts. Before it was torn from its mountings, the U.S. Weather Bureau anemometer atop the Pioneer Press building's roof in Saint Paul recorded a one-minute sustained wind speed measurement of with a gust to . Each of those are Minnesota records that still stand today.
|
|
Its thick section, cantilever wing was in three parts, with a centre section between the engines and twin outer panels. The centre section was rectangular in plan and the outer panels were straight-tapered, square-tipped and constantly decreased in thickness outwards. The centre section had a steel tube structure which carried the engine mountings and the outer wings and was plywood-covered. Each outer panel was built around two spruce, ash and ply spars and had an aileron at its tip.
|
|
The gun with its increased length of 50 calibres gave improved firepower over the current 6-inch Mk VII gun of 45 calibres. However, its increased length and weight made it unwieldy in the current manually operated shipboard mountings on light cruisers, which did not provide a steady platform. Britain reverted to 45-calibres guns in new warships from 1914 onwards with the BL 6-inch Mk XII gun. Of the 177 produced 126 remained for Royal Navy use in 1939.
|
|
Like many Russian ships before and after it, Sisoi Veliky was plagued by regular "improvements" of the original design that delayed construction for years.Bogdanov, p. 41. In the beginning of 1893, over a year after construction began, the MTK again redesigned Sisoi Velikys artillery.Bogdanov, p. 40. The two pairs of 12-inch 40-calibre guns were changed from barbette mountings to French-style twin turrets. These guns had a maximum elevation of +15° and the ship carried 80 rounds per gun for them.
|
|
The painting surface of the paper or silk can be mounted with decorative brocade silk borders. In the composition of a hanging scroll, the foreground is usually at the bottom of the scroll while the middle and far distances are at the middle and top respectively. The traditional craft involved in creating a hanging scroll is considered an art in itself. Mountings for Chinese paintings can be divided into a few types, such as handscrolls, hanging scrolls, album leaves, and screens amongst others.
|
|
The other two ships of the second flotilla Gravelines and Vigo going straight into reserve upon completion. The ships of the second flotilla saw a change in the light AA armament. The tri-axially stabilised Dutch "Hazemeyer" mountings with their Radar Type 282 were regarded as unreliable and were replaced by an Admiralty designed Stabilised Tachymetric Anti Aircraft Gun (STAAG) mount. The Hazemeyer's Radar Type 282 was metric and operated through a pair of Yagi antennae and could therefore only supply target range.
|
|
The Aleks-251 is mostly constructed of metal, only using composites in the nosecone, engine cowlings and fin tip. It has a parallel chord, square tipped wing with a full-span combination of slotted ailerons and flaps. The parasol configuration allows the twin 127 kW (170 hp) LOM 332S inverted inline engines to be mounted forward of and under the wing, close together. The wing is braced to the fuselage with a pair of inverted V-struts to the engine mountings.
|
|
The Polsten was used as a substitute for the Oerlikon in the same roles, one of which was as an airborne unit anti- aircraft gun, used in Operation Market Garden. It was used on a wheeled mounting that could be towed behind a jeep. Various double, triple and quadruple mounts were developed. John Inglis Limited of Toronto, Ontario in Canada produced many thousands of guns and some 500 quadruple mountings that saw limited service at the end of the war.
|
|
Friedman, p. 383 The ship had a crew of 480 officers and ratings. The main armament of the Bristol class was two BL 6-inch (152 mm) Mk XI guns that were mounted on the centreline fore and aft of the superstructure and ten BL 4-inch Mk VII guns in waist mountings. All these guns were fitted with gun shields. Four Vickers 3-pounder (47 mm) saluting guns were fitted, while two submerged 18-inch (450 mm) torpedo tubes were fitted.
|
|
The centre section, engine drive shafts and propeller mountings were built as a unit independent of the wings, the drives having their own struts and bracing. The space between each fore and aft pair of propellers was occupied by a cylindrical petrol tank and thin radiators extended between these tanks and the fuselage. Radiators and driveshafts were enclosed by a streamlined fairing on either side. The rest of the fuselage was conventional and of square cross section with rounded decking.
|
|
Motor room B-2 became "a tangled mass of warped frames," with equipment "wrenched from mountings and broken lines." Flooding in excess of 2,000 gallons per minute was reported. Going to General Quarters, the crew responded immediately, but during their efforts to save the ship, discovered the live bomb where it wedged forward, just from where the repair party was stationed. Moving aft away from the 500 pounder, the repair party was temporarily relieved by an EOD team from rushed to Cree.
|
|
He worked closely with George Ellery Hale, first at Yerkes Observatory and later at Mt. Wilson Observatory. He played a major role in designing the mountings and making the mirrors of the Mt. Wilson and telescopes. Hale and Ritchey had a falling out in 1919, and Ritchey eventually went to Paris where he promoted the construction of very large telescopes. He returned to America in 1930 and obtained a contract to build a Ritchey- Chrétien telescope for the U.S. Naval Observatory.
|
|
For her primary role as an anti-submarine warship, Admiral Isachenkov mounted two quadruple URPK-3 launchers for eight 85R anti-submarine missiles in the Metel anti-ship complex. This was backed up by two RBU-6000 12-barrel and two RBU-1000 6-barrel rocket launchers to protect against close-in threats. The Ka-25 helicopter embarked on the ship was also capable of aiding in the search and destruction of submarines. Two quintuple mountings for dual-role torpedoes were also fitted.
|
|
The minimum weight of each car is including the driver, with a minimum load of 755 kg over the front axle. The minimum weight for the driver is 100 kg and includes the driver dressed in a full racing suit, the seat and seat mountings and any ballast needed to meet the minimum weight.2016 V8 Supercar Operations Manual, p. C7 Some other components also have a minimum weight, such as the engine (200 kg) and the front uprights (10.5 kg each).
|
|
42 They had a maximum depression of -5° and a maximum elevation of 90°. They fired a high explosive shell at a muzzle velocity of at a rate of eight to twelve rounds per minute. The guns had a maximum ceiling of , but an effective range of much less. The ships were intended to carry four 10-barreled mountings for the QF 2-pounder gun (commonly known as a pom-pom), two abaft the funnels and two at the stern.
|
|
Some tore trash cans and mailboxes from their mountings. Around 11:30, protesters used trash cans to smash the Statehouse's windows, and attempted to enter through its High Street doors (locked to the public for years). One person managed to enter the state auditor's ceremonial office through a window, though they left as soon as state troops arrived, and was arrested outside the building. Two lamps, over a century old, had their glass smashed, which may be difficult to replace.
|
|
First World War – Willmott, H.P.; Dorling Kindersley, 2003, Page 111 The periscope rifle also saw use during the war - this was an infantry rifle sighted by means of a periscope, so the shooter could aim fire the weapon from a safe position below the trench parapet. During World War II (1939-1945), artillery observers and officers used specifically-manufactured periscope binoculars with different mountings. Some of them also allowed estimating the distance to a target, as they were designed as stereoscopic rangefinders.
|
|
The Modèle 1933 was an improved variant of the earlier Modèle 1930 and were the first dual purpose guns mounted on a French navy ship. The secondary armament consisted of four single Canon de 37 mm Modèle 1925 anti-aircraft guns, and eight Hotchkiss M1929 machine guns in four, twin Contre-Avions Double Modèle 1929 mountings. Torpedo armament consisted of two, centreline double torpedo tubes. (ill. by John Batchelor) Of all these French fourteen torpedo boats, none would ever be completed.
|
|
Kirov was completely overhauled from 1949 to 1953. Her secondary armament was upgraded with electrically powered, fully automated 100 mm B-34USM mountings and her fire-control system was replaced with a Zenit-26 system with SPN-500 stabilized directors. All of her light AA guns were replaced with nine twin gun water-cooled 37 mm V-11 mounts. All of her radars were replaced with Soviet systems: Rif surface search, Gyuys air search, Zalp surface gunnery and Yakor' anti-aircraft gunnery radars.
|
|
The interior is a single volume, unceiled, and lined with a cement- plastered brick. There are the remains of fixtures and machinery mountings on the walls and floor, along with input and output cable connection points. There is a manhole near the roller door, and some hairline cracking in the wall render. The timber stairs to the wicket in the roller door, and the garden beds on the west and north sides of the substation are not of cultural heritage significance.
|
|
At that time, her quad 40 mm Bofors anti-aircraft guns were replaced by 40 Mark 22 guns in Mark 33 twin mountings. Roosevelt at Pier 91 in Seattle, 1953 or 1954 From September 1948 to January 1949, Roosevelt undertook a second tour of duty with U.S. Naval Forces, Mediterranean. In 1950, Roosevelt became the first carrier to take nuclear weapons to sea. In September and October 1952, she participated in Operation Mainbrace, the first major NATO exercise in the North Atlantic.
|
|
West Honakers first voyage in the South African service was planned for November, but upon her arrival from New York to begin the service,West Honaker had continued sailing from New York for the Roosevelt Company through October. See, for example: it was discovered that she had cracks in her engine mountings and her cylinder head. West Honaker made her way to San Francisco, where parts were fabricated for the $100,000 repair. This kept her out of service until March 1930.
|
|
A biplane tail unit with three fins and rudders spanned the gap between the two main fuselage booms.Grahame-White E.IV-Ganymede at flyingmachines.ru Accessed 13 March 2017 The two pilots and a bomb-aimer/gunner were accommodated in the central nacelle, while additional gunners cockpits were provided in each of the fuselage booms, with Scarff ring mountings for a machine gun together with a tunnel opening under the fuselages to allow the gunners to repel attacks from below.Mason 1994, p.125.
|
|
The faeders are sometimes mounted by independent or satellite males, but are as often "on top" in homosexual mountings as the ruffed males, suggesting that their true identity is known by the other males. Females never mount males. Females often seem to prefer mating with faeders to copulation with normal males, and normal males also copulate with faeders (and vice versa) relatively more often than with females. The homosexual copulations may attract females to the lek, like the presence of satellite males.
|
|
The Albert A-20 had a cantilever, one-piece, thick section, high wing with a convex leading edge and a straight, unswept trailing edge, similar to the wings of the Albert TE.1 and Albert A-10. Narrow-chord ailerons occupied all the trailing edge. The wing structure included multiple spruce and plywood box-spars and variable thickness ply skin. It was powered by two wing-mounted Walter NZ 60 five- cylinder radial engines with their mountings enclosed in streamlined aluminium fairings.
|
|
The lower tailplane of the Condor's biplane tail unit was mounted on top of the fuselage with the upper one held above it by the twin fins and central struts. Its rudders were generous and balanced. The Condor had a fixed, conventional, wide track landing gear Its independent wheels, equipped with brakes, were on short vertical legs and had trailing drag struts from the engine mountings and transverse struts to the central fuselage underside. Its tailskid was tall and sprung.
|
|
In 1947 the British Gliding Association held a competition for a two-seat glider design. The tandem seat Harbinger was designed jointly by Waclaw Czerwiński, who had already developed several gliders in Poland before World War II, and Canadian Beverley Shenstone, who had worked in Germany on the Junkers Ju 52 then later, in the UK, on the Spitfire. The Harbinger came fifth in the competition, which the Kendall Crabpot won. The Harbinger was, apart from its wing mountings, an all wood aircraft.
|
|
Further extensive work started in April 1937. The six single-mount 7.9 inch guns were replaced by three dual mount and re-bored 8 inch guns installed in improved mountings (allowing 55° elevation) with two turrets forward and one aft, fire control changed, light anti aircraft weapons augmented and eight new 24 inch Type 93 torpedo tubes were installed. Facilities were upgraded for two E7K2 floatplanes. New oil-fired boilers were installed and there was a general overhaul of machinery.
|
|
Miller vol. II, pp. 1–186 ;France During the First World War France produced more railway guns in more calibers and with different mountings than everyone else combined. The largest French gun produce by Schneider of France the Obusier de 520 modèle 1916, a 20-inch (520 mm) railway "Fort Buster" to do what the German 16.53-inch Big Bertha had done at the outbreak of World War I and reduce the German forts in the final line of German defenses.
|
|
Three railway mountings for the Chilean 12-inch guns were ready for shipment by the Armistice, and the remaining three barrels were kept as spares. A total of twenty-two 10-inch guns were eventually mounted. Ninety-one 12-inch railway mortars were ordered, with 45 complete by 7 April 1919 and the remainder eventually completed. The 7-inch and 8-inch guns and 12-inch mortars used a common carriage, with a depressed center and two 4-wheel or 6-wheel bogies.
|
|
The succeeding "Ch", "Co" and "Cr" flotillas were fitted with the new Mk VI HA/LA Director instead of the Mk I Type K director of the Z and Ca classes, while remote power control (RPC) gunlaying equipment was fitted. The additional weight of the new fire control equipment and the powered mountings for the 4.5 inch guns meant that only one quadruple torpedo mount was fitted, and the depth charge armament was reduced to 35 depth charges.Whitley 2000, pp. 136, 138.
|
|
There was a rectangular centre-section which filled about one quarter of the span and almost triangular outer panels which carried light dihedral and tapered in thickness. Its ailerons occupied about half the trailing edges of the outer panels and increased in chord inboard. Its fuselage was also in three parts, with the engine mountings forward, a central part including the cabin and a rear section supporting the tail; these sections could be easily separated. It was powered by a Renault 4 four- cylinder.
|
|
A hit from a light gun could not be relied on to stop a destroyer. Heavier guns could not be relied on to hit a destroyer, as experience at the Battle of Jutland showed. The casemate mountings of heavier guns proved problematic; being low in the hull, they proved liable to flooding, and on several classes, some were removed and plated over. The only sure way to protect a dreadnought from destroyer or torpedo boat attack was to provide a destroyer squadron as an escort.
|
|
The Hispanos were designed for a rigid, engine based mounting and it was quickly found that the wings flexing in flight led to problems with the weapons twisting in their mounts as they fired, which caused gun jamming through misaligned shells. Changes made both to the Hispanos and to their mountings cured this problem. Small blisters on the upper wing surfaces were needed to clear the Hispano breeches and feed motors. The first sets of Hispano wings were modified from standard Mark I eight gun wings.
|
|
He also found the gearchange linkage (although it kept the engine in place when the mountings failed) developed far too much free play and in order to select reverse on one he had to open the half-door on the passenger side of the cab. Others managed to grind to a halt when two gears were selected simultaneously. He ordered the short-tailed AEC Reliances to replace them. Then he returned to Halifax as GM and chief engineer to be greeted by ten NS3ANs.
|
|
This behaviour has been noted between both mated pairs and unmated birds, and even between members of the same sex and in reversed mountings, where females mount males. Because of this, the behaviour is thought to be social and not related to the pair bond. Dominant birds may signal to subordinates by opening their bills slightly and erecting their crests, but the species is not very aggressive in general towards others of its species. Birds in groups also engage in social allopreening when in groups.
|
|
Main armament for a V-class destroyer consisted of four QF Mark V guns. This was supplemented by a QF 2-pounder gun (with a second installed in January 1942), two twin Lewis gun mountings, a single Lewis gun (later replaced by a 4-barrel Vickers .303 gun), and two torpedo tube sets (initially 3-tube, later replaced by 4-tube sets). Four depth charge chutes were fitted during construction, with two depth charge throwers installed later; the destroyer could carry up to 50 charges.
|
|
There are numerous owners clubs dedicated to the bike. There is an aftermarket of motorcycle accessories for the GS range which includes aluminium luggage, saddles, shock absorbers, screens, lights and GPS mountings. In 2004, the R1150GS Adventure became a top seller after being used by actors Ewan McGregor and Charley Boorman in their journey Long Way Round. It was a major sales coup for BMW as the duo had initially approached KTM for sponsorship for the trip, who then turned McGregor and Boorman down.
|
|
The Pistolet modèle An XIII was a flintlock cavalry pistol, in service in French units from 1806. The Pistolet modèle An XIII was mostly inspired by the Pistolet modèle An IX, which it succeeded, but also incorporated elements of the Navy pistolet modèle 1786, notably the barrel mountings. Over 300 000 pistols were made, mostly between 1806 and 1814 in Charleville, Maubeuge and St-Etienne. The Americans copied the design as the Harpers Ferry Pistol, and used it against the British during the War of 1812.
|
|
For her primary role as an anti-submarine cruiser, Kronstadt mounted two quadruple launchers for eight anti-submarine missiles in the Metel anti-ship complex. She was also equipped with two RBU-6000 12-barrel and two RBU-1000 6-barrel rocket launchers. The Ka-25 helicopter embarked on the cruiser was also capable of aiding in the search and destruction of submarines. Against aerial threats Kronstadt was armed with four AK-725 57 mm L/80 DP guns situated in two twin mountings.
|
|
The suspension setup was basically unchanged from the first generation, although refined slightly, for example by the inclusion of a separate subframe for mounting the front control arms to help noise isolation, as well as improved rubber mountings for all components. Aerodynamics improved considerably, with a drag coefficient of 0.36. With a 470-litre (16.6 ft3) luggage compartment, the trunk had grown nearly as large as some full-sized American sedans. Interior room was also increased 14%, which changed the EPA class from sub-compact to compact.
|
|
When World War I began Britain had no anti-aircraft artillery and had given little thought to it. Hence in 1914 when Germany occupied parts of Belgium and northern France, it faced the risk of air attack, and various medium calibre guns were adapted to high-angle mountings, including the 12 pdr 12 cwt. All QF 12 pounder ammunition at the time was "Separate loading QF" i.e. the propellant came in a brass cartridge case with primer ready installed, but the shell was loaded separately.
|
|
In late 1942, the arrival of the 40 mm Bofors (in twin and quadruple mountings), replaced the quadruple 1.1-inch autocannons, which had proved ineffective. By late 1945, even after the removal of many non-essential items (half of their spotter planes as well as a crane and a catapult became non-essential due to advances in radar) the ships became dangerously over weight because of new weaponry and electrical and radar equipment. The threat from the air was so intense this condition had to be tolerated.
|
|
In Japanese, the scabbard is referred to as a saya, and the handguard piece, often intricately designed as an individual work of art—especially in later years of the Edo period—was called the tsuba. Other aspects of the mountings (koshirae), such as the menuki (decorative grip swells), habaki (blade collar and scabbard wedge), fuchi and kashira (handle collar and cap), kozuka (small utility knife handle), kogai (decorative skewer-like implement), saya lacquer, and tsuka-ito (professional handle wrap, also named tsukamaki), received similar levels of artistry.
|
|
It was intended originally to arm these ships with eight /45 caliber guns then in development in superfiring fore-and-aft mountings. As this gun did not go into service until 1914, the arrangement of ten /45 caliber Mark 5 guns in five twin gun turrets was retained from the Delaware class. The gun housings were the Mark 8 type, and they allowed for depression to −5 degrees and elevation to 15 degrees. The guns had a rate of fire of 2 to 3 rounds per minute.
|
|
From 1919 to the end of 1924 she was part of the 1st Battle Squadron, Atlantic Fleet after which she was with the 1st Battle Squadron of the Mediterranean Fleet until March 1929. The ship was sent to Liverpool in response to a police strike when rioting broke out in the city. Between 1929 and 1930 she underwent a major refit. Anti-torpedo bulges were added, increasing beam to 31.70 m. The two funnels were trunked into one and a single octuple 2-pounder mountings was added.
|
|
20 Prince of Wales was originally named King Edward VIII but upon the abdication of Edward VIII the ship was renamed even before she had been laid down. This occurred at Cammell Laird's shipyard in Birkenhead on 1 January 1937, although it was not until 3 May 1939 that she was launched. She was still fitting out when war was declared in September, causing her construction schedule, and that of her sister, , to be accelerated. Nevertheless, the late delivery of gun mountings caused delays in her outfitting.
|
|
The Mle 1929 gun was used in single, hand-worked and trained, center-pivot mountings that weighed approximately that were fitted with a thick gun shield. The mount could depress -10° and elevate to +30°, which gave it a maximum range of . Ammunition was brought up to the handling room by hoist from the magazines. From there the shells were transferred to the "guttering" (gouttières) which encircled the mount and allowed the shells to line up with the gun's breech regardless of the gun's angle of bearing.
|
|
Submarines are the greatest threat to offensive CVSG (carrier strike group) operations. The stealth of modern submarines (anechoic coatings, sound-damping equipment mountings, hydrodynamic design, etc.), can allow a submarine to get extremely close to an HVU target. The move towards shallow-water operations has greatly increased this threat. The threat is such that even the suspicion of the presence of a submarine means a fleet must commit resources to removing it, as the possible consequences of an undetected submarine are too serious to ignore.
|
|
Engines on the wing Do X on Lake Müggelsee, Berlin, May 1932 Do X under tow The Do X was a semi-cantilever monoplane.Flight p233 The Do X had an all- duralumin hull, with wings composed of a steel-reinforced duralumin framework covered in heavy linen fabric, covered with aluminium paint. It was initially powered by twelve Siemens-built Bristol Jupiter radial engines in tandem mountings (i.e. a "push-pull" configuration), with six tractor propellers and six pushers mounted in six strut-mounted nacelles above the wing.
|
|
The tank could be electrically started, but only if the motor was already warm, so the first start had to be done by hand from the inside of the vehicle. Maximum speed was about and the range about . There was a cylindrical bevelled turret on top of the hull that carried a "Quick Firing" (shell and cartridge in one complete round) three-pounder gun (47 mm calibre) and four ball mountings for Hotchkiss machine guns. A novel, unique feature was a three-man turret.
|
|
Following Finland's independence the fourteen 6 inch 35 caliber guns on Vavasseur mountings in the coastal forts of Gulf of Vyborg and Koivisto area were taken over by Finland. Six guns were in Härkölä and four guns both in Tuppura and Humaljoki. The Finnish designation for the gun was 152/35 Mk or 152 mm:n 35 kaliiperin merikanuuna (152 mm 35 caliber coastal gun). The "Mk" designation means simply coastal gun (merikanuuna); unlike other coastal guns in Finnish use this gun did not receive a manufacturer marking.
|
|
The ship had a cruising radius of about at a speed of . She had a crew of 11 officers and 193 enlisted men. Campania was armed with a main battery of six L/40 guns mounted singly; one was placed on the forecastle, one at the stern, and two on each broadside in sponsoned on the main deck. She was also equipped with two L40 guns, three 76 mm L/40 guns in anti-aircraft mountings, two guns, and a pair of machine guns.
|
|
The ship had a cruising radius of about at a speed of . She had a crew of 11 officers and 193 enlisted men. Basilicata was armed with a main battery of six L/40 guns mounted singly; one was placed on the forecastle, one at the stern, and two on each broadside in sponsoned on the main deck. She was also equipped with two L40 guns, three 76 mm L/40 guns in anti-aircraft mountings, two guns, and a pair of machine guns.
|
|
For her primary role as an anti-submarine cruiser, Admiral Nakhimov mounted two quadruple launchers for eight anti-submarine missiles in the Metel anti-ship complex. She was also equipped with two RBU-6000 12-barrel and two RBU-1000 6-barrel rocket launchers. The Ka-25 helicopter embarked on the cruiser was also capable of aiding in the search and destruction of submarines. Against aerial threats Admiral Nakhimov was armed with four AK-725 57 mm L/80 DP guns situated in two twin mountings.
|
|
Movie stars such as Clark Gable, Errol Flynn, Rita Hayworth, Cary Grant and John Wayne were said to have been customers at the Sky Room during the Hilton years. One customer recalled the Sky Room as follows: "It was a dating place, like the Brown Derby and Coconut Grove. It was the place to go." During World War II, two pillboxes with gun-mountings were installed on the rooftop for harbor defense, and the Sky Room became the official Airwatch headquarters for Long Beach harbor.
|
|
The guns entered service with the Royal Navy when HMS Tiger was commissioned in 1959. The weapon system gained a reputation for unreliability and difficult maintenance, however the main problem was the number of technicians required to keep the guns operational. This was especially true of the earlier hydraulically actuated mountings, later versions were electrically operated. Two of the ships, HMS Blake in 1969 and HMS Tiger in 1972, underwent a radical conversion which replaced the aft 6-inch turret with a helicopter flight deck and hangar.
|
|
The 8-inch gun M1888 (203 mm) was a U.S. Army Coast Artillery Corps gun, initially deployed 1898–1908 in about 75 fixed emplacements, usually on a disappearing carriage. During World War I, 37 or 47 of these weapons (references vary) were removed from fixed emplacements or from storage to create a railway gun version, the 8-inch Gun M1888MIA1 Barbette carriage M1918 on railway car M1918MI, converted from the fixed coast defense mountings and used during World War I and World War II.
|
|
A armoured belt, thick, was added amidships, extending down from the armoured deck to 1 foot below the waterline. Cumberland and Suffolk had the aft superstructure razed and replaced by a large hangar for two aircraft and a fixed athwartships catapult. A crane was fitted on either side of the after funnel, and the rear gunnery, navigation and control positions were relocated to the hangar roof. The single 2-pounder guns were removed, and quadruple mountings, Mark VII, were added on either side of the bridge.
|
|
The 4-inch guns were relocated, and the rearmost pair were replaced by twin mountings Mark XIX for the QF 4-inch Mark XVI. To keep weight within acceptable margins, the hull was cut down by one deck aft of "Y" turret. Berwick and Cornwall were similarly converted, but with more weight in hand the hull was not cut down; all four 4-inch mounts were twins and the 2-pounder guns were octuple mounts. By 1939, the torpedo tubes had been removed in all four ships.
|
|
A pipe organ is installed in the gallery atop the entrance The cathedral chimes, installed in 1885, were first rung on that Christmas Day and consist of ten bells, the largest about 3,000 pounds in weight. The bells were cast especially for the New Orleans exposition, where they were awarded a gold medal. The chime is in the scale of D major, and includes a flat seventh bell, which will permit music in two different keys and forms. The whole chime weighs 12,000 pounds, exclusive of mountings.
|
|
Pargust was built in 1907 as a collier, and was originally named Vittoria. She had an uneventful peacetime career before the start of World War I. In 1917 she was requisitioned by the Royal Navy for conversion into a special service vessel. She was taken in hand at Cardiff, and converted for her new role at the Devonport naval base. The collier was armed with five guns, a 4-inch gun and four 12-pounder naval guns, and two torpedo tubes, all in concealed mountings.
|
|
The L7 was specifically designed to fit into the turret mountings of the 20 pounder. This would enable the Centurion tanks to be up-gunned with minimum modifications; hence, the fleet could be upgraded in a shorter time and at a lower cost. User trials of the weapon began in 1959. The first tank to be equipped with the L7 was a single up-armoured Centurion Mark 7 in 1959 which was to prove the viability of up-armouring and up-gunning the Centurion.
|
|
HMS Jackal was ordered, along with the rest of the J class, on 25 May 1937,Whitley 2000, p. 118. and was laid down by John Brown and Company, Limited, at Clydebank in Scotland on 24 September 1937, launched on 25 October 1938 and commissioned on 13 April 1939,Whitley 2000, p. 117. the first of the J class to be completed. As completed, Jackal had a main gun armament of six QF Mark XII guns in three twin mountings, two forward and one aft.
|
|
US Army Railway Guns in World War I The 7-inch and 8-inch guns and 12-inch mortars used a common carriage, with outriggers and a rotating mount allowing all-around fire. This allowed the weapons to be used in coast defense against moving targets. The 8-inch guns and 12-inch mortars were retained on railway mountings after the war, while most of the 10-inch and 12-inch guns were returned to the coastal forts.Miller, H. W., LTC, USA Railway Artillery, Vols.
|
|
The ship was ordered under the 1935 Build Programme from Hawthorn Leslie, Hebburn, on 30 October 1935 with a delivery date of 30 April 1937. The ship was laid down on 26 January 1936 and launched on 11 December the same year, and was the first RN warship to carry the name. Imperial was completed late, on 30 June 1937, after a delay in the delivery of the gun mountings. The contract price was £257,117 excluding items supplied by Admiralty such as guns and communication equipment.
|
|
Aurora received an unrotated projectile (UP) mounting and eight QF 2-pounder Mark VIII in two quadruple mountings Mark VII in the summer of 1940. Radar Type 284 was added to the main armament director for taking ranges and bearings, and Type 280 air warning at the mastheads was added in April 1941. In August of the same year she received six single 20 mm Oerlikons and two quadruple 0.5-inch machine guns. In 1943 she received Radar Type 282 on the 2-pounder "pom-pom directors".
|
|
In late 1916, the ships of II Squadron were removed from the High Seas Fleet. From 22 December 1916 to 16 January 1917, Deutschland lay idle in the Bay of Kiel. On 24 January, the ship was taken to Hamburg where she went into the dry-dock for maintenance; this work lasted until 4 April. During this period in the shipyard, Deutschland had her forwardmost pair of 8.8 cm guns in the aft superstructure removed and two 8.8 cm guns in anti-aircraft mountings were installed.
|
|
On the B.E.12b, intended as a night fighter, over-wing Lewis guns relied on makeshift mountings, including one that resembled the original double hinged mounting on early French Nieuports. Attempts to add one or two Foster mounted Lewis guns to the Bristol Fighter were not successful. Among other problems, the mounting caused interference with the pilot's compass, which was mounted on the trailing edge of the upper wing, a difficulty which persisted even when the mounting was offset to starboard.Bruce 1988, pp. 43–45.
|
|
GRP gunhouse is a common feature on modern naval gun turrets, this example being on the frigate . Many modern surface warships have mountings for large calibre guns, although the calibres are now generally between . The gunhouses are often just weatherproof covers for the gun mounting equipment and are made of light un-armoured materials such as glass-reinforced plastic. Modern turrets are often automatic in their operation, with no humans working inside them and only a small team passing fixed ammunition into the feed system.
|
|
Several technical rule changes were announced by the FIA at the Monaco Grand Prix to help improve the safety of the cars. Downforce on the cars was reduced with the diffuser restricted to help reduce the amount of grip available. In between the Monaco and Spanish Grands Prix, the teams tried out the revised cars in test sessions throughout the week. Several teams experienced problems with their revised cars; Ligier suffered two cracked wing mountings, while Williams noted a cracked mounting during testing at Jerez.
|
|
Posen and Rheinland carried their centerline guns in Drh LC/1907 turrets, which had a longer trunk than the LC/1906 design. The Drh LC/1906 turrets and 28 cm SK/L45 guns were designed specifically for the new German dreadnoughts in 1907. Both mountings allowed for elevation up to 20 degrees, but the LC/1907 mounts could depress an additional two degrees, down to −8. The main battery propellant magazines were placed above shell rooms, with the exception of the centerline turrets of Nassau and Westfalen.
|
|
All variants of L-159 are equipped with a total of seven hardpoints (one under-fuselage and six under-wing mountings), capable of carrying external loads up to 2,340 kg. The aircraft can be equipped with a variety of weapons ranging from unguided bombs and rocket pods to air-to- ground and air-to-air guided missiles or with special devices to conduct aerial reconnaissance or electronic warfare. For example, it is capable of carrying advanced targeting pods including the AN/AAQ-28(V) LITENING.
|
|
The anti-aircraft armament was initially reduced to twelve 40 mm guns, soon further reduced to eight. In May 1962 the ship was however provided with one quadruple and nine double mountings of that caliber. After all the modifications the displacement of the ship had climbed to while the vessel's maximum speed had declined to . ARA Independencia badge The air group, which had a maximum 24 aircraft, was mainly formed from Vought F4U Corsairs, North American SNJ-5Cs Texans and Grumman S2F-1 (S-2A) Trackers.
|
|
One pair was placed abreast the conning tower, and the other set of guns was located on either side of the rear funnel. The guns fired cast iron and AP shells with a muzzle velocity of . For close-range defense against torpedo boats, the vessels carried eight 3-pounder Hotchkiss guns and two 1-pounder guns. These were mounted in individual pivot mountings that were distributed along the length of the ship, some atop the upper deck and others firing through gun ports in the upper deck.
|
|
Illustration of Edgar Quinet The Edgar Quinet-class ships were armed with a main battery of fourteen 50-caliber M1902 guns; four were in twin gun turrets forward and aft, with three single gun turrets on either broadside. The turret mountings allowed for loading at any angle of elevation, and were electrically operated. The forward turrets had a range of train of about 280 degrees. The last four guns were mounted in casemates abreast the main and aft conning towers, on the upper and main decks, respectively.
|
|
It was known as the PansarVärnsLuftVärnskanon m/40 (PVLV) which translates as "Anti-tank/anti-aircraft gun". The ammunition feed consisted of an exposed 28-round rotary magazine above the gun, which in the AT mounting meant that the sights had to be fixed to the side. It appears that these weapons were only used by the Swedish army, with some 2,700 guns being produced. It was also fitted to about forty PB m/31 armoured cars and to fixed AA and "combination" mountings.
|
|
The British design used Radar Type 262 centimetric radar with a small spinning dish aerial, which gave range and bearing and was capable of "locking on" to a target and could train and elevate the guns as the target moved. The British design was more complicated than the Dutch design and weighed a massive each (compared with the Hazemeyer's ). This meant that only two mountings could be installed, to keep the top hamper within acceptable limits. These were fitted to the top of the after deckhouse.
|
|
Early in World War II, the French, Italian and Japanese navies were using twin (CAD Mle 1929 - Contre Avions Double) and quadruple (CAQ mle 1929 - Contre Avions Quadruple) mountings on many of their warships. French warships that were refitted in the United States in 1943, such as the battleship Richelieu or the destroyer , had their 13.2 mm machine guns replaced by more powerful Oerlikon 20 mm cannons. In Italy, the Società Italiana Ernesto Breda produced the gun under license as the Breda Mod.31 from 1931 onwards.
|
|
In 1875 a letter from the War Office informed that the sword, in 1825 was sent to the Tower of London to be repaired. At that time it was submitted to Samuel Meyrick by the Duke of Wellington for examination. Dr Meyrick was an authority on ancient swords, but he estimated the age of the sword by examining the mountings only, which as we know were replaced early in the 16th century. Thus he concluded that the sword could not date from earlier than the 15th century.
|
|
The armament was based on that of the Tribals, but replaced one twin QF 4.7 in (120 mm) Mark XII (L/45) gun on mounting CP Mk.XIX with an additional bank of torpedo tubes. These mountings were capable of 40° elevation and 340° of training. Curiously, 'X' mounting was positioned such that the blind 20° arc was across the stern, rather than the more logical forward position where fire was obscured by the bridge and masts anyway. This meant that they were unable to fire dead astern.
|
|
This ideal performance can only be approximated. How to implement the best approximation is a matter of lively debate. On the other hand, if the audio crossover separates the audio bands in a loudspeaker, there is no requirement for mathematically ideal characteristics within the crossover itself, as the frequency and phase response of the loudspeaker drivers within their mountings will eclipse the results. Satisfactory output of the complete system comprising the audio crossover and the loudspeaker drivers in their enclosure(s) is the design goal.
|
|
The gun was produced by Sanok-based Zieleniewski company, with barrels made by Pruszków-based Zakłady Przemysłowe Stowarzyszenia Mechaników Polskich z Ameryki works and newly designed ammunition at the State Munition Works in Skarżysko-Kamienna. In April 1939 another 140 pieces were ordered, 40 of those as stationary weapons (without mountings) and with time the production was to reach 100 pieces a month. However, the initial costs were high. The design itself, factory equipment and the guns of the first batch themselves cost roughly 2.2 million złoty.
|
|
Some of the cog wheels were still visible in their mountings within the shell of the building in 1959. The remains of the building were finally pulled down in the summer of 1965. The waterwheel was large with a diameter of and the owner of the Mill House decided to enclose the wheel behind a grill and to leave it as a showpiece. The wooden spokes and the rim can still be seen, and some of the metal scoops and some wooden cogs have been replaced.
|
|
Shortly thereafter, at 17:23, Von der Tann registered a hit on Barham. However, after firing only 24 shells, Von der Tann had to return to her earlier target, New Zealand, because her fore and aft turrets had since been disabled, and her amidships turrets were no longer able to target Barham. At 18:15, the guns of the last active turret jammed in their mountings, leaving Von der Tann without any working main armament. Regardless, she remained in the battle line to distract the British gunners.
|
|
The Boxer is constructed from rolled all-welded steel armour to which the AMAP-B module-based appliqué armour kit can be fitted as required by mission threat estimates. AMAP-B modules are taken from the IBD Diesenroth AMAP modular armour package and are fitted to the vehicle with shock absorbing mountings. Exact details of Boxer protection levels have now been classified. According to ARTEC, the vehicle will withstand anti-personnel and large anti- tank mines of an undisclosed type under the wheel, platform or side attack.
|
|
The Great Central Railway Class 11F or Improved Director Class is a class of 4-4-0 steam locomotive designed by John G. Robinson for passenger work. The LNER classified them as Class D11 from 1923. They were based on the earlier GCR Class 11E "Director" class (LNER D10). There were two subclasses: D11/1 were the original GCR engines and D11/2 were those built in 1924 by the LNER to a reduced loading gauge with smaller boiler mountings for hauling passenger trains in Scotland.
|
|
A standard radio fitting kit for 1/4-ton vehicles comprising a 50-inch table running on sliding runners, battery mountings and appropriate fittings was introduced in 1956. When this kit was fitted, the vehicle was re- designated as Fitted For Radio (FFR) to differentiate it from the basic FFW version. Some prototype vehicles with a Land Rover-style rear body with tailgate rear access were constructed in an attempt to improve the versatility of the basic design but were not put into production.
|
|
This gun was of loose barrel, jacket and bracket ring, with a horizontal, hand-operated sliding block. The mountings, all with individual cradles for each gun, were either triple (on battleships) or double, with electrical-powered ramming (which, however, was too weak for elevations above 30°, which therefore required hand loading, which rendered the gun unsuitable for anti-aircraft use).Campbell, p. 334-5 The gun fired both AP and HE shells, all weighing 32.7 kg (72.1 lb), at a muzzle velocity of 825 mps (2.707 fps).
|
|
Omitting the reinforcing stiffener on the vessel just aft of the door hub is a good way to learn how true this is. An autoclave with this type of door features heavily reinforced mountings which keep the door in alignment throughout the machine's service life. The O-ring gasket can be replaced in less than a minute and is fairly inexpensive. Autoclaves over four feet in diameter or those rated at higher pressures generally use the rotating locking ring door, also called a breech lock door.
|
|
In the mid-to-late 1980s the similarly sized Fujitsu Eagle, which used (coincidentally) 10.5-inch platters, was a popular product. With increasing sales of microcomputers having built in floppy-disk drives (FDDs), HDDs that would fit to the FDD mountings became desirable. Starting with the Shugart Associates SA1000 HDD Form factors, initially followed those of 8-inch, 5½-inch, and 3½-inch floppy disk drives. Although referred to by these nominal sizes, the actual sizes for those three drives respectively are 9.5″, 5.75″ and 4″ wide.
|
|
This area was under regular attack by Luftwaffe fighter- bombers, and the defensive armament of S/L positions was increased, with twin Vickers K machine gun mountings being added to the existing Lewis guns. The regiment's first Category 1 'kill' came on the night of 15/16 September when a site of 334 Bty at Kingsgate shot down a Heinkel He 111 with Lewis and Vickers guns, shared with the local Light AA gun unit. In September the regiment began to receive twin 0.5-inch Browning machine guns on power mountings. Between 21 January and 14 March 1944 the Luftwaffe carried out eleven night raids on London in the so-called 'Baby Blitz': two sites of 334 Bty shared another Cat 1 kill on 22/23 February. AA Radar No 2. However, by early 1944, AA Command was being forced to release manpower for the planned invasion of Normandy (Operation Overlord). 33rd S/L Rgt's contribution came through the disbandment of 543 Bty on 6 March and E Trp of 334 Bty; however E Trp of 346 Bty, 36th (Middlesex) S/L Rgt joined on 13 March as D/332 Trp.Routledge, p. 409.
|
|
This gave a design speed of light, which corresponded to about at full load. During sea trials, Spenser recorded a speed of . Up to 500 tons of oil fuel could be carried, giving a range of at . The class had a main gun armament consisted of five 4.7 in (120 mm)/45 calibre BL Mark I guns, on CP VI mountings capable of elevating to 30 degrees, arranged in two superfiring pairs fore and aft of the superstructure with the remaining gun positioned on a platform between the funnels.
|
|
Its wingtip floats had completely enclosed streamlined mountings below the outer wings. It was powered by an uncowled, pusher configuration, water-cooled Mercedes D.IIIa engine which was strut-mounted from the fuselage just under the upper wing, its two-bladed propeller behind the upper trailing edge and above the lower. Like the V 8, the V 18 had a rectangular cross-section fuselage, slender behind the wings and curving upwards to the tail. Its longer forward fuselage allowed a raised enclosed cabin with four windows on each side, seating either four or eight passengers.
|
|
This gave a design speed of light, which corresponded to about at full load. She reached a speed of during sea trials. Up to 500 tons of oil fuel could be carried, giving a range of at . The class had a main gun armament consisted of five 4.7 in (120 mm)/45 calibre BL Mark I guns, on CP VI mountings capable of elevating to 30 degrees, arranged in two superfiring pairs fore and aft of the superstructure with the remaining gun positioned on a platform between the funnels.
|
|
A new feature was the Elexmatic power-unit, which provided a steady rate of acceleration by means of a carbon compression cylinder with a spring-loaded piston. Control was by two floor- mounted pedals, an accelerator and a brake, while the Metalastic mountings for the traction motor were retained from earlier models. Two 8-cell batteries were mounted in panniers on either side of the chassis, and the 32-volt battery gave a range of around . Like previous models, the controls were built as a single unit which could be easily removed for maintenance.
|
|
Moreover the pupils so > lack concentration that to hold their attention is always a problem within > itself. Then their 'had wents', 'done gone', 'mountings', 'fountings', 'aim > to go', 'figered to do so', 'met up with', the vocabulary of their homes, > make the task seem as large as King's Mountain itself. History means little > to them because their people have played such a small part in the history we > study. But they wake up when the teacher can bring to them an illustration > where their people have taken an active and honorable part.
|
|
Their economical operation and long lifetimes make their higher initial cost normally well worthwhile. Today many smaller and sports boats are powered by an outboard motor consisting of a self-contained unit that includes engine, gearbox and propeller or jet drive, designed to be affixed to the outside of the transom. The outboard motor provides steering control both as a movable rudder and by pivoting over their mountings to control the direction of thrust. Outboard motors have less than one horsepower to over 200 hp and are relatively easy to remove for service or replacement.
|
|
131; Yakubov & Worth, pp. 86–87 Six 39-Yu torpedo tubes were fitted in two triple mountings, one on each broadside. The cruiser could mount rails to carry between 100 and 164 mines and racks for fifty depth charges,Chernyshev & Kulagin, pp. 31, 34 but by 1945, she could carry 100–106 mines and she had been fitted with two or four throwers for her 66 depth charges.Wright 2010, p. 138 The Project 26bis and the Project 26bis2 cruisers shared the same armor configuration: the waterline belt, turret, and barbette armor were all thick.
|
|
One of King Edward VIIs 9.2-inch gun turrets The King Edward VIIs had four 12-inch 40-calibre Mk IX guns mounted in twin-gun turrets fore and aft. The guns were carried in BVIIS-type mountings, which had a range of elevation from -5 degrees to of 13.5 degrees, and required the guns to return to 4.5 degrees to be loaded. The guns had a muzzle velocity of , and they were capable of penetrating 12 inches of Krupp armour at a range of . At their maximum elevation, the guns had a range of .
|
|
The Libra was launched by GTM Cars Ltd on the UK kitcar market in 1998. Three years in development it was a collaboration between GTM Cars directors Peter Beck & Paddy Fitch, designer Richard Oakes and suspension designer Bryn Davies. Conceived as a lightweight sportscar, it uses no subframes for its suspension with all the mountings being bolted straight to the GRP monocoque tub. At the front it uses unequal length wishbones of GTM design locating uprights from the Rover Metro/100 range and a forward mounted steering rack for extra legroom.
|
|
Industrial fan heaters use high-output finned heating elements in front of a fan to provide a larger airflow and higher kilowatt rating than many smaller residential fan heaters. Industrial fan heaters can be used in warehouses, shipping containers, clean rooms, shops and other general purpose heating applications. They can also be used as dryers or dehumidifiers with modified attachments or mountings. Portable industrial fan heaters tend to range from around 1.5 kW up to about 45 kW with either axial or centrifugal fans and various staged controls and over-temperature safety limit controls.
|
|
The ship's machinery consisted of four Yarrow boilers that fed steam at to two sets of Parsons single-reduction geared-steam turbines, rated at . This gave a speed of . Up to 500 tons of oil were carried, giving a radius of at . The class had a main gun armament consisted of five 4.7 in (120 mm)/45 calibre BL Mark I guns, on CP VI mountings capable of elevating to 30 degrees, arranged in two superfiring pairs fore and aft of the superstructure, with the remaining gun positioned on a platform between the funnels.
|
|
Their appearance was toy-like, cartoonish, or Art Deco, and they featured simple, repetitive motions performed by the doll-like sculptures. No brand names or jeweller's names appeared on the displays; most of them pitched the generic idea of buying diamonds or watches. A typical motion showed technicians working on a "diamond reactor" with dials labelled "fire" and "sparkle," and a plaque noting that "Your diamond will appear much larger in one of our modern mountings." Many depicted couples courting or honeymooning, often in fanciful surroundings such as a Well Fargo stagecoach.
|
|
West Midlands Police 1974 or '75 Norton Interpol (left) beside a Morris Marina patrol car After some police forces expressed interest in the Commando, Neale Shilton was recruited from Triumph to produce a Commando to police specifications. The end result was the 'Interpol' machine, which sold well to police forces, both at home and abroad. The 750 cc machine was fitted with panniers, top box, fairing, radio mountings, police lights, and auxiliary equipment. The 'Interpol' name was retained for Norton's later Norton Interpol 2 rotary engined Police motorcycle.
|
|
For her primary role as an anti-submarine cruiser, Admiral Makarov mounted two quadruple launchers for eight anti-submarine missiles in the Metel anti-ship complex. She was also equipped with two RBU-6000 12-barrel and two RBU-1000 6-barrel rocket launchers. The Ka-25 helicopter embarked on the cruiser was also capable of aiding in the search and destruction of submarines. Admiral Makarov was armed with four AK-725 57 mm L/80 DP guns situated in two twin mountings to protect against aerial threats.
|
|
Hood reassumed the role as flagship after she was recommissioned and Renown was paid off for a refit of her own.Burt 1993, p. 234 A High-Angle Control System Mark I was fitted with a director on the roof of the fore-top that replaced the high-angle rangefinder and the conning tower platform was enlarged to accommodate a pair of Mk V octuple mountings for the QF 2-pounder Mk VIII gunRaven and Roberts, p. 250 The Mk V mounts could depress to −10° and elevate to a maximum of 80°.
|
|
ORP Dragon, previously HMS Dragon The lessons of the Battle of Jutland were applied and protection was improved in detail. Additional torpedo tubes were installed and depth charge throwers were also included. The Mk XII gun was retained but, in Diomede, a new prototype gun house (allowing greater elevation) was used and found to be most satisfactory. Inter-war, all ships had their anti-aircraft armament standardised as three QF 4 inch Mark V guns on mountings HA Mark III, with a QF 2 pdr Mk.II gun in each bridge wing.
|
|
Gardner at the 1992 Japanese Grand Prix Gardner had a frustrating season in 1990. After winning at Jerez in Spain, he missed three rounds through injury and only managed 5th in the World Championship. He did finish the season on a high note though, winning his second straight Australian Motorcycle Grand Prix at Phillip Island from teammate Mick Doohan and World Champion elect Wayne Rainey. For over half the race, Gardner had to contend with the faring of his Honda threatening to part company with the bike after some of the front mountings had broken.
|
|
Her construction was authorized by the so- called Miranda law of 17 February 1915. The cruiser was launched in Ferrol in 1925 and scrapped in 1965. The ship was in length, in beam, and a draught of . Equipped with a main armament of eight guns of , mounted in three twin turrets and two single mountings, and manned by a crew of 566, Almirante Cervera belonged to the same class of two other cruisers of the Spanish Navy of her time, Galicia (Libertad from 1931 to 1939) and Miguel de Cervantes.
|
|
She was fitted with turbine machinery giving a speed of on trials carried out in February 1930. Some smaller weapons were fitted for use against aircraft. The ship had two quadruple torpedo tube mountings and for attacks on submarines was fitted with four depth charge chutes and two throwers, and an additional gun fitted between the two funnels. She spent a period in the reserve at Devonport Naval Base, but was refitted in 1938, being recommissioned on completion of the refit in August 1939 in time to participate in the Second World War.
|
|
Nymphe was among the six light cruisers that Germany was permitted to retain under the terms of the Treaty of Versailles that ended the war. She was taken to Wilhelmshaven on 4 November 1920, where from November 1922 to early 1924 she was modernized at the Deutsche Werke shipyard. Her original ram bow was replaced with a modern clipper bow, which increased her overall length to . She also received a new mast, along with a new battery of 10.5 cm SK L/45 guns in U-boat mountings.
|
|
The final launch, on 20 January 1966, carried the first production spacecraft, CSM-002. Minor spacecraft design deficiencies in the parachute reefing cutters, the drogue and main parachute deployment mortar mountings, and the command and service module umbilical cutters were found and corrected before the crewed Apollo flights began. However, all command modules flown achieved satisfactory landing conditions and confirmed that, had they been crewed spacecraft, the crew would have survived the abort conditions. In addition, two pad abort tests were conducted in which the launch escape system was activated at ground level.
|
|
In the late 1980s, a safety recall was issued for Inteli-Touch fans using Samsung motors. An electrical incompatibility between the motor and Inteli-Touch PC board resulted in several reported fires. Following this recall, Casablanca issued replacement Emerson K55 motors to customers who purchased Inteli-Touch fans with Samsung motors. On December 13, 1993, Casablanca voluntarily recalled 3,264,000 ceiling fans manufactured from January 1981 through September 1993 after receiving 50 reports of fans falling from their ceiling mountings due to a design flaw in the Hang-Tru canopy.
|
|
There was an access corridor down the starboard side, but another bomb could be mounted below its floor. There were also internal bomb mountings in the wing roots at this position. Behind this bomb bay and near the wing trailing edge was the upper (dorsal) SAM AB5 retractable turret with an Hispano 20 mm cannon; slightly further aft and at the trailing edge was a matching but inverted AB6 retractable ventral turret, similarly armed. The upper turret was manned by the fourth crew member and the lower one by the radio operator.
|
|
The two destroyers patroled in the Baltic Sea to defend Sweden's neutrality during the Second World War, when the ships' 40 mm Vickers anti-aircraft guns were replaced by four Bofors 25 mm cannons in two twin mountings. In 1950-51, the two destroyers were repurposed as anti-submarine frigates. The aft two guns and the torpedo tubes were removed to allow the fitting of an improved anti- aircraft and anti-submarine armament and sensors. As rebuilt, armament was one 120 mm gun, four 40 mm Bofors guns and a single 20 mm cannon.
|
|
This may have been helped by the presence of the podded engines, whose vertical mountings acted as barriers to span wise flow. More common solutions to the problem of spanwise flow is the use of a wing fence or the related dogtooth notch on the leading edge of the wing. This disrupts the flow and re-directs it rearward, while also causing the buildup of stagnant air inboard to lower the stall point. This does have an effect on overall airflow on the wing, and is generally not used where the sweep is mild.
|
|
The engine pairs were on near-vertical, faired struts between the upper and lower wing spars; more struts to the upper and lower fuselage further strengthened the mountings. The main part of the fuselage of the Ca.66, including the covering, was entirely wooden, rectangular in section and long. Only its projecting, ovoid nose was metal. There were four crew seats: a gunner's position in the extreme nose, side-by-side seating in the pilots' cockpit ahead of the propellers and lower wing leading edge and a dorsal gunner's position half under the trailing edge.
|
|
Australia repeated her November visit to Melbourne, and cruised to Hobart in February 1938, before being placed in reserve on 24 April 1938. She underwent a modernisation refit at Cockatoo Island Dockyard, during which her single 4-inch guns were replaced with twin mountings, belt armour measuring up to thick was fitted over the machinery spaces, and handling arrangements for the ship's aircraft and boats were improved.Jeremey, Cockatoo Island, pp. 117–8 Although the modernisation was scheduled for completion in March 1939, inconsistencies between Australias construction and the supplied drawings caused delays.
|
|
Lyon Warship Vol. 1 No. 2, p. 57.Brown 2010, p. 160. It was originally intended that the Bristol class would be fitted with a main gun armament of unshielded guns, but the need to counter German light cruisers (such as the ), which were armed with ten guns that outranged British 4-inch guns, resulted in the new class's armament being revised. They had two BL 6-inch (152 mm) Mk XI naval guns mounted on the ships' centreline fore and aft, with ten BL 4-inch Mk VII guns in waist mountings.
|
|
The 40-60 HP was based on a ladder chassis of C-shaped stamped steel rails. Its engine was a (bore and stroke 100 x 160 mm, compression ratio 4.35:1) overhead valve inline-four cylinder, fed by a single vertical carburettor. The en bloc cylinder block and cylinder head were split in two groups of two cylinders, and made of cast iron; the crankcase was cast aluminium, incorporating the four engine mountings. The two in-block camshafts were driven by a gear train located at the front of the engine.
|
|
There are also additional benefits to having separate islands rather than a single large island, such as easier construction, reduced wind turbulence, and freed up deck space. Using two structures provides separate mountings for the air surveillance radar (forward), which does not interfere with the medium range radar (aft); furthermore, visibility is improved for both navigation and landing operations. Under the flight deck are a further nine decks. The hangar deck measures with a height of , large enough to accommodate up to twenty fixed and rotary wing aircraft.
|
|
The Gurttrommel is not a true magazine but holds a curled 50-round belt preventing it from snagging, twisting and getting stuck during mobile assaults. The steel DM2 ammunition box contains a 250-round DM1 belt and the smaller plastic DM40004 ammunition box contains a 100-round DM1 belt or a 120-round DM60 belt. The German military tends to use non-disintegrating DM1 belts for general use and disintegrating DM60/M13 belts in vehicle or aircraft fixed MG3 mountings that allow for collecting the ejected link pieces for reuse.
|
|
S. Newton played the "Dead March" in "Saul". In the grave, which is of brickt, there were placed a large number of floral tributes, not the least appreciated by friends of the deceased being those of the schoolchildren of North Cave, who attended the funeral. Before the coffin, which was polished oak, with Brass mountings, bearing the simple inscription "Samuel Fox, born 7 June, 1815; died 25th February, 1887", was lowered into the grave many other floral wreaths were placed upon it. Among those who contributed wreaths and crosses of flowers were Mrs.
|
|
The 10.5 cm SK C/33SK - Schnelladekanone (quick loading cannon); C - Construktionsjahr (year of design) was used by the Kriegsmarine, the German Navy. Related to the Flak 38, it was installed on the and classes of battleships as well as the - and cruisers. After the war, it was used for a few years by the French Marine Nationale on the reconstructed destroyers Guichen and Chateaurenault. In the late 1940s, the French also planned to equip the battleship Richelieu with twelve of these mountings, but the project was cancelled due to credit shortage.
|
|
Slough Fort in an 1870 engraving Slough Fort was initially armed with seven 7-inch rifled breech loaders (RBLs) positioned in the casemates. It was manned by three officers, one NCO and 75 other ranks. Between October 1889 and December 1891, a pair of wing batteries were constructed from concrete on either side of the fort, with a range finder position being added to the fort's roof. The new batteries accommodated two 9.2-inch and two 6-inch breech loaders on disappearing mountings, allowing them to recess below ground level once they had fired.
|
|
Although the flying-boat met the type and air-handling requirements it did not meet the Ministries' requirements for seaworthiness. Modifications were made to N9709 for improvements including four-bladed propellers. On 25 May 1925, just after becoming airborne the engines left their mountings and the wing structure failed causing cracks in the hull, the aircraft floated and the crew escaped without injury. The second Kingston I N9710 first flew on 13 November 1925 at Lytham and was flown to RAF Calshot for service trials along with the third flying-boat N9711.
|
|
HMS Repulse The gun was based on the barrel of the QF 4-inch Mk V and the breech mechanism of the BL 4-inch Mk VIIIDiGiulian and was first introduced in World War I on capital ships as secondary armament in triple-gun mountings, intended to provide rapid concentrated fire. This turned out to be unworkable in practice. Jane's Fighting Ships of 1919 commented, "4-inch triples are clumsy and not liked. They are not mounted in one sleeve; have separate breech mechanism, a gun crew of 23 to each triple".
|
|
A terrific gust hit the three leading carriages, which were blown off the railway line. The body of the first carriage was torn from its mountings and the passengers were thrown onto the hillside, although the couplings held. The weight of the engine prevented the carriages from falling into the valley below, and the grip of the engine on the raised centre-rail saved the whole train from destruction and more loss of life. The engine and brake van also had brakes which gripped the raised centre rail.
|
|
The work was completed by June and she sailed to rejoin the Fleet. On 21 June, whilst on passage to Scapa Flow she detonated a mine off Flamborough Head and had to put into Middlesbrough on one boiler.Arrow's career She was taken in hand by Smiths Dock on 22 June for repairs that lasted until October and involved repairing her repair machinery mountings and replacing bulkheads. During this time she was nominated for foreign service, and after carrying out post repair trials she was prepared for service in the Eastern Mediterranean.
|
|
These pallets are attached solidly to the lever, which has at its end a fork to receive the ruby impulse pin of the balance roller which is fixed to the balance wheel shaft. The balance wheel is returned towards its static center position by an attached balance spring (not shown in the diagram). In modern design it is common for the pallet mountings and the fork to be made as a single component. The lever is mounted on a shaft and is free to rotate between two fixed banking pins.
|
|
The Director Of Naval Ordnance. The Times, Wednesday, 24 November 1909; pg. 11; Issue 39125 By early February with admiral Bacon on board and Mulliner off it the directors could report an order from the British Admiralty for the mountings of all the heavy guns of one of the latest battleships that brought into operation for the first time the most costly and most important part of the company's new plant ending a long difficult period for Coventry Ordnance Works. Early in 1915 Bacon was appointed to the Royal Marines.
|
|
303 inch machine guns (a mix of Lewis and Maxim guns), six 21-inch torpedo tubes (in two triple mountings), two depth charge chutes, and four depth charge throwers. By 1941, two of the 4.7-inch guns had been removed, five 20 mm Oerlikon anti-aircraft guns and a Breda gun had been fitted, and the depth charge chutes were replaced with depth charge rails. A year later, a third 4.7-inch gun was removed, along with two of the Oerlikons, the .303-inch guns, the Breda gun, and the torpedo tube sets.
|
|
A matched set (daisho) of antique Japanese (samurai) swords and their individual mountings (koshirae), katana on top and wakisashi below, Edo period. Swordsmanship, the art of the sword, has an almost mythological ethos, and is believed by some to be the paramount martial art, surpassing all others. Regardless of the truth of that belief, the sword itself has been the subject of stories and legends through virtually all cultures in which it has been employed as a tool for violence. In Japan, the use of the katana is no different.
|
|
The Norse-American medal is not a coin, and is not legal tender. Due to its similarity to a coin, and the fact that it was authorized by Congress, it is sometimes collected as part of the U.S. commemorative coin series. Though the silver ones can be purchased for less than $100 up to $500, and the silver-plated one for between $500 and $3,500, the gold specimen has sold for as high as $40,000. Some medals were used as pocket pieces or worn in mountings to the fair, and display damage or wear.
|
|
A 1935 DeSoto Airflow from The Museum of Automobiles in Arkansas.This aerodynamic, radically designed car debuted to much fanfare alongside its more luxurious stablemate, the Chrysler Airflow. From the front bumper back, the Airflow's design represented the first major attempt to smooth away the wind catching objects and channels found on cars of the era. Headlights were moved from their traditional pods forward of the radiator, and housed in flush mountings on either side of the broad waterfall-styled grille, which lacked the traditional upright radiator throat and decorative cap ornament.
|
|
The 20mm m/40 followed the same pattern of long-recoil operation as the 25mm and 40mm guns. It was chambered for a unique and quite powerful 20×145R cartridge, and could fire at 360 rpm. On a wheeled AA mounting, it weighed 300 kg, on a low tripod for anti-tank use, it weighed 65 kg (the same gun was used in both installations, and could be switched between mountings). In anti-tank form, it was given the nickname "grasshopper" as it jumped about so much on firing.
|
|
Both classes also had two single guns, but the American ships had these in single mountings and in a new model, the Mk 42, one fore and the other aft, while the Impavidos made use of an older Mk 38 dual turret. Impavido, in May 1983 One difference between the classes was the secondary weaponry. While both had lightweight torpedo launchers, the rest was different. The Charles F. Adams class had an ASROC launcher, dedicated to anti-submarine warfare tasks, to help counter the growing number of Soviet submarines.
|
|
The outer panels were braced from the lower fuselage longerons by parallel pairs of struts to the spars which ran through the outer engine mountings. The engines were further braced with central struts to the upper longerons. Ospreys were fitted with at least three engine types. The prototype, as well as several later examples, had upright, air-cooled four cylinder Cirrus III engines and were designated Osprey Cs. Others had either inverted, air-cooled four cylinder Menasco B-4 or its larger capacity, development, the Menasco C-4.
|
|
That month Robertson was appointed to the Air Board and the EAD was placed under the command of Lieutenant Commander R.A. Chalmers with Lieutenant J.K. Wells in charge of Section I (trials of Ranken Dart, bombs and bomb gear) and Lieutenant F.W. Hill, Chief Gunnery Officer, in charge of Section II (gunnery and ammunition). In concentrating on aircraft machine guns, Section II undertook trials of machine gun mountings, development of synchronous guns, and trials of heavy guns, including the quick firing gunPRO AIR 1/1201/204/5/2612 and the COW 37 mm gun.
|
|
This gave a design speed of light, which corresponded to about at full load. Broke reached a maximum speed of during sea trials. Up to 500 tons of oil fuel could be carried, giving a range of at . The class had a main gun armament consisted of five 4.7 in (120 mm)/45 calibre BL Mark I guns, on CP VI mountings capable of elevating to 30 degrees, arranged in two superfiring pairs fore and aft of the superstructure with the remaining gun positioned on a platform between the funnels.
|
|
Also known as the "Universal wing" the new design was standard on the majority of Spitfires built from mid-1942. This wing was structurally modified to reduce labour and manufacturing time plus it was designed to allow mixed armament options, A type, B type or four 20 mm Hispano cannon.Barbic 1996, pp. 165–167. The undercarriage mountings were redesigned and the undercarriage doors were bowed in cross section allowing the legs to sit lower in the wells, eliminating the upper-wing blisters over the wheel wells and landing gear pivot points.
|
|
20 mm Flakvierling quadmount on a Panzer IV chassis. Larger guns followed on larger trucks, but these mountings generally required off-truck setup in order to unlimber the stabilizing legs these guns needed. One exception to this rule was the Italian Cannone da 90/53 which was highly effective when mounted on trucks, a fit known as the "autocannoni da 90/53". The 90/53 was a feared weapon, notably in the anti-tank role, but only a few hundred had been produced by the time of the armistice in 1943.
|
|
For anti-aircraft weaponry, the cruisers had thirty-two anti-aircraft guns in sixteen twin mounts and were also equipped with ten torpedo tubes in two mountings of five each. The Sverdlovs had belt armor and had a armored deck. The turrets were shielded by armor and the conning tower, by armor. The cruisers' ultimate radar suite included one 'Big Net' or 'Top Trough' air search radar, one 'High Sieve' or 'Low Sieve' air search radar, one 'Knife Rest' air search radar and one 'Slim Net' air search radar.
|
|
The Jararaca resembles both the EE-11 Urutu and the EE-9 Cascavel in that it possesses a sharply sloping glacis plate, which recedes into a horizontal hull roof line. Its headlamps are recessed and the driver's hatch protrudes from the hull roof over the glacis plate. The sides of the hull are vertical with an odd symmetrical sloping plane between the hull sides and roof. Turrets and ring mountings for various forms of armament are always located atop the hull and slightly to the right due to the position of the turret ring.
|
|
Right elevation of 12 inch gun turret & ammunition hoists The main battery of the Shikishima class consisted of the same four Elswick Ordnance Company 40-calibre twelve-inch guns as used in the Fuji class. They were mounted in twin-gun barbettes fore and aft of the superstructure that had armoured hoods to protect the guns and were usually called gun turrets. The hydraulically powered mountings could be loaded at all angles of traverse while the guns were loaded at a fixed angle of +13.5°.Brook 1999, p.
|
|
For armament, Esmeraldas main battery was originally equipped with two /30 caliber guns in two single turrets, one each fore and aft. The ten-inch weapons were able to be trained to either side of the ship, raised to an angle of 12°, and depressed to 5°. They weighed each, while the shells they fired weighed and required a powder charge of . Its secondary armament consisted of six /26 caliber guns in single Vavasseur central pivot mountings; two 6-pounder guns located on the bridge wings; and five Hotchkiss revolving cannons located in elevated positions.
|
|
The coffin was polished cedar with silver mountings with religious symbols. A funeral procession of the hearse, the mourning coaches and approximately 30 other vehicles accompanied by people walking (an estimate of 400 people all together) made its way to the cemetery, where Patrick Keniff was buried with Roman Catholic rites by Father Michael Baldwin. After Kenniff's execution, it was reported that the cost to the government of the capture of the Kenniffs was £2911/17/8 and of the trial £690/5/2, a total of £3601/2/10. James served twelve years.
|
|
Just before the war broke out, the two destroyers were evacuated to Britain to fight alongside the Royal Navy. Since they were designed for Baltic operations, they had to be modified soon after their arrival there to improve stability, to enable them to operate successfully in the rough waters of the North Sea and the Atlantic. Grom was lost in this state in 1940. In December 1941 the remaining ship, Błyskawica, had the original 4.7 inch guns replaced by eight 4-inch (102 mm) guns in twin mountings.
|
|
As originally fitted, Charybdis also had eight QF 2 pounder guns arranged in two quadruple mountings, and six 21 inch torpedo tubes arranged above water in two triple banks. Like the other ships of the class, Charybdis was named after a character in Greek mythology. Charybdis is the name of a sea monster, usually mentioned alongside Scylla, the name given to another Dido-class ship, in the idiom "between Scylla and Charybdis". She was laid down at the yards of Cammell Laird at Birkenhead on 9 November 1939, and launched on 17 September 1940.
|
|
Scott then improvised a travelling carriage for 4.7 inch guns removed from their usual static coastal or ship mountings to provide the army with a heavy field gun. These improvised carriages lacked recoil buffers and hence in action drag shoes and attachment of the carriage by cable to a strong point in front of the gun were necessary to control the recoil. They were manned by Royal Navy crews and required up to 32 oxen to move. The first war in which quick-firing artillery was widespread was the Russo-Japanese War of 1904-5.
|
|
They were designed to be able to match any given enemy destroyer. They were not planned to be able to combat French flotilla leaders, a task that would be left to either a light cruiser, or else multiple Type 1937s, if needed. The initial design called for it to have a radius of , and six guns in twin mountings, with a simple firing control system. Due to the experiences gained from the Type 1934, an increase in gun caliber to was initially not approved, as it was feared that it would limit their seaworthiness.
|
|
The cannon was put to use both on land and at sea. It was fitted to numerous Royal Navy warships of different sizes such as , , , and the Conqueror-class ships of the line. Several of these ships saw action during the Crimean War where the 68-pounder was used extensively during the Siege of Sevastopol.Winton (2001), p. 112 Along with 32-pounders and Lancaster guns they were taken from their ship mountings and dragged up to siege batteries by the Naval Brigade, from where they regularly bombarded Russian positions for the next year.
|
|
With no threat from the sea, Scott set about determining how he might adapt the navy's guns by mounting them on wheels for use on land as to support the army which lacked any long-range artillery and found that its ordinary guns were out-ranged by the Boer artillery. The mountings looked somewhat amateurish, causing the authorities to regard them with considerable suspicion. However, they proved very effective and the role of two of his 4.7-inch (120 mm) guns at the Siege of Ladysmith received quite a bit of publicity.Scott, pp.
|
|
2018 was also the year that the Ateneo Blue Babble Battalion was ranked 7th among all the teams. This was a first for the Blue Babble in 5 years. In 2019 the National U Pep Squad added 1 more championship up its sleeve getting that 6th Gold Medal finish since 2013. The 2019 CDC edition is known to be the year where each team went out of their own comfort zones, did death defying stunts, difficult and complicated mountings and dismounts of their pyramid, and very synchronized choreography throughout their respective performances.
|
|
The majority of the Condottieri- classes had two superfiring twin-mount turrets forward and aft, except for the Duca degli Abruzzi-class which had different model guns and had two twin- turrets replaced with two triple-turrets. The Giussano-class carried Model 1926 guns, while the Cadorna-class, Montecuccoli-class and Duca d'Aosta-class carried Model 1929 guns. The mountings for the Giussano-class and Cadorna- class were found to be too lightly built for the recoil forces created by these guns.Campbell, Naval Weapons of WWII, p.331-332.
|
|
Hela in Kiel in 1899 Hela was armed with four SK L/30In Imperial German Navy gun nomenclature, "SK" (Schnellladekanone) denotes that the gun is quick firing, while the L/30 denotes the length of the gun. In this case, the L/30 gun is 30 calibers, meaning that the gun barrel is 30 times as long as it is in diameter. quick-firing guns in individual mountings. They were carried in MPL C/89 mounts with an elevation range of −10 to 20 degrees; at maximum elevation, the guns could reach targets at .
|
|
An example is shown in the picture below on the right. All of the switch mechanisms have no exposed metal parts requiring grounding (earthing). While switches, wall-plates, and cover plates from different manufacturers tend not to be interchangeable, switch mechanisms of this type have been available in Australia since 1951.Clipsal History Timeline The keystone module system for extra-low voltage electrical jacks (patented in 1975) is somewhat similar in appearance to these modules, but the design of the keystone mountings are different, and keystone modules can be removed without a tool.
|
|
These sections matched the division of the trailing edge into ailerons outboard and flaps inboard. The outer slots opened automatically on the approach of the stall, whereas the inboard slats deployed when the flaps were lowered to their single down setting. It was powered by a nose- mounted, Renault 4Pb, a four-cylinder, air-cooled, upright inline engine, though its mountings, part of the tubular fuselage structure, could accept engines with powers in the range . The exhaust was fitted with a silencer and its outlet was aft of the cabin.
|
|
The diameter of the high pressure cylinders was 50 inches, the diameter of the low pressure cylinders was 88 inches, both producing a stroke length of 72 inches. Her saloons were described as "very commodious," being panneld in satin wood and walnut, and decorated in gold. The main saloon, together with the Captain's Room were upholstered in 'peacock blue velvet', with the Ladies Saloon decorated with bronze green velvet and furnished with sycamore and walnut, with gold mountings. The design of the Ladies Saloon enabled easy conversion into sleeping accommodation.
|
|
Booker received his secondary education at the Sandown Secondary School at the Isle of Wight, and sequentially attended the Royal Naval Artificers Training Establishment, Torpoint at Cornwall. From 1940 to 1954 he served at the Royal Navy, where he worked in the Ordnance department. He started on gun mountings, and later worked in gunnery fire control equipment on ships, in workshops and in the drawing office. In 1954 he became Assistant Secretary at the Institution of Engineering Designers,and was representative of the Institute on the City St Guilds Advisory Committee on Mechanical Engineering Drawing.
|
|
Theodolites were later adapted to a wider variety of mountings and uses. In the 1870s, an interesting waterborne version of the theodolite (using a pendulum device to counteract wave movement) was invented by Edward Samuel Ritchie.American Academy of Arts and Sciences, Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, Vol. XXIII, May 1895 – May 1896, Boston: University Press, John Wilson and Son (1896), pp. 359–360 It was used by the U.S. Navy to take the first precision surveys of American harbors on the Atlantic and Gulf coasts.
|
|
The navy had five different mounts, Marks 2–4, 7 and 9, for the 4-inch/40. They were all single gun mounts with manual elevation and training. The Mark 2 and 3 where Central Pivot mounts with the Mark 3 being different from the Mark 2 in not having a directing bar, the training was by handwheel, the sights were located on the slide and it was non-recoiling, many of the Mark 2 mounts were converted to the Mark 3. The Mark 4, 7, and 9 were all Pedestal mountings.
|
|
For her primary role as an anti- submarine cruiser, Admiral Isakov mounted two quadruple launchers for eight anti-submarine missiles in the Metel anti-ship complex (NATO reporting name SS-N-14 Silex). She was also equipped with two RBU-6000 12-barrel and two RBU-1000 6-barrel rocket launchers. The Kamov Ka-25 helicopter embarked on the cruiser was also capable of aiding in the search and destruction of submarines. To counter aerial threats, Admiral Isakov was armed with a total of four AK-725 dual-purpose guns in two twin mountings.
|
|
Outwardly similar to the Il-4, the Il-6 was faster and had a longer and slimmer fuselage fitted with a completely new, highly tapered wing with an aspect ratio of 8. The engine nacelles were streamlined to reduce drag and increase speed as the engine radiators were mounted in the wing center section, fed by slits in the leading edge of the wing. Defensive armament was greatly improved with five cannon fitted on flexible mountings in the nose, dorsal turret, two waist positions and a ventral blister forward of the tailplane.Gordon, p.
|
|
The 3-inch (76 mm) gun at the bows was twisted in its mountings and put out of action. A formation of five Junkers 88s was broken up by the tanker's anti aircraft guns, with the bombs falling harmlessly into the sea. Another plane, this time a Junkers 87, was shot down by an Ohio gunner; however, the aircraft crashed into Ohios starboard side, forward of the upper bridge, and exploded. Half a wing hit the upper work of the bridge and a rain of debris showered the tanker from stem to stern.
|
|
Basic parts of an outboard motor An outboard motor is a propulsion system for boats, consisting of a self-contained unit that includes engine, gearbox and propeller or jet drive, designed to be affixed to the outside of the transom. They are the most common motorized method of propelling small watercraft. As well as providing propulsion, outboards provide steering control, as they are designed to pivot over their mountings and thus control the direction of thrust. The skeg also acts as a rudder when the engine is not running.
|
|
502 cars were available only through Holden Dealer Team- affiliated Holden dealerships. Visually the VK Group A SS had the addition of a rear spoiler, larger front air dam and a more aggressive front grill over the standard VK Commodore. Other changes included a double row timing chain (eliminating the car's inherent weakness of 1985, a single row chain), as well as stronger conrods and suspension mountings. Power for the road going Group A SS with its 4.9-litre engine was rated at at 5200 rpm, with a top speed of .
|
|
The effects of acceleration and vibration tend to dominate the other noise sources; surface acoustic wave devices tend to be more sensitive than bulk acoustic wave (BAW) ones, and the stress- compensated cuts are even less sensitive. The relative orientation of the acceleration vector to the crystal dramatically influences the crystal's vibration sensitivity. Mechanical vibration isolation mountings can be used for high-stability crystals. Phase noise plays a significant role in frequency synthesis systems using frequency multiplication; a multiplication of a frequency by N increases the phase noise power by N2.
|
|
For her primary role as an anti-submarine cruiser, Marshal Timoshenko mounted two quadruple launchers for eight anti-submarine missiles in the Metel anti-ship complex. She was also equipped with two RBU-6000 12-barrel and two RBU-1000 6-barrel rocket launchers to protect against close-in threats. The Ka-25 helicopter embarked on the cruiser was also capable of aiding in the search and destruction of submarines. Marshal Timoshenko was armed with four AK-725 L/80 DP guns situated in two twin mountings to protect against aerial threats.
|
|
Egg shaped strain insulator Often a broadcasting radio antenna is built as a mast radiator, which means that the entire mast structure is energised with high voltage and must be insulated from the ground. Steatite mountings are used. They have to withstand not only the voltage of the mast radiator to ground, which can reach values up to 400 kV at some antennas, but also the weight of the mast construction and dynamic forces. Arcing horns and lightning arresters are necessary because lightning strikes to the mast are common.
|
|
6-inch gun M1905 on shielded barbette carriage at Fort Columbia State Park, Washington state Rear view of shielded barbette carriage Battery 245 at Fort Stevens, Oregon, two 6-inch guns on shielded barbette carriages, built in World War II. The battery's ammunition and fire control bunker is behind the gun. Typical entrance to 6-inch ammunition bunker at Fort Ebey, Washington state Along with other coast artillery weapons, some of the 6-inch guns in the Philippines saw action in the Japanese invasion in World War II. Since they were positioned against a naval attack, they were poorly sited to engage the Japanese, and the open mountings were vulnerable to air and high-angle artillery attack. In 1940–44, 16-inch gun batteries were constructed at most harbor defenses to replace the aging Endicott- and Taft-era weapons. Many 6-inch weapons (most of them stored since World War I) were remounted on M1 through M4 shielded barbette carriages at new locations in two-gun batteries to complement the 16-inch guns. These allowed higher-angle fire than previous mountings, and extended the 6-inch guns' range from to . M1903 and M1905 weapons were remounted as the M1903A2 and M1905A2, and a new M1 gun (initially designated the T2) armed some batteries.
|
|
The new Sakae was slightly heavier and somewhat longer due to the larger supercharger, which moved the center of gravity too far forward on the existing airframe. To correct for this, the engine mountings were cut back by to move the engine toward the cockpit. This had the side effect of reducing the size of the main fuselage fuel tank (located between the engine and the cockpit) from to . The cowling was redesigned to enlarge the cowl flaps, revise the oil cooler air intake, and move the carburetor air intake to the upper half of the cowling.Nohara 1993, p. 51.
|
|
Larger installations will often use subsidiary distribution boards. In both cases, modern boards handling supplies up to around 100 A (CUs) or 200 A (distribution boards) use circuit breakers and RCDs on DIN rail mountings. The main distribution board in an installation will also normally provide a main switch (known as an incomer) which switches the phase and neutral lines for the whole supply. (n.b., an incomer may be referred to, or sold as, an isolator, but this is problematic, as it will not necessarily be used as an isolator in the strict sense.) For each phase, power is fed along a busbar.
|
|
From June 1931 until the beginning of World War II the site housed a Sea Scout detachment, and was used as a district camp-site for the Boy Scouts. The Department of Defence decided in 1937 that much of the equipment and fittings at the fort were surplus to requirements. Consequent to this the mountings and carriages for the 10 inch guns were removed and sold as scrap; though effort was made to scrap the barrels it proved uneconomic and they were left in place. In an unusual turn of events, the fort briefly housed refugees.
|
|
The axles were connected transversely to the frames via hinged mountings with rubber cord shock absorbers. Early (October 1922) photographs show it with an additional large forward wheel to avoid nose-overs but this had gone by December. The Henri-Paul's first flights were made from Le Havre but by mid-October 1922 its third flight, piloted by Jean Casale, had taken it to Villacoublay to begin its official tests. In December 1922 it was on display at the 8th Paris Aero Show but there are no known reports of its further development in the French records.
|
|
Fort Lafayette in Harper's Bazaar magazine Fort Lafayette was in the form of a square set on end, hence its first name of Fort Diamond. It held approximately 72 cannon (references vary) in three tiers, two in casemates and one in barbette mountings on the roof. The design allowed all the cannon in the southwest front to engage enemy ships entering the Narrows, with the northwest front also engaging if ships passed the fort. The fort was designed at the very end of the second system of US fortifications, and is not fully characteristic of either the second system or the third system.
|
|
The collision with the antenna caused the nose and right wing landing gear to collapse, the nose landing gear being forced back into the fuselage. The aircraft slid along in a nose-down, right wing low attitude, causing some further damage to the nose and damage to the two right engines and their mountings. The intrusion of the nose landing gear also caused the failure of the cabin intercom and public address system. The damage was such that the aircraft was initially a write- off, but to preserve its reputation Qantas had it repaired at a cost of less than $100 million.
|
|
Gardiner's theory plays out in this historical context. Olympic was found to be at blame in the collision (which, according to Gardiner, had damaged the central turbine's mountings and bent the keel, giving the ship a slight permanent list to port). Because of this finding, White Star's insurers Lloyd's of London allegedly refused to pay out on the claim. White Star's flagship would also be out of action during the extensive repairs, and the Titanics completion date, which was already behind schedule due to Olympics return to the yard after her loss of a propeller blade, would have to be delayed.
|
|
This attack highlighted the danger of submarine attacks in the restricted waters of the Strait and forced the battleships south to patrol in the Ionian Sea. The declaration of war on Austria-Hungary by Italy on 23 May and the Italian decision to assume responsibility for naval operations in the Adriatic, allowed the French Navy to withdraw to either Malta or Bizerte, French Tunisia, to cover the Otranto Barrage. At some point during the year, Jean Barts 47 mm guns were put on high-angle mountings to allow them to be used as anti-aircraft (AA) guns.
|
|
Early in 1915 a variety of surplus Mk III and Mk VI 9.2-inch naval and coast-defence guns were adapted by the Elswick Ordnance Company for mounting on railway trucks for use in France and Belgium. They were mounted on Vavasseur slides, which travelled backwards and upwards to absorb the recoil, on "well-based" trucks, where the base was level with the axles. These early mountings allowed 10° of traverse left and right, and moved forward and backwards along curved sections of track for further traversing. They limited elevation to 28° and hence limited maximum range.
|
|
At that time he began an 8-year apprenticeship with a master jeweler, Victorino Garcia - a personal jeweler to Ferdinand and Imelda Marcos before they were deposed. In 1999 Furlong launched his own line and uses gold and platinum mountings with torch and solder in his designs. His designs have been used by California Jewelers Association, World Gold Council, diamond giant DeBeers and the Gemological Institute of America. His work has also appeared in Town & Country, Millionaire, Forbes, InSTyle magazines, Jewelers Quarterly magazine and Vanity Fair. Jewelers Quarterly Magazine named him as a ‘Designer of the 21st Century’.
|
|
Kure, Japan, in May 1950. With the end of the war, Belfast remained in the Far East, conducting a number of cruises to ports in Japan, China and Malaya and sailing for Portsmouth on 20 August 1947. There she paid off into reserve, and underwent a refit during which her turbines were opened for maintenance. She also received two more single Bofors guns, in place of two of her single 2-pounder mountings. She was recommissioned on 22 September 1948 and, before returning to the Far East, visited her home city of Belfast, arriving on 20 October.
|
|
20, 23–32 The detachment proved very effective, supporting the advance of American forces at the Battle of San Juan Hill. Three of the Gatlings with swivel mountings were used with great success against the Spanish defenders.Parker, John H. (Lt.), The Gatlings At Santiago, Middlesex, UK: Echo Library (reprinted 2006) During the American charge up San Juan and Kettle hills, the three guns fired a total of 18,000 .30 Army rounds in 8 1/2 minutes (an average of over 700 rounds per minute per gun of continuous fire) against Spanish troop positions along the crest of both hills, wreaking terrible carnage.
|
|
The launcher fires 40x53mm high velocity, medium trajectory calibre grenades at a rate of 360 to 425 rounds per minute. Operating via the long-recoil principle, the Y3 fires from an open breech (minimising the opportunity for grenade cook- off within the magazine) when in counter-recoil. Whilst all moving assemblies are buffered to reduce recoil and vibration, the unit lacks a conventional feed-lever mechanism. The feed direction and ammunition box mountings may be changed in-field without additional components, and are also able to be dual- loaded: enabling selection of two different types of 40mm rounds on the fly.
|
|
On older cars the clutch might be operated by a mechanical linkage. Even though the clutch may physically be located very close to the pedal, such remote means of actuation are necessary to eliminate the effect of vibrations and slight engine movement, engine mountings being flexible by design. With a rigid mechanical linkage, smooth engagement would be near-impossible because engine movement inevitably occurs as the drive is "taken up." The default state of the clutch is engaged - that is the connection between engine and gearbox is always "on" unless the driver presses the pedal and disengages it.
|
|
Aerial view of Repulse in 1918. 1 : twin 15-inch turrets 2 : triple 4-inch mountings 3 : starboard single 4-inch mounting 4: starboard single 3-inch AA mounting The Renown-class ships mounted six 42-calibre BL 15-inch Mk I guns in three twin hydraulically powered gun turrets, designated "A", "B", and "Y" from front to rear. The guns could be depressed to −3° and elevated to 20°; they could be loaded at any angle up to 20°, although loading at high angles tended to slow the gun's return to battery (firing position). The ships carried 120 shells per gun.
|
|
At the time of the Italo-German invasion of Yugoslavia in April 1941, the Italians seized one R-100, the Germans took another eleven; the remaining aircraft were destroyed. The Germans gave their captured R-100s to their Croatian allies, who used them for training during the rest of the war. In the initial period the R-100s were used for pilot training, and later were fitted with mountings for a 90–100 kg bomb, and were used for bombing. Several R-100s were used to patrol the outskirts of Zagreb, to repel the attacks of partisan aircraft.
|
|
The three 6-inch guns removed from Fort Revere were never returned to it; typically this type of weapon was stored after the war and re-used on new long-range mountings in World War II.Berhow, pp. 104–105 In 1927 the 12-inch guns at Fort Revere were rendered effectively obsolete by the two 16-inch guns of nearby Fort Duvall on Hog Island (now Spinnaker Island). A 3-gun antiaircraft battery was built in 1936. With the outbreak of World War II in September 1939 Fort Revere was again built up with temporary structures to accommodate the 1940–1941 mobilization.
|
|
Dragon and Danae were taken in hand again in 1943 and had the aft 4 inch / 2 pounder mountings replaced by a twin Mounting Mark XIX for the QF 4 inch Mark XVI gun. Danae also received twin in lieu of single Oerlikon mounts and later received a pair of single Bofors 40 mm guns. Diomede landed her torpedo tubes in 1943 and received one twin mount "Hazemeyer" Mark IV and two single mounts Mark III for Bofors guns. Durban, partially sunk as a breakwater Between 1941 and 1942, Delhi was rebuilt in the United States as an anti-aircraft vessel.
|
|
For her primary role as an anti-submarine cruiser, Admiral Oktyabrsky mounted two quadruple launchers for eight anti-submarine missiles in the Metel anti-ship complex (NATO reporting name SS-N-14 Silex). She was also equipped with two 12-barrel RBU-6000 and two 6-barrel RBU-1000 anti-submarine rocket launchers. The Ka-25 helicopter embarked on the cruiser was also capable of aiding in the search for and destruction of submarines. Admiral Oktyabrsky was armed with a total of four AK-725 dual-purpose guns in two twin mountings to protect against surface and aerial threats.
|
|
The basic substructure of the XF has been carried over from the preceding S-Type, although the body has been stretched to meet crash safety requirements, and heightened to provide additional headroom while still retaining the "saloon within a coupé" proportions. The suspension and mountings are the same as that used on the XK, while the engine line-up is basically similar to that used in the S-Type. Sound and vibration insulation is provided by the addition of a special underbody tray and engine mounts, a tuned exhaust system, and a double bulkhead between the engine bay and passenger compartment.
|
|
Gardiner's theory plays out in this historical context. Olympic was found to be at blame in the collision (which, according to Gardiner, had damaged the central turbine's mountings and bent the keel, giving the ship a slight permanent list to port). Because of this finding, White Star's insurers Lloyd's of London allegedly refused to pay out on the claim. White Star's flagship would also be out of action during the extensive repairs, and the Titanics completion date, which was already behind schedule due to Olympics return to the yard after her loss of a propeller blade, would have to be delayed.
|
|
At this time the car was also modified beneath the front bumper, with new openings in the sheet metal to provide better cooling for the differential. At the same time, the L versions' rectangular headlights were replaced with twin round units which distanced the car slightly from its NSU origins. In August 1974 the three- spoke steering wheel was replaced with a padded, four-spoke item also used in the Beetle. The May 1973 introduction of an 1807 cc version with a claimed addressed performance concerns and was accompanied by redesigned engine and transmission mountings intended to reduce interior noise.
|
|
Aphis, Bee, Ladybird and Scarab were deployed to Port Said, Egypt in 1915-16, Gnat, Mantis, Moth and Tarantula were sent to the Persian Gulf in 1916. Glowworm, Cicala, Cockchafer and Cricket were deployed to the east coast of England in 1916 and had their main armament mountings modified to give higher elevation for anti-Zeppelin work. In 1919, during the Russian Civil War, Glowworm, Cicala, Cockchafer, Cricket, Moth, and Mantis served on the Dvina River (northern Russia, in Arkhangelsk Oblast), fighting in support of White Russian forces. Glowworms captain and some other crew members were killed when a nearby ammunition barge exploded.
|
|
Paragraph Twelve of this statute contains the following articles: :"The Jews shall not wear costly clothing, nor gold chains, nor shall their wives wear gold or silver ornaments. The Jews shall not have silver mountings on their sabers and daggers; they shall be distinguished by characteristic clothes; they shall wear yellow caps, and their wives kerchiefs of yellow linen, in order that all may be enabled to distinguish Jews from Christians." Other restrictions of a similar nature are contained in the same paragraph. However, the king checked the desire of the nobility to modify essentially the old charters of the Jews.
|
|
The outer engines remained unchanged, but were moved from their original position to mountings on faired struts midway in the interplane gap, to improve propeller efficiency. Gun positions were added in the nose and in dorsal and ventral locations in the fuselage, although all these positions remained faired-over during testing and there is no evidence that armament was ever fitted. In September 1915, and after another pilot had refused to fly the aircraft following some ground tests, Lt Walter Höndorf agreed to test the redesigned Forssman. After a one or two hops, the aircraft turned over on its nose while alighting.
|
|
The ability of the CX suspension to soak up large undulations and yet damp out rough surfaces resulted in a consistent ride quality when empty or fully laden. The suspension was attached to sub-frames that were fitted to the body through flexible mountings, to improve even more the ride quality and to reduce road noise. The British Car magazine described driving a CX as hovering over road irregularities, much like a ship traversing above the ocean floor. The constant ground clearance component of this suspension was used under license by Rolls-Royce on the Silver Shadow, and the Bentley T series.
|
|
During the final stages of the war, the U.S. military initiated Operation Paperclip, an effort to capture advanced German weapons research, and keep it out of the hands of advancing Soviet troops. A Horten glider and the Ho 229 V3, which was undergoing final assembly, were transported by sea to the United States as part of Operation Seahorse for evaluation. On the way, the Ho 229 spent a brief time at RAE Farnborough in the UK, during which it was considered whether British jet engines could be fitted, but the mountings were found to be incompatibleBrown 2006, p. 119.
|
|
The place includes a World War Two coastal defence site of historic significance, the Boora Point Battery. This is an imposing, purpose built coastal landmark which is important for providing tangible evidence of Australia's coastal defence efforts in the Sydney area during World War Two.Australian Historic Themes: 7.7 Defending Australia. The battery features a number of particularly unusual attributes, including a rare example of 6 inch Mark XII gun mountings, a completely underground counter bombardment facility, with gun crew ready rooms, ammunition supply and engine room and a small gauge sunken railway associated with an imposing observation post.
|
|
These engines were much more powerful than the Gnome et Rhône 9Aas of the CAMS 51 and to accommodate them and their propellers on new mountings required the inter- plane gap to be increased. Structurally the hull was identical with that of the CAMS 51, with longerons and transverse oak frames. It was covered with double teak and plywood planking below the waterline and ply elsewhere. At the nose the underside had a sharp V-section but this softened aft into a double curvature section; there were two steps, the forward one below the rear of the wing.
|
|
She reached that port on 24 May and finally, after twenty-one days in his bunk, the injured man was transferred to a land hospital - Oak Knoll Naval Hospital. During her major overhaul, Halibut had some small changes. An automatic plotting table was added; the main electric power control cubicle was given shock-mountings; there was a new, more powerful, trim pump; another passive sonar set; and the 20 mm deck gun was replaced with a 40 mm rapid-fire gun. After testing, the submarine returned to Pearl Harbor on 20 September 1944, where Galantin received a promotion to commander.
|
|
It proved to be a false alarm, and they were back at their moorings three days later. In the meantime, the ships patrolled the Ionian Sea. The declaration of war on Austria-Hungary by Italy on 23 May, and the Italian decision to assume responsibility for naval operations in the Adriatic, allowed the French Navy to withdraw to either Malta or Bizerte, French Tunisia, to cover the Otranto Barrage. At some point during the year, Courbets 47 mm guns were put on high-angle mountings to allow them to be used as anti- aircraft (AA) guns.
|
|
Emden's destruction was cause for celebration for the allies and soon various participants in its downfall made claims for its relics. The crew of HMS Cadmus commenced formal salvage of relics in 1914 when it collected flags, steaming lights, the boat's compass, plans and other smaller items. The next salvage operation collected more substantial items such as one deck gun (suggested to be the gun now located in Hyde Park), armaments, a rifle, additional guns and gun mountings and a searchlight. Several items were sent to England and the remainder (including the large guns) were sent to Australia.
|
|
The Leander class was influenced by the York-class heavy cruiser, and was an attempt to better provide for the role of commerce protection. The 7,000-7,200 ton Leanders were armed with eight BL 6 inch Mk XXIII naval guns in twin turrets, two forward and two aft. Their secondary armament consisted of four high angle QF 4 inch Mk V naval guns, which were later replaced by twin mountings for eight guns (the later high angle QF 4 inch Mk XVI naval gun). Their close range anti-aircraft weaponry consisted of twelve Vickers machine guns in three quadruple mounts.
|
|
Right elevation and deck plan as depicted in Brassey's Naval Annual 1896 Georgii Pobedonosets was originally intended as a version of rearmed with three and four guns, but this changed when the decision was made to provide her with three twin 12-inch turrets rather than the barbettes used by her sisters. The turrets were significantly heavier than the barbette mountings so the armour scheme was revised in compensation. However this revised design was still deemed overweight and rejected. The Naval Ministry held a competition for a replacement, but these were rejected by the Naval Technical Committee in turn.
|
|
Six years later the French Armed Forces followed. The installations were continually expanded. With the completion of the high concrete tower in 1967 the complex was formally transferred to the Luftwaffe's Communication Sector C (Fernmeldesektor C). The tower, the heart of the complex, had sixteen floors and a floor area of as well as antenna mountings, intelligence- gathering rooms and service rooms, but also offices, accommodation and a mess. The tower was linked to other buildings and an underground nuclear bomb shelter with alternate command post by a tunnel, which prevented observation as well as icing.
|
|
Remedies were applied in two stages, firstly in the mid-1930s when some superficial changes were made to reduce superstructures and move fuel bunkers, and subsequently from 1938 to 1940, when the beam was increased and bows raised. This increased displacement and significantly reduced speed. During World War II, several programmes were started to upgrade weaponry, in particular anti-aircraft weapons, but none were applied uniformly to all ships in the class. These included full triple 533 mm torpedo mountings, 40 mm guns replaced by greater numbers of 20 mm guns, and replacement of the after torpedo tubes with 37 mm guns.
|
|
Lenton 1970, p. 121. As completed, Jaguar had a main gun armament of six QF Mark XII guns in three twin mountings, two forward and one aft. These guns could only elevate to an angle of 40 degrees, and so were of limited use in the anti-aircraft role, while the aft mount was arranged so that it could fire forwards over the ship's superstructure to maximise the forward firing firepower, but was therefore incapable of firing directly aft. A short range anti-aircraft armament of a four-barrelled 2-pounder "pom-pom" anti-aircraft mount and eight .
|
|
Cross-section of a 19th-century fortification; a gun at position "C" would be firing from a barbette position The use of barbette mountings originated in ground fortifications. The term originally referred to a raised platform on a rampart for one or more guns, enabling them to be fired over a parapet.Hogg, Ian V (1975), Fortress: A History of Military Defence, Macdonald and Jane's, (p. 155) This gave rise to the phrase en barbette, which referred to a gun placed to fire over a parapet, rather than through an embrasure, an opening in a fortification wall.
|
|
The eye relief given in product specifications does not always give a realistic view of what a user can expect. Although eye-cups can usually be folded down to allow the spectacle wearer to get closer to binocular eyepieces, there are sometimes lens mountings that do not allow the theoretical eye relief to be obtained. A better measure for those with strict needs would be one that takes account of this available eye relief, the theoretical value less any thickness of the lens' rims. This point can account for confusion in performance and is rarely expressed clearly.
|
|
The Rs.I was completed by October 1915 and rolled out at Seemos for trials. On 23 October, during a taxi test, the port propeller and/or gearbox parted company with the aircraft, causing damage to the gearbox mountings and the upper wing. The opportunity was taken to move the outboard engines into nacelles identical to that of centre engine, and mount them between the wings on an independent structure with catwalks to enable engineers to attend to engines in flight. This gave much better clearance from spray for the propellers, which was probably the cause of the port gearbox/propeller failure.
|
|
The Shark, which was formally announced at AERO Friedrichshafen in April 2007, was designed to fit into both European UL and US LSA categories. Structurally it is a mixture of glass- and carbon-fibre composites (whilst fibreglass is utilised to a very limited extent), with PVC foam filled aramid honeycomb structures sandwiched between panels. The wing main spar is a dismountable two piece carbon fibre beam which joins under the front seat; an auxiliary spar carries the aileron and flap mountings. In plan the leading edge is elliptical and there is slight taper on the outer trailing edge where the ailerons are mounted.
|
|
By the early 20th Century, these hoods were known as turrets. Modern warships have gun-mountings described as turrets, though the "protection" on them is limited to protection from the weather. Rotating turrets can be mounted on a fortified building or structure such as a coastal blockhouse, be part of a land battery, be mounted on a combat vehicle, a naval ship, or a military aircraft, they may be armed with one or more machine guns, automatic cannons, large-calibre guns, or missile launchers. They may be manned or remotely controlled and are most often protected to some degree, if not actually armoured.
|
|
A battery had previously been installed at Cowan Cowan Point on Moreton Island, possibly pre-1934. Two six inch guns, surplus from the First World War, were transported across Pumicestone Passage from the mainland to form the Battery at the northern end of Bribie Island (). The guns were originally installed on cruciform mountings, consisting of two steel members forming a cross upon which the gun was sited, which were found to be inadequate, for after firing the guns the pivot tilted quite dramatically. During 1940, much discussion was carried out as to whether a Battery should be located at Caloundra instead.
|
|
Jack Cornwell's gun, HMS Chester On 31 May 1916, Chester was scouting ahead of the 3rd Battlecruiser Squadron at the Battle of Jutland when the ship turned to investigate gunfire in the distance. At 17:30 hours, Chester soon came under intense fire from four Kaiserliche Marine cruisers each her own size which had suddenly emerged from the haze and increasing funnel smoke of the battlefield. The shielded 5.5-inch gun mounting where Cornwell was serving as a sight-setter was affected by at least four nearby hits. Chesters gun mountings were open-backed shields and did not reach down to the deck.
|
|
He was born at Rugby on 12 June 1845, was son of Algernon Grenfell, a clerk, by his wife Maria Guerin Price. Joining the navy as a cadet on 13 December 1859, when fourteen, Grenfell passed out first from the Britannia, and gained as sub-lieutenant the Beaumont Testimonial in 1865. He qualified as gunnery lieutenant in 1867, and was appointed first lieutenant on H.M.S. Excellent, on 22 September 1869. While holding this appointment he worked out with Naval Engineer Newman what are claimed to have been the first designs of hydraulic mountings for heavy naval ordnance.
|
|
As part of this modernization Molotov received a radar suite composed of Gyuys for air search, Rif for surface search, Zalp for main-armament gunnery and Yakor' for anti-aircraft gunnery. All of her light anti-aircraft guns were replaced by eleven twin gun water-cooled 37 mm V-11 mounts and her 100 mm guns were reinstalled on fully powered B-34USMA mountings. Her anti-aircraft fire- control system was replaced by a Zenit-26 with SPN-500 stabilized directors. In addition she lost her torpedo tubes, anti-submarine weapons, boat cranes and all remaining aircraft equipment.
|
|
The prototypes had been flown with 97 kW (130 hp) engines, but the production contract called mostly for 112 kW (150 hp) engines, plus some machines equipped with 104 kW (140 hp) engines for training. These heavier powerplants shifted the aircraft's centre of gravity, and the mountings for the engine and cooling system had to be revised before a final round of tests began in October. Serial production finally commenced in November and delivery to squadrons soon afterwards. The Lebed XII started appearing on the front line in quantity in early 1917, but problems quickly became apparent.
|
|
When major shareholders started to leave Norton in 1953 the company declined and Associated Motor Cycles bought the shares. Although motorcycle sales went through a recession in the 1950s, and Norton Motors Ltd was only a small manufacturer, Norton sales flourished. A series of Norton Dominator Twins of 500 cc, then 600 cc, then 650 cc and then the 750 cc Norton Atlas kept sales buoyant, especially with sales to the United States. In 1968 the new 750 cc Norton Commando Model appeared, with the engine/gearbox/swingarm unit isolastically insulated from the frame with a series of rubber mountings.
|
|
Mid-1950s refitting to Ceylon, Gambia and Bermuda was very austere and mainly consisted of increasing automation and the life of the geared steam turbines and reducing manning below decks and simplification of the CIWS to 6-8 twin L/60 Bofors in Mk 5 twin mountings with fire rate from each 40 mm rifle increased to 150 rpm and 280–300 rpm for each twin Mk 5 and would have stopped earlier WW2 low-level or later Falklands-type attacks, by which time the RN no longer fitted 40 mm CIWS, the last withdrawn with HMS Bulwark in 1981.
|
|
Navarin, named after the Battle of Navarino, was ordered on 24 April 1889 from the Franco-Russian Works and construction began on 13 July 1889 at their Saint Petersburg shipyard. The ship was laid down on 31 May 1890 and launched on 20 October 1891. She was transferred to Kronstadt in 1893 for fitting out, but did not enter service until June 1896 at a cost of over nine million rubles. Construction was seriously delayed by problems with the boilers and late deliveries of armor plates, the gun mountings, and other components, compounded by inefficiencies in building.
|
|
The Priests were replaced in 1944 by the Sexton, which used the 25-Pounder. The Sexton was designed, and mostly manufactured, in Canada (some two thirds of the ordnance and mountings were imported from the UK due to limited Canadian production capacity) and was the result of mounting a 25-pounder on a Ram or Grizzly tank chassis. A 25-pounder of the ceremonial Gun Troop of the Royal Bermuda Regiment By Second World War standards, the 25-pounder had a smaller calibre and lower shell-weight than many other field-artillery weapons, although it had longer range than most.
|
|
He notably directed the NYCO's first mountings of Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart's Die Entführung aus dem Serail (1957), Leonard Bernstein's Trouble in Tahiti (1958, conducted by the composer), the first professional production of Mark Bucci's Tale for a Deaf Ear (1958), and the world premiere of Robert Ward's He Who Gets Slapped (1959) among others. From the 1960s through the 1980s, Pollock taught singing and directed opera theatre programs at various institutions; notably serving on the faculties of Florida State University and Indiana University among others. He died in San Diego, California at the age of 82.
|
|
Design displacement was normal and full load. The ship's machinery consisted of four Yarrow boilers that fed steam at to two sets of Parsons single-reduction geared-steam turbines, rated at . This gave a design speed of light, which corresponded to about at full load.Lenton 1970, p. 43. Douglas main gun armament consisted of five 4.7 in (120 mm)/45 calibre BL Mark I guns, on CP VI mountings capable of elevating to 30 degrees.Preston 1971, pp. 99, 101. These guns could fire a shell to at a rate of 5–6 rounds per minute per gun.
|
|
All ships would be fitted with a Squid Anti-submarine mortar on the quarterdeck and ten 21-inch torpedo tubes in two quintuple mountings. The last flotilla of eight ships and two ships of an expanded design were ordered under the 1944 estimates. The first eight ships were to be fitted with two twin 4.5-inch guns forward in the new RP41 Mk VI turrets. These turrets offered improved ammunition handling and a faster rate of fire due to their semi-automatic breech action and it was thought that this was sufficient to preclude the fitting of the single gun amidships.
|
|
Stevenson worked for the Northern Lighthouse Board for nearly fifty years during which time he designed and oversaw the construction and later improvement of numerous lighthouses. He innovated in the choice of light sources, mountings, reflector design, the use of Fresnel lenses, and in rotation and shuttering systems providing lighthouses with individual signatures allowing them to be identified by seafarers. He also invented the movable jib and the balance crane as a necessary part for lighthouse construction. Stevenson established a great dynasty of engineers specializing in lighthouse construction - his descendants were responsible for most of the lighthouse construction in Scotland for a century.
|
|
The manufacture and use of registration plate toppers – attachments and accessories mounted atop plates, often as advertising premiums – has diminished because of the design of modern vehicle bodies that incorporate recessed plate mountings. But older vehicles will usually have room for such attachments that may mention vehicle dealerships, tourist attractions and petroleum companies. Some of these commercial toppers also incorporate one or more reflectors or a safety-related message. Large stand-alone glass or plastic reflectors or cataphotes – some imprinted with an advertising message – are still common plate toppers whenever registration- plate brackets are able to accommodate them.
|
|
The connecting rods for the two cylinders are side by side on the same crank pin, making firing points equidistant. The engine is mounted directly on the chassis frame. It can be seen from the illustration the rearmost bracket rolls over the flywheel, making the rear mountings much further apart from the front set than would be allowed by mounting the engine direct from the very short block. Magneto, distributor and water pump are driven by skew gear from the front of the crankshaft, as are the pinions and chains which drive the valve shafts operating the sleeve valves.
|
|
Sullivan, p. 69 A small infantry position stands in front of the fort to protect its northerly approaches. The entrance to the two-storey fort is reached via a deep cutting in the rock of the hillside, which is protected by a single caponier at right angles to the entrance. The caponier's rifle ports still have their mountings in place.Sullivan, p. 70 Although the exterior is intact, the interior has undergone a substantial collapse or demolition of the first-floor ceiling, though the interior walls are still standing. A stone staircase provides limited access to what is left of the first floor.Sullivan, p.
|
|
During the latter half of the 19th century, the push dagger also enjoyed a brief period of popularity in Britain and Central Europe, particularly in Germany, where it was called the Stoßdolch or Faustmesser, meaning "push-dagger" and "fist-knife", respectively. The weapon is thought to have been introduced there in the mid-1800s by foreign sailors visiting North German ports. German cutlery makers began to manufacture domestic versions of the design, often set in nickel-silver mountings. The Stoßdolch was sold primarily as a self-defense weapon for travelers, salesmen, and others who required a compact, concealable weapon.
|
|
Five ships of this class were ordered in 1942 and 1943 (Z.46 – Z.50), all from A.G. Weser at Bremen; none were launched, just two were started – Z.46 and Z.47 – and both were bombed by Allied aircraft while under construction and were scrapped on the slipways in 1945. This design was a response to the vulnerability to air attack of early German destroyers and would have used six new 128 mm Flak 40 guns (originally designed for the Luftwaffe) as dual purpose weapons in twin mountings. The number of smaller calibre anti-aircraft guns would have also been increased.
|
|
84, 86-7 Six 39-Yu torpedo tubes were fitted in two triple mountings; these tubes could be individually adjusted to spread out their salvos. Molotov and Kaganovich replaced their launchers with the more-modern 1-N mount during the war. A total of 96 KB or 164 Model 1912 mines could be carried by the first pair of ships. A pair of depth charge racks were mounted as well as four BMB-1 depth charge throwers. Twenty large BB-1 and thirty small BM-1 depth charges were carried although no sonar was fitted for the Project 26 and Project 26bis ships.
|
|
Paragraph Twelve of this statute contains the following articles: :"The Jews shall not wear costly clothing, nor gold chains, nor shall their wives wear gold or silver ornaments. The Jews shall not have silver mountings on their sabers and daggers; they shall be distinguished by characteristic clothes; they shall wear yellow caps, and their wives kerchiefs of yellow linen, in order that all may be enabled to distinguish Jews from Christians." Other restrictions of a similar nature are contained in the same paragraph. However, the king checked the desire of the nobility to modify essentially the old charters of the Jews.
|
|
As an anti-tank weapon for infantry use the gun was to be mounted on two types of mountings: light (a simple tripod) and heavy (modified mounting used by 37mm Bofors AT gun). With time the Polskie Zakłady Optyczne works also designed new anti-air sights (similar to those used in 40mm Bofors AA gun) and the gun was finally accepted for service under the official designation nkm wz.38 FK, the FK being the acronym of the lead design bureau at Fabryka Karabinów. A first batch of 100 HMGs was ordered on August 26, 1938.
|
|
Modest revisions were made to the brakes, and also to fuel and exhaust system mountings. Dashboards contained new knobs. After testing the 1976 Chevrolet Nova, the Los Angeles Sheriff's Department placed the largest order for compact police cars ever seen in the U.S. The $187 Nova SS option group included a black grille with unique diamond-mesh pattern, Rally wheels, four- spoke steering wheel, and heavy-duty suspension. Minor changes for the 1977 model year included a more modern round gauge cluster to replace the long sweeping speedometer, and a revised dash panel which changed to a flatter design.
|
|
The 102- and 202-type telephones were developed from previous hand telephone versions based on the A- and B-type handset mountings which featured a circular base. The A handset mounting was a direct derivative of the candlestick telephone with a shortened vertical shaft, but had a handset cradle mounted on the top, instead of a sideways extending switch hook. The B-type handset mounting was a resculpted variety that integrated the vertical shaft into the contours of the still circular base. The circular base proved unstable during dialing, however, and therefore a new, wider, elliptical base was developed and introduced in 1930.
|
|
The original emplacements, nineteen 64-pounder (29 kg) RML artillery pieces were concealed or demolished in 1894 when concrete emplacements for three 6-inch Breech Loading (BL) guns on hydroneumatic carriages and two 4.7-inch Quick Firing (QF) guns were built. A mining station was added in 1886 and searchlights followed in 1907. The three 6-inch gun positions were remodelled after 1902 to newer Mark VII types on central pivot mountings. At the outset of the First World War, Paull was judged too close to Hull, so was disarmed when new forts were built at Sunk Island and Stallingborough.
|
|
The s had been ordered from 1916 onwards in response to increasing German specifications and to provide vessels capable of operating in poor weather with the fleet. By year's end, 25 Vs and 25 Ws had been ordered. Compared with the earlier M and classes, the Vs and Ws were larger with better freeboard and increased armament, initially four or five gun mountings and four or six torpedo tubes. It was learnt that the Germans would mount guns, so the gun mount was adopted for sixteen further ships that were ordered in 1918, the "modified V & Ws".
|
|
In response to a Navy request for proposals issued on 3 February 1941 for a replacement for the SB2C,Norton 2008Lawson 2001 p.82 Curtiss designed an improved and enlarged version of the Helldiver, which was, at the time, still only in the process of flight testing. A larger tail, revised wing planform and tricycle landing gear distinguished the aircraft from its predecessor, in addition to the provision of heavier armament. An internal bomb bay in the midsection of the aircraft could carry up to of bombs, or alternatively, two torpedoes could be carried in semi- submerged mountings.
|
|
Power loss to her pumps meant an inability to pump out the in-rushing flood water faster than it was entering the breached hull. The torpedo damage also denied her much of her auxiliary electrical power, vital for internal communications, ventilation, steering gear, and pumps, and for training and elevation of the 5.25-inch and 2-pounder gun mounts. All but S1 and S2 5.25 inch turrets were almost unmanageable, a factor compounded by the list, rendering their crews unable even to drag them around manually using chains. The crews also had difficulty bringing the heavy 2-pounder mountings into manual operation.
|
|
He generated his own style, among other things characterized by the so-called drawn out or stretched mountings holding the stones of the jewellery. In the 1930s his son Aage Weimar was attached to the firm, he worked with design, and he took part in bringing Evald Nielsen into the art deco style with its tighter use of form. Evald Nielsen sold his silver not only in Denmark; he had many customers in Germany, and from the 1930s and forward Americans were frequent customers. Today his works are highly appreciated by collectors in the two countries.
|
|
Since the process depended on diffraction of light waves, it required anti-vibration mountings, clean rooms, and highly trained operators. Even at its best, its use of CRTs and film for data storage placed limits on the range depth of images. At several stages, attaining the frequently over-optimistic expectations for digital computation equipment proved to take far longer than anticipated. For example, the SEASAT system was ready to orbit before its digital processor became available, so a quickly assembled optical recording and processing scheme had to be used to obtain timely confirmation of system operation.
|
|
The two ships' engines were rated at and a top speed of , though in service the ships were limited to . They had a maximum range of at 19 knots. A Bf 109T-1, the type the carriers would have carried As converted, the ships were to be armed with several anti-aircraft guns. The heavy anti-aircraft battery consisted of eight SK C/33 guns in twin mountings. The mounts were the Dopp LC/31 type, originally designed for earlier SK C/31 guns. The LC/31 mounting was triaxially stabilized and capable of elevating to 80°.
|
|
Layout of tunnel system The 9.2 inch guns that were once installed in two of the gun pits had ranges of 31,300 yards (over 30 km) and a possible rate of fire of one round per minute. This made them the largest guns ever used in New Zealand.Various information plaques found around the Stony Batter installation, as of 2007 Their mountings could swivel them 360° and elevate up to 35°. They were served by ammunitions storage lockers in the base of each gun pit, which were in turn fed by large electric hoists from underground ammunition dumps.
|
|
On 12 October 1942, Ro-34 departed Rabaul and set course for Truk. At Truk, she picked up underwater access tubes and deck mountings for midget submarines, and departed on 29 October 1942 to carry the equipment to an anchorage in the Shortland Islands off Shortland Island, where larger submarines were to use them while serving as mother ships in a planned midget submarine campaign against Allied ships off Guadalcanal. She called at Shortland from 1 to 2 November 1942 to unload the tubes and fittings, then headed for Rabaul, which she reached on 3 November 1942.
|
|
1979 Spirit DL liftback The AMC Spirit was largely a restyled Gremlin, which had been manufactured from 1970 to 1978. Engineering and equipment upgrades introduced on the 1978 Concord carried over to the subcompact Spirit. The suspension system was revised with "soft-ride" mountings for the coil springs over A-arms in the front and the rear live-axle with leaf springs to improve ride and handling. Features included enhanced sound-deadening and corrosion protection as well as lightweight aluminum bumpers, lock-up automatic transmission converter, and higher-compression six-cylinder camshaft and pistons for economy, performance, and emissions.
|
|
165–173 In June 1900, early in the Boxer Rebellion, Keyes led a mission to capture a flotilla of four Chinese destroyers moored to a wharf on the Peiho River. Together with another junior officer, he took boarding parties onto the Chinese destroyers, captured the destroyers and secured the wharf. Shortly thereafter he led a mission to capture the heavily fortified fort at Hsi-cheng: he loaded HMS Fame with a landing party of 32 men, armed with rifles, pistols, cutlasses and explosives. His men quickly destroyed the Chinese gun mountings, blew up the powder magazine and returned to the ship.
|
|
The class' main armament, in three triple mountings, concentrated a powerful broadside in a relatively small vessel. Their displacement was of the 7,000-ton class, just like the Italian Condottieri III Group (Attendolo and Raimondo Montecuccoli). While the Condottieris had four turrets with eight 152 mm guns, French cruisers had only three turrets with nine guns. The use of triple turrets allowed, as on the U.S. Navy cruisers, the deployment of nine 203 mm guns, or even fifteen 152 mm guns, on hulls of 10,000 tons, or on the German light cruisers, to have nine guns, with less than 7,000 tons displacement.
|
|
This aircraft was flying with the Colombo engine when it attended the Egyptian Air Rally in December 1933. The SM.80 also flew with a 112 kW (150 hp) CNA C.VI six-cylinder in-line engine. The third aircraft, registered in 1934, was more radically re-engined; a four-seater, it was named the SM.80bis. This is powered by two pusher configuration, 56 kW (75 hp) seven- cylinder radials Pobjoy R engines, placed further aft than the single engine of the SM.80 but located above the wing on either side of the fuselage on very similar mountings.
|
|
The Do S was powered by four Hispano-Suiza 12Lbr water-cooled V-12 engines, mounted above the wings in push-pull configuration pairs and driving four-bladed propellers. Each engine in a pair had a radiator occupying half the front of the rectangular section nacelle. Each pair was mounted on two V-struts and two wider-spread inverted V-struts to the forward and central spars. The upper engine mountings were braced together centrally by a narrow-chord structure which acted as an auxiliary wing as well as being part of the main wing bracing structure.
|
|
She had an overall length of , a beam of and a draft of . The ship was powered by steam turbines with a designed range of . While Essex-class carriers typically had a designed maximum speed of , Philippine Sea only made on sea trials. The ship had a total crew complement of 3,310. Like other Essex-class ships, she was armed with twelve 38-caliber 5-inch (127 mm) dual purpose guns arrayed in four twin and four single mountings, as well as 8 quadruple Bofors 40 mm guns and a variable number of Oerlikon 20 mm cannon.
|
|
Sailors used the Canopus machine shop to fabricate makeshift mountings for machine guns salvaged from Patrol Wing Ten's damaged aircraft. The Marines were distributed through the ranks, and the sailors were told to "watch them and do as they do." The sailors attempted to make their white uniforms more suitable for jungle combat by dying them with coffee grounds. The result was closer to yellow than khaki, and the diary of a dead Japanese officer described them as a suicide squad dressed in brightly colored uniforms and talking loudly in an attempt to draw fire and reveal the enemy positions.
|
|
The chassis is supplied complete with transmission (Hewland FT200) since the rear suspension is partly located on the transmission. The fuel tanks were created as an integral part of the chassis design and were built around the design intention of utilising only fuel cells as fuel carriers. The flexible cells are stuffed through apertures in the cockpit and clip into place on special mountings. The seat is also part of the chassis, and provision was made in its location for the installation of an auxiliary fuel tank to add to the twin 12-gallon cavities provided on each side.
|
|
The sixteen Akizuki-class (秋月, "Autumn Moon") ships were commissioned between June 1942 and January 1945. They were originally intended as anti-aircraft ships, but were instead completed as general purpose destroyers. This class was the first to be equipped with radar. The design diverged from the IJN destroyer standard of six 5 in (127 mm) guns, instead mounting eight 3.9 in (100 mm) high-velocity guns in four twin high angle mountings. Their rapid fire, 90° elevation and excellent AA fire control system provided an effective dual purpose weapon to the Imperial Japanese Navy for the first time.
|
|
They would have embarked nine guns and, at , would have been slightly faster than the King George V class. The UK did complete one final battleship to an "emergency" design, the , a modified Lion design that could use the gun mountings removed from the World War I "large light cruisers" and after their conversion to aircraft carriers. Her design revised during the war to adopt lessons from the loss of other ships, she was completed in 1946 and was similar in speed to the Lions. The last US battleship design was the first since 1922 to be entirely free of treaty constraints.
|
|
42nd Armoured Division itself was disbanded in October 1943 and 93rd LAA Rgt served for a while in Suffolk and Kent with AA Command. Lieutenant-Colonel W.F. Holman took command of the regiment in November 1943 and it came under the control of 80th AA Brigade on 9 December. 80th AA Brigade was a mobile formation organised in Home Forces specifically for the planned invasion of Europe (Operation Overlord). The regiment was given a special assault role, equipped with 20 mm Oerlikon or the new 20 mm Polsten guns in triple mountings, half of them mounted on Crusader tank chassis.
|
|
315 In February 1916 responsibility for the air defence of London was transferred from the Admiralty to the War Office. After some confusion it was agreed that Scott's association with the Corps should end and he took a position as advisor to Field-Marshal John French on air defence questions.Scott (1919), p.318 For the rest of the war Scott continued to suggest improvements on a wide range of subjects: his intervention with General Sir Henry Rawlinson led to changes being made to the mountings on the army's 9.2inch guns resulting in an increase in range from 13,000 to 17,000 yardsScott (1919), p.
|
|
Nagmachon is a heavily armoured infantry fighting vehicle fielded by the Israel Defense Forces. The Nagmachon evolved from the NagmaSho't APC, which in turn was based on Centurion Sho't hulls from the 1970s and 1980s. The vehicle carries thick belly armour designed to withstand mine-blasts and mountings on the front hull for various engineering devices such as mine plows, mine rollers and dozer blades. In addition to its belly armour and the relatively heavy armour of the Centurion hull, the Nagmachon also carries explosive reactive armour to counter HEAT rounds, such as rocket propelled grenades.
|
|
Farndale, Annex D, p. 258. Quadruple Lewis gun LAA mounting, 1941 HAA gun sites were equipped with 3.7-inch or the older 3-inch guns. Although LAA units were receiving Bofors 40 mm guns, many of the sites only had LMGs, though some like the Royal Naval Mining Depot at Wrabness at least had quadruple mountings. The first, very secret, Gun-Laying Radar Mk I sets began to appear in May 1940, with one being stationed at Landguard Fort at Harwich to replace the old sound-locator at the S/L site operated by 469 AA Co, 74th AA Bn.Routledge pp 96–9.
|
|
Frobisher was partially disarmed as a training ship in 1932, but reverted to a cruiser in 1937 when Vindictive was specially demilitarised for this role. The ships were scheduled for disposal in 1936, but rising international tensions caused their retention. In 1937, Effingham was rebuilt as a light cruiser with nine BL 6-inch Mark XII guns on single mountings CP Mark XIV. These were shipped superfiring forwards in 'A', 'B' and 'C' positions, on either wing, triple aft in 'W', 'X' and 'Y' positions with the ninth gun being on the quarterdeck in position 'Z'.
|
|
Therefore, any electrical bed components used in the hospital environment need to meet minimum waterproofing standards in order to withstand the cleaning process. Homecare beds are less likely to be subjected to such intense cleaning, even if used within a care home, and this allows manufacturers to design beds whose aesthetics match home furnishings by using divan style beds or by using wooden veneer and laminates. The basic and most popular structure is of a slatted base with a twin drive or a triple drive motor. The support of the mattress comes from the flexibility of the slats and their elastic mountings on the frame.
|
|
As was the case with the motor, Bizzarrini's GTV "racing" chassis design was the basis of Dallara's 350 GT "street" chassis. The GTV chassis was unsuitable for a street car due to its lightweight construction and small door openings obstructed by tubing. Dallara's redesign for the production 350 GT used larger square- section steel tubing in a central "floor", with front and rear cradles made from and tubing to support the engine, rear differential and suspension mountings. This design provided easy entry and exit through the doors, aided in the quietness of the car, and provided a solid platform on which to mount the body.
|
|
The Long Range Desert Group was supplied with large numbers of the Vickers G.O. for use on its vehicles. They were used in single or custom built twin mountings. The Special Air Service adopted it for their hit and run tactics, mounting it in pairs on their jeeps. Over the years, it was assumed by some that the latter services took the phased-out VGO because they could obtain no other suitable machine guns but with its high rate of fire and low- friction locking design (which proved resistant to jams from sand), the LRDG and SAS found the G.O. markedly superior to either the .
|
|
Rather than changing the angle of the tailplane with respect to the fuselage, the whole rear part of the fuselage was hinged just ahead of the lower wing's trailing edge. This was controlled via a handwheel between the two cockpits; the rear fuselage was raised at the start of a landing descent to increase drag and slow the aircraft. Early flight trials, with H.J.Pain as pilot revealed a need to stiffen the engine mountings. When this was done, the Vagabond, now fitted with a three-cylinder 1,095 cc Blackburne Thrush radial engine flew well enough at Lympne, but was eliminated in the preliminary rounds.
|
|
This gave a design speed of light, which corresponded to about at full load. During sea trials, Shakespeares machinery generated at a displacement of giving a speed of , and Shakespeare briefly reached a speed of during trials. Up to 500 tons of oil fuel could be carried, giving a range of at . The class had a main gun armament consisted of five 4.7 in (120 mm)/45 calibre BL Mark I guns, on CP VI mountings capable of elevating to 30 degrees, arranged in two superfiring pairs fore and aft of the superstructure with the remaining gun positioned on a platform between the funnels.
|
|
On 29 July 1944, Captain Parham handed over command of HMS Belfast to Captain R M Dick, and until April 1945 Belfast underwent a refit to prepare for service against Japan in the Far East which improved her accommodation for tropical conditions, and updated her anti-aircraft armament and fire control in order to counter expected kamikaze attacks by Japanese aircraft. By May 1945, Belfast mounted thirty-six 2-pounder guns in two eight-gun mounts, four quadruple mounts, and four single mounts. She also mounted fourteen 20 mm Oerlikons. Her two aftmost 4-inch mountings were removed, and the remainder fitted with Remote Power Control.
|
|
With the swarm nearly on them, the Doctor uses the crystal's mounting, an anti-gravity device, to enable the bus to fly, but to control it, he persuades Christina to give him the gold chalice, which he hammers down to interface the bus's controls with the mountings. They fly back through the wormhole just as Malcolm and Magambo shut it down, but not before three stingrays sneak through, which UNIT quickly dispatch. Christina is arrested. She asks the Doctor to take her with him, but he refuses; however, he allows her to escape and fly off on the bus before authorities can stop her.
|
|
40 mm Bofors mountings. In reserve, Belfasts future was uncertain: post-war defence cuts made manpower-intensive cruisers excessively costly to operate, and it was not until March 1955 that the decision was taken to modernise Belfast. Work began on 6 January 1956. Although described as only an extended refit, the cost was substantial for this large middle-aged cruiser, 5.5 million pounds Changes included: providing the new twin MK 5 40 mm and the twin 4-inch mount with individual MRS8 directors; the 4-inch guns training and elevation speed was increased to 20 degrees a second; and protecting key parts of the ship against nuclear, biological or chemical attack.
|
|
Blenheim Mk IV bomber at the RAF Museum, London, with the new cockpit The Bristol Blenheim was a twin-engine high performance all-metal medium bomber aircraft, powered by a pair of Bristol Mercury VIII air-cooled radial engines, each capable of 860 hp (640 kW). Each engine drove a three-bladed controllable-pitch propeller, and were equipped with both hand-based and electric engine starters. To ease maintenance, the engine mountings were designed with a split-segment to facilitate rapid engine removal without disturbing the carburettors. A pair of fuel tanks, each containing up to 140 gallons, were housed within the center-section of the fuselage.
|
|
An extended refit took place from August, to the same standard as the modernised Royal Navy Loch-class frigates, including updated UHF radio and electronic warfare equipment. Accommodation was improved and two Bofors 40 mm mountings were fitted in place of the obsolescent 2-pounder pom-pom. In March 1960, after sea trials and joint exercises off Sydney with the Royal Australian Navy, Rotoiti returned to the 3rd Frigate Squadron at Singapore for an extensive programme of Fleet and joint exercises and visits, calling at Bangkok, Port Swettenham and Pangkor, and then Tokyo and Manila. She returned to Auckland in March 1961 to rejoin the 11th Frigate Squadron.
|
|
To assist its weapon systems in hitting their target, Furious was completed with one fire-control system for each side, with separate directors for low-angle and high-angle guns. The 5.5-inch guns were centrally controlled by a Dreyer Fire-Control Table on the lower deck while the 4-inch guns had their mechanical computers next to their directors. The existing fire-control directors were removed when Furious received her new dual-purpose 4-inch mountings in 1939. New high-angle directors, including two for the pom-poms, were mounted on top of the new island and on the former lower flight deck.
|
|
As part of an extensive refit at the beginning of 2011, Northumberland received several significant technology upgrades. The Sea Wolf point defence missile system was upgraded with the Sea Wolf Mid-Life Update (SWMLU - pronounced "swimloo") which substantially improved the range, performance and reliability of the system. The combat system was upgraded from outfit DNA to DNA2, replacing the combat system architecture to improve redundancy and system performance, and a software upgrade which significantly improves overall functionality and sensor integration, as well as providing MMI convergence with the Type 45 destroyer's command system. The two 30mm BMARC cannons were replaced by two 30mm Automated Small Calibre Gun (ASCG) mountings.
|
|
398–399 After the incident, the British Army improved armour protection for their helicopter crews in Northern Ireland, as well as the machine gun mountings and sightings. There were plans to purchase a Skyship 600 Airship in the role of flying command post to improve co-ordination from a safe height. Within days of the gunbattle, Royal Navy's Sea King helicopters were deployed to the west of the country to release Army Air Corps and RAF helicopters to boost South Armagh's effort. On 26 April 1994, Staff Sergeant Shaun Wyatt, commander of Lynx 2, was awarded the Distinguished Flying Cross (DFC) for his deeds during the battle.
|
|
Needham, Volume 3, 350. Ecliptical mountings of this sort were found on the armillary instruments of Zhou Cong and Shu Yijian in 1050, as well as Shen Kuo's armillary sphere of the later 11th century, but after that point they were no longer employed on Chinese armillary instruments until the arrival of the European Jesuits. Celestial globe from the Qing Dynasty In 723 AD, Yi Xing (一行) and government official Liang Ling-zan (梁令瓚) combined Zhang Heng's water powered celestial globe with an escapement device. With drums hit every quarter-hour and bells rung automatically every full hour, the device was also a striking clock.
|
|
As part of the re-armament program initiated by the Nazis after taking power in 1933 the Army High Command (Oberkommando des Heeres - OKH) ordered Krupp to begin work on new railroad artillery designs, but they would take a long time to develop. Krupp pointed out that it could deliver a number of railroad guns much more quickly using obsolete guns already on hand and modernizing their original World War I mountings for which it still had drawings available. OKH agreed and authorized Krupp in 1936 to begin design of a series of guns between for delivery by 1939 as the Emergency Program (Sofort-Programe).Gander and Chamberlain, p.
|
|
As part of the re-armament program initiated by the Nazis after taking power in 1933 the Army High Command (Oberkommando des Heeres - OKH) ordered Krupp to begin work on new railroad artillery designs, but they would take a long time to develop. Krupp pointed out that it could deliver a number of railroad guns much more quickly using obsolete guns already on hand and modernizing their original World War I mountings for which it still had drawings available. OKH agreed and authorized Krupp in 1936 to begin design of a series of guns between for delivery by 1939 as the Emergency Program (Sofort-Programm).Gander and Chamberlain, p.
|
|
The term was originally used to refer to the generation of machine guns which came into widespread use in World War I. These fired standard rifle cartridges such as the 7.92 Mauser, .303 British or 7.62×54mmR, but featured heavy construction, elaborate mountings, and water- cooling mechanisms that enabled long-range sustained automatic fire with excellent accuracy. However, these advantages came at the cost of being too cumbersome to move quickly, as well as requiring a crew of several soldiers to operate them. Thus, in this sense, the "heavy" aspect of the weapon referred to the weapon's bulk and ability to sustain fire, not the cartridge caliber.
|
|
Hawkins Battery is a former coastal artillery battery, built to defend the Royal Naval Dockyard at Devonport. The battery was originally built between 1888 and 1892 to mount four 9-inch Rifled Muzzle Loading (RML) guns on high angle mountings, which were all mounted.The National Archives WO196/31, Ports and harbours Western District: Revision of Coast defence armaments prior to June 1894 These guns could provide high angle, plunging fire onto more lightly armoured decks of enemy warships attempting to enter Plymouth Sound. The battery is enclosed by concrete walls, with three small caponiers, built like pill boxes to provide enfilading fire along the ditches.
|
|
The main gun armament was to be ten Quick-Firing (QF) Mark V dual-purpose guns in Mk 26 dual mounts. The new Mk 26 mounts had full remote power control (RPC) and featured automatic loading that gave each gun a designed rate of fire of 15-20 rounds per minute, considerably faster than the 6-8 rounds per minute of the older Mk 24 mounts. The guns were individually sleeved and fired a shell out to . While the Minotaur-class cruisers were cancelled, the guns and mountings were eventually fitted onto the , whose hulls were laid down during the Second World War and was later redesigned to accommodate these mounts.
|
|
6"/50 (15.2 cm) QF Mark N5 The secondary armament consisted of rapid fire guns in eight twin mountings that would replace the QF 4.5-inch secondary guns as well as the Bofors 40 mm gun and 20 mm Oerlikon anti-aircraft guns of previous cruiser designs. The DNC considered the 3-inch shell to be the smallest that could accommodate a proximity fuse, which made it more ideal for high angle anti-aircraft fire. The Director Naval Ordnance (DNO) also adopted this calibre in order to achieve commonality with the United States Navy which was also developing a twin 3"/70 mount at the time.
|
|
As part of the re-armament program initiated by the Nazis after taking power in 1933 the Army High Command (Oberkommando des Heeres - OKH) ordered Krupp to begin work on new railroad artillery designs, but they would take a long time to develop. Krupp pointed out that it could deliver a number of railroad guns much more quickly using obsolete guns already on hand and modernizing their original World War I mountings for which it still had drawings available. OKH agreed and authorized Krupp in 1936 to begin design of a series of guns between for delivery by 1939 as the Emergency Program (Sofort-Programe).Gander and Chamberlain, p.
|
|
In 1942, the Mark 15 guns were replaced on West Virginia with sixteen /38 caliber Mark 12 dual-purpose guns in twin turrets. On Maryland and Colorado ten Mark 15s were retained and augmented with eight 5 in/38 cal Mark 12s in single mountings with protective shields; the twin turrets planned and later installed were at that time in short supply. The Mark 12 fired a shell to a maximum range of and a maximum elevation of at an elevation of 45 degrees. They had a high rate of fire due to their being hand-loaded but power-rammed and their capability for easy loading at any angle of elevation.
|
|
Pan magazine as used on a 7.92mm Lewis Gun. Often referred to as a drum magazine, the pan magazine differs from other drum magazines in that the cartridges are stored perpendicular to the axis of rotation, rather than parallel, and are usually mounted on top of the firearm. This type is used on the Lewis Gun, Vickers K, Bren Gun (only used in anti- aircraft mountings), Degtyaryov light machine gun, and American-180 submachine gun. A highly unusual example was found on the Type 89 machine gun fed from two 45-round quadrant-shaped pan magazines (each magazine had a place for nine 5-round stripper clips).
|
|
This communicated with the Battery Command post on No.2 Battery of the Stokes Bay Lines and with those at Fort Gilkicker. The new battery received its armament of two 9.2-inch B.L. Mark 10 guns on Barbette 5 mountings by 1904 National Archive: Plan of Browndown Battery held in WO78/3808. but was declared superfluous by the Owen Committee in 1905. The guns mounted at Browndown and Gilkicker only cover an area accessible to vessels which have forced the outer defences, to do which such vessels would certainly have to be prepared to suffer the damage which the naval opinion, already quoted, considers sufficient to deter the attempt.
|
|
Dune fields in Sputnik Planitia near Planitia In the Western part of Sputnik Planitia near Al-Idrisi Montes there are fields of transverse dunes formed by the winds, which blow from the center of Sputnik Planitia in the direction of surrounding mountings. The dune wavelengths are in the range of 0.4–1 km and they are likely consists of methane ice particles 200–300 μm in size. The particles are lofted above the surface when the nitrogen ice sublimates under solar irradiation. After that they are moved by gentle winds blowing with 1–10 m/s speeds despite generally low atmospheric pressure of about 15 μbar.
|
|
425 Other observers, such as Barnett, pointed to the difficulty the German Navy would have had in rearming the ship with German guns, given the fact that Germany possessed no designs for naval guns of that caliber or mountings suitable for use aboard Salamis. He regarded the claim that she had been put into service "doubtful".Barnett, p. 251 Barnett's assessment was correct; a substantial rebuilding of the ship's barbette structures would have been required to accommodate German guns, and since guns available for naval use were not easily available owing to the needs of the German Army, work was directed toward German vessels under construction like the battlecruiser .
|
|
The ER2 electric trainset is a DC electric multiple unit which was in production by the Railroad Machinery Plants of Riga (in consortium with the Electrical Machinery Plants of Riga and the Railroad Machinery Plants of Kalinin) from June 1962 to mid-1984. It was essentially an improvement of the ER1 design, featuring footboards for low platforms, and aprons for high platforms, as well as improved electrical equipment and minor changes to the bodywork (specifically, the engineer's cab, side walls, headstocks, and door mountings). Since the mid-1960s, the ER2 has been the most widely used type of suburban train in the Soviet Union and its successor states.
|
|
Two were mounted on the undersides of the wings with full-chord nacelles behind them. The third engine was on the nose of the fuselage, which was in three rectangular section parts, built around four longerons and skinned with longitudinally corrugated duralumin. The forward part included the engine mountings and the enclosed cabin just ahead of the wing, seating the pilots side-by-side with dual controls. Behind that was the main load carrying space, up to high, accessed via a port side, obliquely hinged door just aft of the wing trailing edge and lit by a strip of small rectangular windows under the wing.
|
|
A rifled muzzle loader (RML) in an open iron shielded emplacement was installed in 1872, and in 1896 two additional emplacements were added to house two QF 12-pdr (5.4 kg) 12 cwt (610 kg) Mark I guns. Two 12-pdr QF guns on cone mountings were installed in 1902. In October 1940, during the Second World War, a naval gun was installed on the battery. The adjoining barracks was constructed in the 1840s to the designs of Major General Sir John Thomas Jones; it was one of several that were built in the territory following a report that he produced on Gibraltar's defences (see also Defensible Barracks and Retrenched Barracks).
|
|
The screen extended from the floor to the ceiling and was the largest indoor movie screen in the United States at the time of construction. The screen consisted of 2,500 strips of one-inch, perforated tape called louvers. Twenty speakers in five mountings were evenly spaced behind the screen—four speakers on each side of the theater and eight speakers in the rear. The speakers were "Voice of the Theater" models manufactured by Altec Lansing Co. The three projection booths required for Cinerama were located on the main floor of the auditorium, with one in the center and the other two evenly spaced between the center and side walls.
|
|
According to the divisional historian: :'The guns had the stupendous task of covering from static positions the whole forty miles of the Divisional front from Southend along the Essex coast to Harwich. And what guns! The field regiments averaged eight museum pieces per regiment ... The pride of the C.R.A.'s flock was the 56th Medium Regiment, which he superimposed over the whole front. Its armament showed a pleasing variety, consisting of four 6-inch howitzers, six 6-inch mortars, two 4.7-inch Q.F. naval guns, two 4-inch B.L. naval guns, one 75m (French) gun taken off a ship, two 12-pounders on fixed mountings, and four 6-pounders.
|
|
The remaining two barbette guns from Forts Flagler and Worden were deployed at Wiseman's Cove, Botwood, Newfoundland and no longer exist.Berhow, p. 225 Along with other coast artillery weapons, some of the 10-inch guns in the Philippines saw action in the Japanese invasion in World War II. Since they were positioned against a naval attack, they were poorly sited to engage the Japanese, and the open mountings were vulnerable to air and high-angle artillery attack. In 1940–44, 16-inch gun batteries were constructed at most harbor defenses, and essentially all 10-inch guns not in the Philippines were scrapped 1943–44.
|
|
While with No. 6 Squadron, Strange was a compatriot of Captain Lanoe Hawker. The squadron became pioneers of many aspects in military aviation at the time, driven largely by the imagination of Strange and the engineering talents of Hawker. Their talents led to various mountings for Lewis machine guns, one of which won Hawker the Victoria Cross, and one that nearly cost Strange his life. Having equipped his Martinsyde S.1 scout with a Lewis gun mounted on the top wing above the cockpit, on 10 May 1915 Strange sought out the enemy to try out the new arrangement and attacked a German Aviatik two-seater.
|
|
The chain stays run parallel to the chain, connecting the bottom bracket shell (which holds the axis around which the pedals and cranks rotate) to the rear fork ends or dropouts. A shorter chain stay generally means that the bike will accelerate faster and be easier to ride uphill, at least while the rider can avoid the front wheel losing contact with the ground. When the rear derailleur cable is routed partially along the down tube, it is also routed along the chain stay. Occasionally (principally on frames made since the late 1990s) mountings for disc brakes will be attached to the chain stays.
|
|
These handles fold inwards from both ends so that their length will not cause obstruction when the vehicle is driven. The body is of the "Braidwood" style: it accommodates a coachman seated at the front, and three firemen seated on each side (facing outwards). A hose and equipment compartment is located under the crew's seating. On either side of the vehicle brake levers are located just behind the driver: these were operated by the firemen either side of the driver There is evidence of lantern mountings however these appear to have been removed to facilitate the installation of the brake levers which are not original.
|
|
Twin 560 kW (750 hp) V-12 Isotta-Fraschini Delta engines were mounted well forward of the leading edge with their thrust line in the wing plane. The fairings behind engine mountings on the wing underside extended aft to near the trailing edge; the rear engine mounting also supported the forward attachment points for the rearward sloping, N-form struts to the two long, single stepped floats. The floats were laterally braced by inverted-V struts to the bottom of the fuselage. The Z.515's tailplane was mounted on top of the fuselage with greater dihedral than the wing and carrying endplate fins.
|
|
It is a testament to the history and evolution of the trade that those skills have reached an extremely high level of attainment and skill over time. A fine goldsmith can and will work to a tolerance approaching that of precision machinery, but largely using only his eyes and hand tools. Quite often the goldsmith's job involves the making of mountings for gemstones, in which case they often are referred to as jewelers. 'Jeweller', however, is a term mostly reserved for a person who deals in jewellery (buys and sells) and not to be confused with a goldsmith, silversmith, gemologist, diamond cutter, and diamond setters.
|
|
IMZ-Ural motorcycle with a "sports" sidecar A sidecar turns a motorcycle into a three-wheeled vehicle. Their peak popularity (160,000 in the UK in 1955,160,000 sidecar outfits on the road in 1955 in the UK. Watsonian-Squire sidecars pre-World War II in the United States) came about when powerful motorcycles were available, but there were relatively few cars about. Sidecars such as the British Watsonian were coach-built in wood and had doors, sliding windows and even a sun-roof, but modern sidecars may be fibreglass or aluminium. Alignment of the sidecar is critical and the mountings come under considerable stress, making a quickly-detachable version largely impractical.
|
|
Gaillou, Eloïse; Post, Jeffrey; "An Examination of the Napoleon Diamond Necklace", Gems and Gemology (Winter 2007), p. 353. While the gems of the Napoleon Diamond Necklace have never been professionally graded by a lapidary (as they have never been removed from their mountings), infrared spectroscopic analysis of the diamonds has shown that they are primarily Type Ia. However, 13 of the 52 largest diamonds in the necklace are of the rare Type IIa variety.Gaillou, Eloïse; Post, Jeffrey; "An Examination of the Napoleon Diamond Necklace", Gems and Gemology (Winter 2007), p. 355. A number of the Type Ia diamonds show indications of sulfide crystal imperfections.
|
|
These would be mounted side by side on the middle gundeck between the torpedo tubes and en-echelon atop the after deckhouse. Due to delays in completion, the plans for 20 mm guns were altered and eventually four single 40/60 mm guns in Mk VII mountings were fitted, one forward of the bridge structure behind 'B' gun, one on either bridge wing and one aft on the quarterdeck. Experience in the Pacific, against the Japanese, pointed to the limited usefulness of the 4 inch gun abaft the funnel and only the first ships completed, Barfleur, Armada, Trafalgar, Camperdown, Hogue and Lagos were fitted with the gun.
|
|
On 4 October 2009, the official report about Sayano-Shushenskaya hydro accident was published by the Federal Environmental, Technological and Atomic Supervisory Service (Rostekhnadzor) on its website. However, later the report and the press release on the report were removed from the website. Names of people killed and those who bear responsibility for the accident, and other data including a historical and technical review about the plant and plans for its future, are given in the report. The report states that the accident was primarily caused by the turbine vibrations which led to the fatigue damage of the mountings of the turbine 2, including the cover of the turbine.
|
|
The whole structure was treated inside and out to resist rusting. Although the previous Supreme was of all steel construction, that applied mainly to the actual structure of the coach as the panelling was individual aluminium which can be easily shaped and formed, and easy to replace and featured the Plaxton special flush finish, but aluminium suffers in hot weather from a rippling effect. The Paramount however utilised a continuous steel panel below the windows that was Zintec- coated for corrosion protection, requiring fewer side mountings having been stretched into place and gave a sleeker finish. The front and rear panels used GRP as did many previous Plaxton coach ranges.
|
|
8.8 cm SK L/45 guns in high-angle mounts; Mackensen would have carried this same type The Mackensens were equipped with a main battery of eight new 35 cm SK L/45 guns in four twin gun turrets. The turrets were mounted in superfiring pairs fore and aft of the main superstructure. The guns were placed in Drh LC/1914 mountings, which could elevate to 20 degrees and depress to −5 degrees. The guns were supplied with a total of 720 armor- piercing shells, or 90 per gun. The weapons were designed to fire 600 kg (1,323 lb) shells at a rate of fire of around 2.5 shots per minute.
|
|
Hillman's small car range now included their Melody Minx. As before as well as the saloons described above a sports saloon, a foursome drophead coupé and a five- seater (open) tourer are available Again the Seven Seater has a longer wheelbase and may be purchased as a saloon, limousine or landaulette. All three have a pair of occasional seats in the rear compartment, the limousine is an ideal mourning carriage.p.127, Michael Sedgwick, Cars of the Thirties and Forties, Hamlyn, London 1975 While the new car's chassis is little changed from the Wizard the engine now provides Cushioned Power endowed by its new flexible mountings.
|
|
Fifty Years of Explosives, A Lecture. The Royal Institution, London. Noble's work also assisted Abel's further development of a new smokeless powder, cordite, in 1889. These developments required the re-design of both the guns and their mountings, manufactured by Armstrongs, which gave them a competitive advantage, ultimately helping the company expand into shipbuilding, locomotives, tanks and aircraft to become one of the world's largest armament firms by 1914. With Sir William Armstrong's effective retirement from active control in about 1890, Noble's primary role changed from scientist to businessman, formally becoming chairman in 1900, and he oversaw much of this growth of the company.
|
|
A few towed guns have been given limited self- propulsion by means of an auxiliary engine. Two other forms of tactical propulsion were used in the first half of the 20th century: Railways or transporting the equipment by road, as two or three separate loads, with disassembly and re-assembly at the beginning and end of the journey. Railway artillery took two forms, railway mountings for heavy and super-heavy guns and howitzers and armored trains as "fighting vehicles" armed with light artillery in a direct fire role. Disassembled transport was also used with heavy and super heavy weapons and lasted into the 1950s.
|
|
The initial deployment in September 1967 had little success, since the guards were intended to remain in their bases and come to the rescue only when accidents occurred, without a period of training and maintenance of their level of expertise. This first unsuccessful attempt led the commanders of the Civil Guard to reconsider. They brought together the first-trained specialists in three new units, which were established on 1 November 1968 in Jaca and Boltaña – both in the province of Huesca - and in Granada province. Ski units in Jaca, 1973 Nissan Terrano II with mountings for skis, on the roof of the GREIM base at Potes (Cantabria).
|
|
The Anti-aircraft defences at Brixham battery consisted of a 37mm AA gun, an Unrotated Projectile Projector and 40mm Bofors guns. The Brownstone Battery complex from across the River Dart estuary, showing the battery lookout, some buildings, both searchlight posts, one gun emplacement, and sundry other concrete worksThe Brixham battery and a similar one at Corbyn Head, Torquay, were only two of many sited along the South Coast. One of the more heavily armed batteries was at Froward Point, near Kingswear, known as Brownstone battery. This was a 'close defence' battery sited in June 1942 and armed with 'LS' (Land Service) 6 inch Mark VII guns on mark II mountings.
|
|
The Westbury could be fitted with defensive Lewis guns on a Scarff ring position on top of the fuselage, aft of the COW gun mounting, and in a ventral mount. Its most important gun mountings were in the nose and immediately aft of the wing, and had special fittings for the much larger and heavier COW guns. The COW gun mounting in the nose was of Westland design, and allowed the gun to be trained over a wide arc. It supported the gun on the apex of a pyramidal structure, that was asymmetric to allow the gunner to have easy access to the weapon.
|
|
In World War II the site became a coast defence battery once more, and Ness Battery also became the headquarters of Orkney’s Fixed Defences.WO 192/273 Ness Battery Fort Record BookWO 166/2049 RA Fixed Defences Diary It housed a Fire Command, controlling several other gun batteries around the harbour entrance. The battery's main purpose was to defend the Fleet anchorage from enemy attack, but it also had the role of Examination Battery, supporting the Royal Navy's Examination Service, which controlled the traffic in and out of Hoy Sound. The battery's main armament was a pair of breech loading Mk VII 6-inch guns on CP II mountings.
|
|
HMS Clyde exercising off the Falklands in 2014 In February 2005, the Ministry of Defence placed an order with VT for the charter of a fourth modified River-class offshore patrol vessel. This fourth ship, Clyde, was constructed at Portsmouth Dockyard and replaced the two s for duties around the South Atlantic and the Falkland Islands. To fulfill this role, Clyde incorporates several modifications, including an extended length hull, a top speed of , a 30 mm cannon, two miniguns and mountings for five general purpose machine guns. Clydes elongated hull permits a 20-metre strengthened flight deck able to accommodate a Merlin-sized helicopter.
|
|
The car's evolution followed the Renault tradition of a long series of incremental changes, and there were also frequent body changes, as the car's style became progressively more modern and "aerodynamic". The situation is complicated, in retrospect, by the tendency of the Renault catalogues to offer for sale more than one generation of the model at a time. From April 1932 the manufacturer added the option of paying (in 1932) an extra 4,000 francs of an "SA" version of the engine. "SA" stood for "Suspendu Amorti" which was intended to highlight changes to the engine mountings designed to reduce the effects of engine vibration.
|
|
Four triple turrets were chosen for the new guns, because six double turrets would have made the ships too long for existing slipways. Design sketches in early 1907 showed that triple turrets would save 15 per cent in weight over double turrets. These triple gun turrets were designated "MK-3-12", and were deployed aboard the Gangut-class and Imperatritsa Mariya-class dreadnoughts in mountings constructed by the Metallicheskii Works. The gun originally envisioned was 12in/50 caliber, weighing , with a shell, at a muzzle velocity of . These new guns were to be based on the 12in/40 Pattern 1895 guns as used on the Andrei Pervozvanny-class battleships.
|
|
They were originally intended to mount forty Armstrong 110-pounder breech-loading guns on the main deck, with ten more on pivot mountings on the upper deck. The failure of these guns in service led to a complete re-evaluation of their armament, with a concomitant delay in the arming of the whole class. The ships were armed with a combination of 9-inch muzzle-loading rifles (MLR) on metal carriages and 7-inch MLRs on rope-worked carriages. In a moderate swell these 7-inch guns were virtually unworkable, making the Minotaurs both the heaviest and the worst armed of the Victorian battleships.
|
|
The D-class destroyers had been intended to carry the new QF 0.5-inch (12.7 mm) Mk III machine gun in quadruple mountings on the bridge wings, but these were not initially available, so the old 2-pounder guns were retained in Daring, Diana, Diamond and Defender. The 3-inch AA gun was removed in 1936–37, and the 2-pounders were relocated between the funnels on platforms The ships were fitted with two above-water quadruple mount for torpedoes.Lenton, pp. 154–55 The main guns were controlled by an Admiralty Fire Control Clock Mk I that used data derived from the director and the rangefinder.
|
|
The idea was picked up by, among others Galileo who made his first telescope the following year, and began his series of astronomical discoveries that included the satellites of Jupiter, the phases of Venus, and the resolution of the Milky Way into individual stars. Over the next half century improvements in optics and the use of calibrated mountings, optical grids, and micrometers to adjust positions transformed the telescope from an observation device to an accurate measurement tool. It also greatly increased the range of events that could be observed to determine longitude. The second important technical development for longitude determination was the pendulum clock, patented by Christiaan Huygens in 1657.
|
|
Le nozze in villa (The Wedding in the Villa) is an opera buffa in two acts by Gaetano Donizetti, dating to early in his career. Completed in 1819, it was premiered at the Teatro Vecchio in Mantua sometime during the carnival season of 1820-1821; the exact date is uncertain. The libretto by Bartolomeo Merelli is based on the play Die deutschen Kleinstädter by August von Kotzebue. The opera was a failure at its premiere, and has disappeared from performance since; save for a performance in Genoa in the spring of 1822 as I provinciali, ossia Le nozze in villa, no further mountings are known.
|
|
131-155 Outriggers and a rotating mount allowed all-around fire. This allowed the weapons to be used in coast defense against moving targets. The 8-inch guns and 12-inch mortars were kept on railway mountings after the war, while almost all of the 7-inch, 10-inch, and 12-inch guns were returned to the coastal forts. With 47 available, plus an additional 24 ex-Navy Mark VI guns on railway mounts by 1942, the 8-inch guns were the most-commonly-deployed American railway gun through World War II. About 12 of these were used for the defense of Oahu, Hawaii.
|
|
The helmet displays both wealth and power, with a modification to the sinister eyebrow subtly linking the wearer to the one-eyed god Odin. Two other items, a "wand" and a whetstone, exhibit no practical purpose, but may have been perceived as instruments of power. The so-called wand or rod, surviving only as a gold and garnet strip with a ring at the top, associated mountings, and traces of organic matter that may have been wood, ivory, or bone, has no discernible use but as a symbol of office. On the other hand, the whetstone is theoretically functional as a sharpening stone, but exhibits no evidence of such use.
|
|
Among the artifacts found in the wreckage are chain mail, crossbows, bones, barrels, glass, and capstans. The shipwreck remains loaded with artillery consisting of iron cannons, of which 11 mountings have been counted.. The artillery consists of light, anti-personnel guns and were not intended for the sinking of ships. Instead, they mainly offered support for hand-to-hand combat forces, which constituted the main fighting force. The infantry also was capable of fighting at medium ranges is evidenced by the finds from the recent excavation of 2019 (led by Södertörn University, Lund University and Blekinge Museum) which uncovered, among other things, a crossbow, crossbow bolt and an early arquebus.
|
|
Radar, Air-to-Surface Vessel, or ASV radar for short, is a classification used by the Royal Air Force (RAF) to refer to a series of aircraft-mounted radar systems used to scan the surface of the ocean to locate ships and surfaced submarines. The first examples were developed just before the opening of World War II and they have remained a major instrument on patrol aircraft since that time. It is part of the wider surface search radar classification, which includes similar radars in ground and ship mountings. The first ASV was developed after the accidental detection of wharves and cranes while testing an air-to-air radar in 1937.
|
|
The Q and R class were repeats of the preceding , but reverted to the larger J-, K- and N-class hull to allow for the inevitable growth in topweight. As they had fewer main guns than the J, K and Ns, some magazine space was replaced by fuel bunkers, allowing for some to be made at , over the of their ancestors. Like the O and Ps, they were armed with what weapons were available; guns on single mountings that allowed for only 40° elevation - therefore do not compare favourably on paper with many contemporaries. These ships used the Fuze Keeping Clock HA Fire Control Computer.
|
|
The secondary armament consisted of two Armstrong guns mounted on sponsons on either side of the deck, compared to the four limited-traverse 4.7-inch breech-loading guns carried by the Chaoyong. The ship also had eight QF 6-pounder Hotchkiss guns on Vavasseur mountings, two QF 3-pounder Hotchkiss guns, and eight 1-pounder guns to supplement her main guns in attack or for close-range torpedo defence. Jingyuan was also equipped with weapons other than naval artillery, which included six gatling guns as well as four above water mounted torpedo tubes. One pair of the torpedo tubes was mounted forward, and another pair mounted aft where they were activated using electricity from the captain's cabin.
|
|
The Valentine was better armed and faster than the Cruiser Mk II. During the pursuit from El Alamein in late 1942, some tanks had driven more than by the time the Eighth Army reached Tunisia. The Valentine shared the common weakness of the British tanks of the period, its 2-pounder gun lacked high-explosive (anti-personnel) ammunition and soon became outdated as an anti-tank weapon. Introduction of the 6-pounder in British service was delayed until the loss of equipment in France had been made good, so the 2-pounder was retained longer. The small size of the turret and of the turret ring meant that producing mountings for larger guns proved a difficult task.
|
|
Naval brigade with a "long twelve" in Natal Elswick Battery gun in South Africa The gun was primarily a high-velocity naval gun, with its heavy recoil suiting it to static mountings, hence it was generally considered unsuitable for use as a mobile field gun.Hogg and Thurston 1972, p. 54 An exception was made when the British army were outgunned by the Boer artillery in South Africa and the Royal Navy was called on for help. Among other guns, 16 QF 12-pounder 12 cwt were landed from warships and were mounted on improvised field carriages designed by Captain Percy Scott RN, with solid wooden trails and utilizing small-diameter Cape wagon wheels.
|
|
The secondary armament consisted of two Armstrong guns mounted on sponsons on either side of the deck, compared to the four limited-traverse 4.7-inch breech-loading guns carried by the Chaoyong. The ship also had eight QF 6-pounder Hotchkiss guns on Vavasseur mountings, two QF 3-pounder Hotchkiss guns and eight 1-pounder guns to supplement her main guns in attack or for close-range torpedo defence. Zhiyuen was also equipped with weapons other than naval artillery, which included six gatling guns as well as four above water mounted torpedo tubes. One pair of the torpedo tubes was mounted forward, and another pair mounted aft where they were activated using electricity from the captain's cabin.
|
|
Mountain View homestead and General Store is likely to have aesthetical and technical heritage significance at a State level as the only known two storey wattle and daub dwelling in NSW. Its unusual attention to the details of decorative features demonstrates the creative and innovative achievement of David Todd who built the dwelling in the French Renaissance style. It is unusual in its marriage of crude construction techniques and locally obtained materials with highly decorative architectural features. The architectural features include the timber upstairs balconies, with their hipped rooves and finials and timber balustrades, the carved timber veranda valances and posts, the decorative features and colours in architraves and render mountings and fanlights above all internal doors.
|
|
Some movements are aperiodic, others regular, as the Earth tides caused by the lunar and solar gravitational field. The pendulums measure a distance of 95 m between the upper and lower mountings, which contributes to the fact that the instruments detect tectonic movements with high precision and are relatively immune to some of the noise which affects smaller instruments. The Earth's crust is the outer brittle layer of our planet, on average thick in continental areas. This moves up and down by ten centimeters during the time of 12 and 24 hours due to the attraction of Moon and Sun, and is accompanied by a local tilting of some parts in a billion of radians.
|
|
The AMES Type 80 radar had much greater range than earlier designs, allowing Saxa Vord to provide radar coverage over a large expanse of the North Sea. As part of the overall ROTOR system, installation of a Type 80 started in 1955, but was blown off its mountings by winds gusting to in January 1956. A newly designed Mark II design replaced the original that year. No 91 Signals Unit officially formed up at Saxa Vord on 27 September 1957, was declared operational on 5 October 1957 and in 1960 was visited by Queen Elizabeth II. In the early days, the site was shared with the Royal Navy which worked in the Admiralty building.
|
|
Instead of having to take the American gun to be fitted en masse into modified British tanks, the Royal Ordnance factory modified the 6 pounder design by boring out the barrel and adapting the breech to fire the US round. The resulting gun could then be fitted without redesigned tank mountings and dramatically simplified logistics since both British-made and American-made 75mm guns could use the same ammunition. It gained British tanks a good HE shell, but came with an inferior anti-tank round, proving troublesome against heavily armoured German tanks. In the Battle of Villers-Bocage, Cromwell tanks with the 75mm were outgunned by Tiger tanks of the 101st SS Heavy Tank Battalion.
|
|
Two removable engine mountings allowed either a Hispano-Suiza 12Hb V-12, a type often identified at the time as the V-12 500 hp (its officially approved power) Hispano-Suiza, or a water-cooled Salmson 18 Cm radial engine to be fitted. Both engine types used an adjustable honeycomb radiator projecting from the fuselage underside and were fed fuel from a jettisonable tank behind the engine and ahead of the engine firewall. The Hispano version was designated the Les Mureaux 3 and the Salmson powered aircraft Les Mureaux 4, the latter heavier. The pilot's open cockpit was under the wing cut-out, with the gunner/observer, equipped with cameras, small bombs and guns, separately behind him.
|
|
The revolutionary part of the Commando, compared to earlier Norton models, was the award-winning frame developed by former Rolls-Royce engineer Dr. Stefan Bauer. He believed the classic Norton Featherbed frame design went against all engineering principles, so Bauer designed his frame around a single top tube. Bauer tried to free the Commando from classic twin vibration problems, which had severely increased as the volume of the basic engine design expanded from the 500 cc of Edward Turner's 1938 Triumph Speed Twin. He, with Norton-Villiers Chief Engineer Bernard Hooper and assistant Bob Trigg, decided that the engine, gearbox and swing-arm assembly were to be bolted together and isolated from the frame by special rubber mountings.
|
|
The chassis looked similar to the early Heralds but in fact was substantially re-designed and strengthened, especially around the differential mountings (and these improvements were immediately passed through to Herald production). The dash and instrument panel of the earliest Vitesse was the same as the herald, with a single speedo dial featuring fuel and temperature gauge insets. The Vitesse was available in convertible and saloon forms; a coupé never got beyond the prototype stage. The separate chassis construction of the car meant that no additional strengthening to chassis or body was considered necessary for the convertible model, the only concession being additional door catches to prevent the doors opening during hard cornering.
|
|
At the Canadian Grand Prix Alonso had originally qualified in twenty-first but had his fastest qualifying lap time disallowed because of a front wing technical infringement and was required to start behind teammate Marques in twenty-second. Marques equalled his best result of the season with a ninth-place finish despite struggling from blistering tyres and broken bargeboard mountings in the race's final ten laps, whilst Alonso retired after seven laps because of a broken driveshaft CV joint. The cars again occupied the back row of the grid at the European Grand Prix with Alonso ahead of Marques. The PS01s were both nearly four seconds off the polesitter's time, but only four-thousands of a second behind Button.
|
|
For her primary role as an anti-submarine cruiser, Marshal Voroshilov mounted two quadruple launchers, one on each side of the bridge, for eight anti-submarine missiles in the Metel anti-ship complex (NATO reporting name SS-N-14 Silex). She was also equipped with two stern 12-barrel RBU-6000 and two forward 6-barrel RBU-1000 anti-submarine rocket launchers. The Ka-25 helicopter embarked on the cruiser was also capable of aiding in the search for and destruction of submarines. Marshal Voroshilov was armed with a total of four AK-725 dual-purpose guns in two twin mountings (one on either side aft of the funnel), to protect against surface and aerial threats.
|
|
The "T" is a higher performance version of the Azure. Styling changes include 8.5J x 20-inch five-spoke, two-piece alloy wheels with 255/40 ZR20 Pirelli P Zero tyres, 'Le Mans' lower front wing air vents, dark-tinted upper and lower grilles, 'jewel' fuel filler cap (made from billet aluminium) and wing mirror mountings finished in body colour. The exterior styling was inspired by the Bentley Mark VI. Audio system includes large display audio head unit with Secure Digital (SD) memory card slot, iPod/USB/3.5 mm AUX interface; with optional 'Naim for Bentley' 10-speaker, 1,100W audio system. Electronic Stability Programme, Tire Pressure Monitoring System are now standard equipment.
|
|
The latter include powerboats, interceptors, rigid inflatables and jet-skis variously equipped with short- range missiles, rockets, rocket-propelled grenades, heavy machine guns or explosives." MSI undertook land-based trials at Eskmeals Firing Range in Cumbria. In mid-2007 MSI delivered the first two mountings, which were installed on HMS Somerset in August 2007, and used in sea trials on gun ranges in the English Channel in starting in early October 2007. In 2008, a small analysis and management consultancy company CORDA (part of BAE Systems) was "awarded a £300,000 research contract by the UK MoD's Defence Technology and Innovation Centre (DTIC) to assess the level of protection British warships receive from small calibre 30mm guns.
|
|
They had insensitive fuzes, which meant that they would often pass through an unarmoured target without detonating, and when they did explode fragments were often thrown back at the crew. The Bombard was either affixed to a large cruciform platform, or an immobile concrete pedestal; in either case would usually be placed in range of defensive positions, such as road-blocks. It seems that there was a preference for the Bombard to be used primarily in a static role, with extra mountings being built by the Royal Engineers to provide alternative positions from which the weapon could be fired. In a static position, the weapon was usually emplaced in a pit with ammunition lockers nearby.
|
|
In the meantime, while Thetis was in Windau, she underwent temporary repairs that allowed her to steam for Neufahrwassar on 21 August, proceeding then to Kiel, where she was decommissioned on 3 September in the Kaiserliche Werft for repairs. While out of service in 1917, Thetis was rearmed with nine newer 10.5 cm SK L/45 guns in U-boat mountings; in this configuration, Thetis was recommissioned on 19 October for use as a gunnery training ship. She served in this capacity for the next year of the war, which passed uneventfully for Thetis; no events of note were recorded. She was decommissioned again on 19 December 1918, following Germany's defeat the previous month.
|
|
Although referred to as a "Maxim" gun, the 1893 could have easily been mistaken for such due to its brass water jacket. A 1901 photograph below shows the gun with such a brass water jacket on a light landing carriage with ammunition boxes mounted on the carriage, typical of Naval landing carriage mountings. This photograph shows the Salvator Dormus 1893 Machine gun in its optimum configuration before changes made in 1902 with the new model. This gun on a landing carriage and shield like this was most likely the configuration used by the Austro-Hungarian bluejackets (sailors) from the Cruiser Zenta during the defense of siege of the Peking Legations in 1900 during the Boxer Rebellion.
|
|
Midships of Tsesarevich, showing the forward 12-inch turret and two of the 6-inch turrets Tsesarevichs main armament consisted of two pairs of 40-calibre 12-inch guns mounted in electrically powered twin-gun turrets, one forward and one aft of the superstructure. The guns and their mountings were Russian-built, but the turrets themselves were made in France. The guns could be loaded at all angles of elevation and the turrets could traverse 270°. Trials revealed that the ammunition hoists tended to jam when the ship was rolling; the shipyard shipped new hoists to Port Arthur because the Russians wanted the ship in the Far East as soon as possible and they were installed in January 1904.
|
|
The Bhandaris were chosen for their honesty and local knowledge. They had a distinctive uniform of yellow turbans and blue trousers. After piracy moved to the South China Sea, about two hundred years ago, the police were disbanded and the rock passed into the control of the Royal Navy (RN), and from thence to the Royal Indian Navy (RIN) and eventually to the Indian Navy (IN). The RIN added to the fortifications with the use of cannons and later on three anti-aircraft guns to protect the harbour from a perceived Japanese invasion during World War II. The AA guns were eventually removed, but the deep cylindrical mountings of the old guns still remain.
|
|
So a modified version of Sinop, with barbettes, was chosen again as the most readily available choice. The height of her armour was lowered to reduce the overweight condition of her half-sisters. Other changes were made while building, but they came early in the process and did not seriously delay her completion past her contractual date of 13 September 1893. These changes included smaller mountings for her main guns that eliminated the sponsons needed in her sisters for the forward barbettes, the substitution of 35-calibre guns for the older 30-calibre guns and steel armor imported from Schnider et Cie of France replaced the compound armour used in her half- sisters.
|
|
The lower link itself is not designed to carry normal acceleration and braking forces, so it is located by two radius arms that run forward from each lower link to points on the (unitary construction) vehicle body, beneath the rear passenger compartment. Each radius arm attaches to its lower link at a point just outboard of the bottom spring mountings and pivots vertically about its fixing bolt. The fixing bolts pass through a small Metalastik bush, which consist of a metal sleeve held within a rubber bush. Where the radius arm meets the vehicle body, it is attached by a vertical bolt passing through a large Metalastic bush that is pressed into the forward end of the radius arm.
|
|
The S.T.3 was a single bay biplane with extreme stagger, braced on each side by a single streamlined, forward-leaning interplane strut with wide extremities connecting to both forward and aft spars. The upper wing was held over the fuselage with a cabane of two transverse inverted V-struts from the spars at the central wing joint to the upper fuselage longerons. The lower wings were attached to the lower longerons. The underlying fuselage structure was a rectangular section girder frame of dural tubes. This tapered in the nose into mountings for the nine- cylinder Salmson 9AD radial, though this engine was slow to arrive and the first flights were made with a , six-cylinder Anzani 6 radial.
|
|
As completed, Jupiter had a main gun armament of six QF Mark XII guns in three twin mountings, two forward and one aft. These guns could only elevate to an angle of 40 degrees, and so were of limited use in the anti-aircraft role, while the aft mount was arranged so that it could fire forwards over the ship's superstructure to maximise the forward firing firepower, but was therefore incapable of firing directly aft. A short range anti-aircraft armament of a four-barrelled 2 pounder "pom-pom" anti-aircraft mount and eight .50 in machine guns in two quadruple mounts was fitted, while torpedo armament consisted of ten torpedo tubes in two quintuple mounts.
|
|
This gave a design speed of light, which corresponded to about at full load. Up to 504 tons of oil fuel could be carried, giving a range of at . The class had a main gun armament consisted of five 4.7 in (120 mm)/45 calibre BL Mark I guns, on CP VI mountings capable of elevating to 30 degrees, arranged in two superfiring pairs fore and aft of the superstructure with the remaining gun positioned on a platform between the funnels. Anti-aircraft armament consisted of a single gun on a platform abaft the rear funnel together with a pair of single two-pounder (40mm) pom-pom autocannon for close-in protection on single mounts.
|
|
The Mark III was a naval version used as an anti-aircraft weapon, mostly by the Royal Navy and allied navies in the Second World War, typically in mountings of 4 guns. It proved insufficiently powerful at short-range against modern all-metal aircraft and was superseded during the Second World War by the Oerlikon 20 mm cannon. The naval quad mount featured a 200-round magazine per barrel, which wrapped the ammunition belt around the magazine drum and provided a maximum rate of fire of 700 rounds per minute, per gun.DiGiulian. The four-barrel mounting had its guns adjusted to provide a spread of fire, amounting to wide and high at .
|
|
"Billy" Bishop demonstrates use of Foster Mounting to fire upwards. The "quadrant" of the mounting is visible immediately below the gun barrel. In early 1916 Sergeant Foster of 11 Squadron RFC improved the French hinged mounting for the upper wing Lewis gun on a Nieuport 11 or 16, by replacing the awkward double hinge of the French mount with a quadrant shaped I-beam rail. This rail became the feature of all later "Foster" mountings, and enabled the breech of the gun to slide back and down in one movement, bringing the breech conveniently in front of the pilot, and making it much easier to change ammunition drums or to clear stoppages.
|
|
Junkers R 42 photo from L'Aéronautique October,1926 Junkers offered the K 30 design to the Soviet forces, which ordered a total of 23 K 30s in 1925 and 1926. A production line for the military version K 30 was set up at A.B. Flygindustri at Limhamn in Sweden as the German aviation industry was prevented from building military aircraft in 1926. The parts for the K 30 aircraft were built at Dessau and then shipped to Limhamn, where A.B. Flygindustri built the K 30 under the designation R 42. Some of the R 42s were equipped with machine gun towers and bomb mountings. But several of the R 42s were also shipped without military equipment to Russia.
|
|
After the American entry into World War I, the Army recognized the need for large-caliber railway guns for use on the Western Front. Among the weapons available for this were 129 10-inch guns, to be removed from fixed defenses or taken from spares. Thirty-six Schneider-type sliding-mount railway carriages for 10-inch guns were contracted to be manufactured by the Marion Steam Shovel company and delivered to France for finishing by March 1919. Of these, eight sets were shipped prior to the Armistice, then were returned to the US where 22 of the 36 originally contracted mountings were completed.US Army Railway Artillery in World War ICrowell, Benedict, America's Munitions 1917–1918, pp.
|
|
Sydneys main armament consisted of eight 6-inch (150 mm) breech-loading Mk XXIII guns mounted in four Mk XXI twin turrets: "A" and "B" forward, "X" and "Y" aft. All eight guns could be fired in salvo, elevated to an angle of 60° and depressed to −5°, and fire eight rounds a minute at targets up to away.Cole, The Loss of HMAS Sydney II, vol. 1, p. 19 Sailors working on the diameter barrels of "A" turret, following the Battle of Cape Spada in 1940 Four 4-inch (100 mm) quick-firing Mk V guns, mounted on single, high-angle, Mk IV mountings, were fitted to a platform around the aft funnel.
|
|
1960 also had mountings for two more 7.62 mm SGMB medium machine guns on the sides of the roof however usually only one machine gun was mounted even though it was possible to mount machine guns in all three mounting points. Later the 12.7 mm DShK 1938/46 heavy machine gun or 14.5 mm KPV heavy machine gun replaced the 7.62 mm SGMB medium machine gun in the front while an additional 7.62 mm SGMB medium machine gun was mounted on the rear. It was still possible to mount the other two 7.62 mm SGMB medium machine guns on the sides of the vehicle. The Soviet Army however disliked the vehicle for several reasons.
|
|
The Royal Armament Research and Development Establishment at Fort Halstead designed a new 120 mm rifled tank gun in 1957. The new gun was deemed to be necessary because the British Army specified engagement ranges greater than those of other armies, for example , as specified by the US Army, despite studies at the time that suggested engagement ranges were below those of the US Army requirements in the great majority of cases.Ogorkiewicz, p.50 The L11 was specifically designed to fit into the turret mountings of the Chieftain tank (FV4201). After firing trials in 1961, the L11 was accepted for service on the Chieftain in 1965 and entered service with the British Army in 1966.
|
|
After being ordered to send his guns forward "to the best point you can find", Parker set up his remaining three Gatlings near the base of the San Juan Heights to provide covering fire for the advancing U.S. ground forces., p. 101 During the assault on San Juan Heights, Lt. Parker and his men used three of their four Gatling guns to cover the American assaults on both San Juan Hill and Kettle Hill. Equipped with swivel mountings that enabled the gunners to rake Spanish positions, the three fast-firingCranked at its highest speed until the first magazine of ammunition had been emptied, the M1895 Gatling Gun had a rate of fire of 800–900 .
|
|
Ekaterina II was built at the Admiralty Shipyard in Nikolayev. The other three ships were built in Sevastopol by the Russian Steam Navigation and Trading Company. The Admiralty Shipyard was not yet ready to build such a large ship and required additional preparations before it was ready to begin Ekaterina II. Some delays were caused by the necessity to send some equipment from St. Petersburg, but the primary reason for the lengthy six-year construction time were near-constant design changes after building had begun. The gun mountings were found to be larger than anticipated and the redoubt had to be carried out over the ship's sides on sponsons to make enough room.
|
|
Another distinct feature was provision for mounting a bayonet scabbard on the carrier. The scabbard mountings were sewn to the front of the carrier at an angle and consisted of a cotton duck rectangle carrying two eyelets to receive an M-1910 double hook, a leather reinforcement sewn partially underneath the duck rectangle, and a snap fastened strap to hold the scabbard against the front of the carrier. Two slide keepers, for attaching the carrier to the pistol belt, were mounted on webbing sewn to the back of the carrier. The carrier was located on the wearer's left side of the pistol belt next to the field pack,FM 21-15, 1966, pp.
|
|
Test running of the next marine Olympus began in 1966. The power turbine was of a single stage operating at 5,600 rpm utilising wide-chord blades. Beginning its sea trials in early 1968, Turunmaa, a 700-ton corvette of the Finnish Navy was the first Olympus-powered warship to enter service, some six months before , the first British ship which had been refitted to trial the propulsion system for the Royal Navy.Baxter 1990 p 101 The TM1 and TM2 variants comprised a power turbine baseplate carrying the turbine and the gas generator mountings, and differed significantly only in the construction of the power turbine structure, which was a steel casting on the TM1 and a fabrication on the TM2.
|
|
They were the first class of the Royal Navy to be designed from the start to operate a helicopter and the first small escorts to carry a long-range air search radar, the Type 965 with a single 'rake' AKE-1 antenna. They were armed with two QF 4.5-in (113 mm) Mark 5 guns salvaged from scrapped Second World War destroyers. Although these mountings were refurbished with Remote Power Control (RPC) operation, they still required manual loading on an exposed mounting. Originally the intended gun armament was two twin Second World War standard mounts, then scheduled for a twin 70 caliber mount but that and the required magazine increased weight by 256 tons D. K. Brown.
|
|
The Lions were orientated with their gearboxes away from the engineer's room and the power from each was taken to the airscrews by two drive shafts at right angles to the fuselage. The two from the front engine drove a pair of two- bladed tractor propellers ahead of the leading edge via a pair of gearboxes halfway between the wings, just beyond the first interplane struts. Their mountings extended rearwards to carry a pair of four-bladed pusher propellers driven by the rear engine. Port and starboard airscrews rotated in opposite directions and the fore and aft pairs did likewise, so that either engine could be shut down without any power asymmetry.
|
|
This gave a design speed of light, which corresponded to about at full load. Up to 504 tons of oil fuel could be carried, giving a range of at . The class had a main gun armament consisted of five 4.7 in (120 mm)/45 calibre BL Mark I guns, on CP VI mountings capable of elevating to 30 degrees, arranged in two superfiring pairs fore and aft of the superstructure with the remaining gun positioned on a platform between the funnels. Anti-aircraft armament consisted of a single gun on a platform abaft the rear funnel together with a pair of single two- pounder (40mm) pom-pom autocannon for close-in protection on single mounts.
|
|
In late 1944, the Allies received intelligence reports which suggested that Germany's Kriegsmarine was planning to use launched from submarines to attack cities on the east coast of the United States. In September of that year, Oscar Mantel, a spy captured by the U.S. Navy when the submarine transporting him to Maine was sunk, told his FBI interrogators that several missile-equipped U-boats were being readied. United States Tenth Fleet analysts subsequently examined photos of unusual mountings on U-boats at bases in Norway, but concluded that they were wooden tracks used to load torpedoes. Further rumors of missile-armed submarines emerged later that year, including one from Sweden passed on by the Supreme Headquarters Allied Expeditionary Force.
|
|
Most German tanks used during World War II used the MG 34 Panzerlauf for secondary armament. The MG 42 was ill-suited for internal/coaxial mounting due to the method of barrel change. The MG 42's barrel had to be removed and replaced by sliding the barrel out at an angle such that, when mounted on a tank/armoured vehicle, armour and space would have to be compromised to fit the weapon. Although the MG 34 was older than the, arguably, improved MG 42, its barrel could be swapped in-line with the gun, meaning that the MG 34 was favoured because of the fact that it was simpler to design mountings for the gun.
|
|
Baralong was built in 1901 as a "three-island" steam cargo liner and had an uneventful peacetime career with Bucknall Steamship Lines (later Ellerman & Bucknall Line) before the start of World War I. Initially requisitioned by the Royal Navy in August 1914 as a supply ship, in 1915 she was commissioned into a special service vessel. She was armed with three 12-pounder guns in concealed mountings, equipped with devices for simulating damage, and other modifications fitting her for her role. She was manned by a volunteer crew and commanded by Cdr Godfrey Herbert, an experienced submariner in the role of "poacher turned gamekeeper". The work was carried out at Barry Docks and was completed in April 1915.
|
|
The Type 10 or 12 cm/45 10th Year Type naval gun was a Japanese 120 mm calibre dual purpose anti-aircraft and coastal defense gun used during the Second World War. It was derived from the 12 cm/45 3rd Year Type naval gun. The Type 10 number was designated for the year the gun was accepted,the 10th year of Emperor Taishō's reign, 1927 in the Gregorian calendar.War Department TM-E-30-480 Handbook on Japanese Military Forces September 1944 p 400 It served as the secondary armament on a number of Japanese aircraft carriers and cruisers and as the main armament on smaller ships, in single or twin mountings.
|
|
227-228 In 1923 the Washington Naval Treaty prohibited additional fortifications in the Pacific, thus the Philippine forts received no further weapons until after 1936, when Japan withdrew from the treaty, rendering it void. Ironically, had these batteries been modernized, they would have been casemated, restricting them to a 180° field of fire, and would have been less useful against the Japanese on Bataan. One result of the Washington Naval Treaty was the diversion of twelve 240 mm howitzers on a ship bound for the Philippines to Hawaii, where they were placed on fixed mountings on Oahu. The total lack of mobile high-angle artillery was a major impediment to the defense of the Philippines.
|
|
The Japanese invaded the Philippines shortly after Pearl Harbor, bringing the Harbor Defenses of Manila and Subic Bays into the war along with the other U.S. and Filipino forces in the archipelago. The Japanese initially landed in northern Luzon, far from the defenses of Manila Bay. Although the Coast Artillery did their best, their weapons were poorly positioned against the direction of enemy attacks and vulnerable to air and high-angle artillery attack. Eight 8-inch railway guns had been deployed to the Philippines in 1940, but six were destroyed by air attack while entrained in response to the initial landings, and the other two were placed in fixed mountings on Corregidor and Bataan, but lacked crews and ammunition.
|
|
Four bays were built, to which a further four were added in 1895. Each bay consisted of a concrete box (25 ft wide by 20 ft high and 70 ft deep, two-thirds filled with sand) open towards the gun position, which was around 500 yards away. (The design was much as it had been in previous centuries, except in concrete rather than wood.) Guns were brought into position using a gantry crane, and various instruments measured velocity and other variables. Further bays, with railway mountings for the guns, would be added during the First World War, by which time the area and its operation was known as the Proof and Experimental Establishment.
|
|
In 1879 Dewrence took over the running of Dewrance & Co. Ltd from his father. The following year he took over the research laboratory and staff of Professor Frederick Barff, where he experimented on protecting iron from rust. Dewrance built a formidable body of research early in his career, focussing particularly on lubrication, metallurgy and corrosion; this was reflected in his stints as Chairman of the Alloys Research Committee, Research Advisory Committee, Cutting Tools Research Committee as well as the Finance and House Committee of the Institute of Mechanical Engineers. Dewrance went on to enjoy exceptional success as an inventor and mechanical engineer, taking out a total of 114 patents relating to steam fittings and boiler mountings.
|
|
In Canada in the spring of 1943, work was under way on the conversion of and Prince Henry to landing ship infantry (medium) (LSI (M)). They were reconfigured to carry 550 infantrymen transported in six LCAs and two LCM(1)s, and have large sick-bay facilities for the anticipated casualties. Their old guns were replaced with two twin 4 inch mountings, two single Bofors, and ten Oerlikons. The rebuilding, which took place at Esquimalt and Vancouver, was completed in December 1943 and shortly after re-commissioning, she left for the United Kingdom via Cristobal and New York City, under Captain T.D. Kelly RCNR, (her final commanding officer) who had supervised the fitting-out of both ships.
|
|
Together, the two TFE731s weighed 17% less than the single original engine, while providing 60% more thrust on 45% less fuel. The engine change provided a large internal volume for fuel storage, eliminating the need for the T-33's wingtip tanks, but tip mountings were retained to accommodate optional auxiliary fuel tanks if desired. Other modifications included inboard wing leading-edge extensions, the replacement of the tip tanks with winglets, a new canopy with one-piece windshield, revised nose geometry to improve visibility from the cockpit and to fair into the T-33's lateral intakes, new tail surfaces with a mid-set tailplane (although the original wings were retained), and new avionics.
|
|
The design for Jauréguiberry was also influenced by the Chilean battleship , then under construction in France (and which also had been designed by Lagane). A small vessel, Capitán Prat had adopted twin-gun turrets for her secondary battery to save space that would have been taken up by traditional casemate mountings. Lagane incorporated that solution in Jauréguiberry, though she was the only French battleship of the program to use that arrangement owing to fears that the rate of fire would be reduced and that the turrets would be more vulnerable to being disabled by a single lucky hit. She was the first French battleship to use electric motors to operate her main-battery turrets.
|
|
Along with other coast artillery weapons, the 14-inch guns in the Philippines saw action in the Japanese invasion in World War II. Since they were positioned against a naval attack, they were poorly sited to engage the Japanese. Except for Fort Drum's turrets, whose guns were in action until the surrender, the open mountings were vulnerable to air and high-angle artillery attack; their only protection was camouflage nets. Destruction procedures were executed on all the guns prior to the surrender of US forces on 6 May 1942. In 1940–44, 16-inch gun batteries were constructed at most harbor defenses, and all 14-inch guns not in the Philippines were scrapped in 1943–44.
|
|
From his mid-teens Page had ambitions to design aircraft, but it was not a dream of the marvels of flight that motivated him, instead it was the recognition that aircraft design was the most rapidly advancing of all the branches of engineering and therefore a field in which new things could he created. After graduating in 1938 he joined Hawker Aircraft at Kingston upon Thames working under Sydney Camm. As his career at Hawkers developed he was increasingly asked to help solve difficult problems. The Typhoon was subject to severe propeller-induced vibration and to counter this Page developed anti-vibration mountings for the engine and a sprung seat for the pilot.
|
|
Several of these rare sculpted rock crystals came to form parts of reliquaries in Medieval church treasuries, in mountings made for gold and precious stones. De Unger acquired several rock crystal pieces from this period for his collection including a fine vessel decorated with palmettes, set in an elaborate gold casing with handles formed of foliage and winged dragons. Other smaller items in the collection include several bottles, possibly intended for dispensing scent, and a bead in the form of a crouching hare, possibly intended as a charm. In October 2008 an 11th-century Fatimid rock crystal ewer was acquired for the Keir Collection at a public auction in Christie's by de Unger's son, Richard, for over £3 million.
|
|
This design envisioned a 1,850-ton ship with a speed of , an endurance of , and five twin 4.7 inch guns as main armament. A twin Mk.XII mounting on . Although the design was rejected for the fleet cruiser role, by August 1935, after no less than eight design proposals, it had evolved to present a destroyer with eight 4.7 inch Quick Firing Mark XII guns, in four twin mountings, with a maximum elevation of 40°, controlled by a low-angle (LA) director and high- angle / low-angle (HA/LA) rangefinder director on the bridge. To provide close range anti-aircraft protection, the design was fitted with a quadruple Mark VII QF 2 pdr "pom pom" mounting, and two quadruple Vickers .
|
|
Depth charge storage was also increased, from 30 to 46 charges. Furthermore, the class initially had problems with leaks in feedwater tanks; this was traced to issues with the turbine blades caused by structural stress when steaming at high speed in rough weather. By 1944, the four surviving British Tribals were given a tall lattice foremast to carry a Type 293 radar target indication and Type 291 air warning, with Type 285 radar added to the rangefinder-director. The first two Canadian built Tribals, Micmac and Nootka, were armed with the then standard armament of three twin mountings and a single twin mount, with the mounts being given improved A.A. fuze setters,Hodges, P.64.
|
|
Compression molded (cured) rubber boots before the flashes are removed Uncured rubber is used for cements; for adhesive, insulating, and friction tapes; and for crepe rubber used in insulating blankets and footwear. Vulcanized rubber has many more applications. Resistance to abrasion makes softer kinds of rubber valuable for the treads of vehicle tires and conveyor belts, and makes hard rubber valuable for pump housings and piping used in the handling of abrasive sludge. The flexibility of rubber is appealing in hoses, tires and rollers for devices ranging from domestic clothes wringers to printing presses; its elasticity makes it suitable for various kinds of shock absorbers and for specialized machinery mountings designed to reduce vibration.
|
|
Initially they used QF 1-pounder "pom-pom" (a 37 mm version of the Maxim Gun). A Maxim anti-aircraft machine gun. All armies soon deployed AA guns often based on their smaller field pieces, notably the French 75 mm and Russian 76.2 mm, typically simply propped up on some sort of embankment to get the muzzle pointed skyward. The British Army adopted the 13-pounder quickly producing new mountings suitable for AA use, the 13-pdr QF 6 cwt Mk III was issued in 1915. It remained in service throughout the war but 18-pdr guns were lined down to take the 13-pdr shell with a larger cartridge producing the 13-pr QF 9 cwt and these proved much more satisfactory.
|
|
The mountings were virtually identical to those used in the first Majestic-class battleships, which could only hoist ammunition from the below-decks magazines in one position. However, 18 shells were stowed in each turret that allowed a limited amount of firing at any angle before their ammunition supply needed to be replenished. The guns were loaded at a fixed angle of 1° and fired projectiles at a muzzle velocity of .Friedman, pp. 270–71 This gave them an approximate range of .Lengerer 2009, p. 30 Secondary armament of the Fuji class consisted of ten 40-calibre Type 41 six-inch quick-firing guns, four on the main deck in casemates and six guns on the upper deck protected by gun shields.Brook 1985, pp.
|
|
Meekcoms and Morgan 1994, p. 249. Camm and his design team started formal development of the designs and construction of prototypes. The basic design of the Typhoon was a combination of traditional Hawker construction (such as used in the earlier Hawker Hurricane) and more modern construction techniques; the front fuselage structure, from the engine mountings to the rear of the cockpit, was made up of bolted and welded duralumin or steel tubes covered with skin panels, while the rear fuselage was a flush-riveted, semi-monocoque structure. The forward fuselage and cockpit skinning was made up of large, removable duralumin panels, allowing easy external access to the engine and engine accessories and most of the important hydraulic and electrical equipment.
|
|
Petteys, Chris, "Dictionary of Women Artists: An international dictionary of women artists born before 1900", G.K. Hall & Co., Boston, 1985 Following their discovery, many of these works were given permanent mountings and presented to the public for the first time. For much of her life, Crawford lived with her stepsister Louise Crawford in the house on Royal Street, a building in which Lyle Saxon also had an apartment. In the 1940s, however, she was forced to leave after developing cancer; she then moved in with a sister in the Garden District. Crawford died in New Orleans in 1952; her brother later donated a large collection of personal effects, including sketchbooks, personal papers, and poetry as well as many artworks, to The Historic New Orleans Collection.
|
|
The weapon was more widely used in a variety of mounts for the anti-aircraft role, especially in naval use. Hispano introduced a number of mountings with a variety of sighting systems, feeds and power traverse. The HS.639-B3 (later known as the GAI-CO1) was a single-gun mounting fed from a 75-round drum, a fairly serious limitation for a gun with such a high rate of fire. Variants included the HS.639-B4 (GAI-CO3) with a 50-round drum mounted on top of the weapon, and the HS.639-B5 (GAI-CO6) that used dual 75-round magazines for longer firing times. The HS 665 was a triple-mount variety using the same drum feeds.
|
|
202 During the carrier's 1934–36 refit, two of the mountings were exchanged for two twin-gun mounts for license-built Hotchkiss 25 mm Type 96 light AA guns, resulting in a savings of approximately of top-weight that improved the ship's overall stability. This was the standard Japanese light AA gun during World War II, but it suffered from severe design shortcomings that rendered it a largely ineffective weapon. According to historian Mark Stille, the weapon had many faults including an inability to "handle high-speed targets because it could not be trained or elevated fast enough by either hand or power, its sights were inadequate for high-speed targets, [and] it possessed excessive vibration and muzzle blast".Stille, p.
|
|
The Yamato class originally carried twenty-four 25 mm Type 96 anti-aircraft guns, primarily mounted amidships. In 1944, both Yamato and Musashi underwent significant anti-aircraft upgrades in preparation for operations in Leyte Gulf using the space freed up by the removal of both midships secondary battery turrets,Johnston and McAuley, p. 180 and ended up with a complement of twenty- four guns, and one hundred and sixty-two antiaircraft guns, The 25 mm anti- aircraft guns could tilt at 90-degree angles to aim at planes directly overhead, but their mountings' lack of protection made their gunnery crews extremely vulnerable to direct enemy fire. These guns had an effective range of , and an effective ceiling of at an elevation of +85 degrees.
|
|
The fabric-covered, tapered wings were built around two box spars. The 1919 machine had a single piece wing but gliders need to be easily transportable and so the wings were rebuilt in three pieces. The rudder and elevators were removable and the outer parts of the tailplane could be hinged upwards, again for ease of transport. At some point during the reconstruction the fixed axle undercarriage was replaced with a more refined arrangement where the wheels were separately mounted on hinged and faired V-struts from the fuselage underside and with vertical shock absorber struts to the wing underside, allowing much larger wheel deflections on landing than with the less than half wheel-diameter allowed by end-sprung rigid axle mountings.
|
|
The Msta is a modern howitzer designed for deployment either as an unarmored towed gun, or to be fitted in armored self-propelled artillery mountings. Current production of the towed model is designated Msta-B, while the self-propelled model is the Msta-S (also known by the GRAU index 2S19). Development of the 2S19 started in 1980 under the project name Ferma. The prototype was known as Ob'yekt 316. The 2S19's standard equipment consists of a semi-automatic laying system 1P22, an automatic loader, an NBC protection system, passive night vision device for the driver, a wading kit, a dozer blade, a smoke generator and 81mm smoke launchers, 1V116 intercom system and a 16 kW generator AP-18D.
|
|
A long glazed nose extended forwards from the cockpit to beyond the plane of the propellers. The second, ground attack FC.20bis prototype differed chiefly from the first in having a shortened nose, a cockpit placed ahead of the wing leading edge and full armament, though there was also a slight increase in wing area. The solid nose contained a 37 mm (1.46 in) Breda cannon, supplemented by a pair of 12.7 mm (0.5 in) machine guns in the wing roots. An enclosed, rotating dorsal turret to the rear of the cockpit but still over the wing contained a similar machine gun. Two 160 kg (352 lb) bombs could be released from external wing mountings and small bombs from within the fuselage.
|
|
He innovated in the choice of light sources, mountings, reflector design, the use of Fresnel lenses, and in rotation and shuttering systems providing lighthouses with individual signatures allowing them to be identified by seafarers. He also invented the movable jib and the balance- crane as a necessary part for lighthouse construction. Vittoria Light in Trieste, direction Barcola Marjaniemi Lighthouse, the 19th-century lighthouse in the Hailuoto island, neighbouring municipality of Oulu, Finland Alexander Mitchell designed the first screw-pile lighthouse – his lighthouse was built on piles that were screwed into the sandy or muddy seabed. Construction of his design began in 1838 at the mouth of the Thames and was known as the Maplin Sands lighthouse, and first lit in 1841.
|
|
The Gun and some of its German crew in 1918 The sequence of firing a round was as follows:- Load – the gun was run back on its mountings with the breech in under the shelter. In here was the ready-for-use ammunition – shell and cartridge case (German guns had the Krupp breech and used brass cartridge cases for all calibres) and the hydraulic rammer which rammed the shell and cartridge into the gun. Loaded – ready – the loaded gun was run back on its mounting with the breech end over the well between the two side frames of the carriage. Aim – the piece was raised to the required elevation which, for the heavy siege guns, was a relatively high angle.
|
|
The Mercedes-Benz Style features several seating configurations for between four and eight passengers with the option of up to three multipurpose cabinets via switchable rail-mountings, three trim and upholstery levels with wooden panelling, advanced in-flight entertainment system and adjustable ambient lighting. The seats can be removed to create space for luggage with anchoring options on the floor and walls. The Mercedes- Benz Style also features external changes including a reshaped forward section and modified landing skids. In 2017, Airbus Helicopters launched the Airbus Corporate Helicopters (ACH) brand for corporate variants with two product lines for the H145 assigned the marketing name ACH145: the ACH145 Line, formerly the Stylence, and the ACH145 Editions product line, which retained the Mercedes-Benz Style name.
|
|
The .303 British Bren gun was also subject to conversion to fire the 7.62×51mm NATO round, the converted weapon being reclassified as the L4 Light machine gun. These have been replaced to a considerable extent in the light machine gun role by 5.56×45mm NATO weapons, such as the widespread use of the M249 SAW, but the 7.62×51mm NATO round is still the standard chambering for the minigun machine gun and most general-purpose machine guns such as the M60E4, FN MAG/M240, HK21, MG3, AA-52, Vektor SS-77, UKM-2000 and MG5 and flexible mountings such as helicopters, jeeps, and tanks. It is also commonly found in coaxial mount applications such as found in parallel with the main gun on tanks.
|
|
Daimler Double-Six (V12) 50hp sleeve-valve engine 1927-30 transverse section Daimler required an advanced new model to compete with Rolls-Royce's New Phantom of 1925. Though Packard had introduced its Twin-Six many years earlier it was to be a decade or more before luxury manufacturers like Rolls-Royce, Hispano-Suiza, Lincoln, Voisin and Lagonda made their own (and Packard returned to it). In fact by the mid-1930s flexible engine mountings and improved carburation had made so many cylinders unnecessary. What did return them to a certain level of popularity was the push for higher performance requiring higher crankshaft speeds. Daimler introduced their first 26 hp straight-eight in mid-1934 and their last (poppet valve) V12s were built in 1937 or 1938.
|
|
A serving British Army officer, Captain H.S.S. Watkin of the Royal Artillery, devised a solution based on surveying principles, exploiting the fact that the observer's height above the waterline could be used as the base of the measuring triangle. A measurement of the angle of depression to the bow-waterline of the target would thus give the range. While stationed at Gibraltar in the 1870s, he developed a device termed the Watkin Depression Range-finder (DRF), derived from the surveyor's level, which could be used in permanently fixed mountings whose height above sea level could be precisely determined. It was trialled by the War Office between 1876 and June 1881, when it was formally adopted, and subsequently became standard equipment in coastal forts and batteries.
|
|
The 24 HP and its derivatives were based on a ladder chassis of C-shaped stamped steel rails. Its engine was a (bore and stroke 100 x 130 mm, compression ratio 4.15:1) sidevalve inline-four cylinder, fed by a single vertical carburettor. Cylinder block and cylinder head were en bloc, and made of cast iron; the crankcase was cast aluminium, incorporating the four engine mountings. The single in-block camshaft was driven by a gear train on the original 24 HP, and by a more silent chain on its evolution, the 20-30 HP. The driveline comprised a dry multi-plate clutch, a four-speed gearbox and a one-piece propeller shaft, spinning inside a tube attached to the rear differential housing.
|
|
1929 saw another milestone when company boss Marius Daste, working in collaboration with his new business partner Romée de Prandières, developed and patented a flexible metal-reinforced car-body structure, employing the "Silentbloc" rubber anti-vibration mountings and joints manufactured by a neighbouring firm called "Repusseau and company" ("Repusseau et cie."). These were used to connect the massive steel ladder format chassis of the luxury cars of the time to the Vanvooren timber frames of the car bodies, and successfully eliminated the unavoidable squeaks and rattles that had hitherto been a feature of large coach-built cars. They also removed the risk of timber bodies becoming torn in response to excessive flexing from the steel chassis to which they were attached.
|
|
A great outburst of artistic energy is seen from the beginning of the 17th century, when works in ormolu or gilt bronze were produced in huge quantities. The craftsmanship is magnificent and of the highest quality, the designs at first refined and symmetrical; but later, under the influence of the rococo style, introduced in 1723, aiming only at gorgeous magnificence. It was all in keeping with the spirit of the age, and in their own sumptuous setting these fine candelabra, sconces, vases, clocks and rich mountings of furniture are entirely harmonious. The "ciseleur" and the "fondeur", such as Pierre Gouthière and Jacques Caffieri, associated themselves with the makers of fine furniture and of delicate Sèvres porcelain, the result being extreme richness and handsome effect.
|
|
The first production model, the Sea Fury F Mk X (later Sea Fury F.10), flew in September 1946. With the completion of flight testing at Boscombe Down in 1946, the trials process was repeated aboard the aircraft carrier . Carrier testing revealed directional stability issues related to rudder effectiveness during landing, and this was resolved by the adoption of a tail wheel lock, which also improved the wheel retraction behaviour. Several rectifying design changes were made by Hawker in response to feedback from the test pilots, including the adoption of a five-bladed Rotol propeller to greatly reduce overspeed tendencies; a re-designed rudder assembly, to increase rudder effectiveness; Dynafocal engine mountings to reduce vibration at low speeds, and an improved undercarriage with greater flexibility.
|
|
Berhow, pp. 176-177 The 16-inch guns were only the top end of the World War II program, which eventually replaced almost all previous coast defense weapons with newer (or remounted) weapons. Generally, each harbor defense command was to have two or three 16-inch or 12-inch long-range batteries, plus 6-inch guns on new mountings with protected magazines, and 90 mm Anti Motor Torpedo Boat (AMTB) guns.Berhow, pp. 80-81, 227-231, 256-258 Activation of the National Guard and expansion of regular harbor defense regiments to wartime strength resulted in 45,000 troops assigned to this function by fall 1941. Including field artillery units deployed in coast defense, harbor defense forces peaked at 70,000 troops from spring 1942 until mid-1943.
|
|
In June 1900, it was proposed to mount two BL 6 inch Mk VII naval guns on central pivot Mark II mountings with a range of capable of bearing on land batteries and on the bay. These were installed in 1902, with magazines and shelters added in October 1903. In August 1917 one of the guns fired upon and sunk a German submarine travelling on the surface close to Algeciras, which was the only action seen by Gibraltar's coastal defences during World War I. The guns were manned in 1936 during the Spanish Civil War while Campamento and La Línea de la Concepción were being bombarded by Spanish naval units. During World War II the guns were the first to fire a bring to shot.
|
|
As constructed, the County-class ships were armed with a pair of twin QF 4.5-inch gun mountings. These had magazines for 225 shells for each gun, two-thirds of the magazine capacity for the same guns in the single-turreted Leander-class frigates. The second batch of four ships (Antrim, Fife, Glamorgan and Norfolk) were refitted in the mid-1970s – their 'B' turrets were removed and replaced by four single MM38 Exocet surface-to- surface anti-ship-missile launcher boxes in order to increase the fleets anti- ship capability following retirement of its aircraft carriers. This made the County-class ships the only Royal Navy ships to be fitted with three separate types of guided missile: Seaslug, Seacat and Exocet.
|
|
The first DH.18 was delivered to Aircraft Transport and Travel for use on the Croydon-Paris service, but was wrecked in a forced landing shortly after takeoff from Croydon on 16 August 1920.Jackson, A.J. British Civil Aircraft since 1919 Volume 2. London: Putnam, 1973. pp. 64–66. Two more aircraft were under construction by Airco for Aircraft Transport and Travel when the bankrupt Airco was purchased by BSA, who did not wish to continue aircraft development or production. Geoffrey de Havilland, the chief designer of Airco then set up the de Havilland Aircraft Company, completing the two partly completed aircraft as DH.18As, with improved engine mountings and undercarriages. Aircraft Transport and Travel closed down in early 1921, due to competition from subsidised French airlines.
|
|
The 20 mm Oerlikons were replaced with twin mountings (except those on the quarterdeck) and a Type 291 Radar replaced the Type 286\. Jervis, Kelvin, Nerissa and Norman had the searchlight replaced with the "lantern" for centimetric target indication radar Type 271; Javelin and Kimberley having the lighter Type 272 fitted at the truck of the foremast. Napier, Nizam and Norseman (and later, Norman) had American SG1 Radar fitted at the head of a new lattice foremast, Norman replacing her Type 271 set with a single 40 mm Bofors gun. By the end of the war, the surviving J and K ships carried a lattice mast with a Type 293 radar target indication at the truck and a Type 291 air warning at the head.
|
|
By early 1939 it was clear that the first two s could not be delivered before 1943 at the earliest and that further battleship construction would be necessary to match the German and Japanese battleships already under construction. The main constraint on the construction of any new battleships was the limited available capacity and the time required to build large- calibre guns and their gun turrets. Using four existing twin 15-inch mountings offered the possibility of bypassing this bottleneck and allowed the construction of a single fast battleship more quickly than building more Lion- class ships. The turrets were originally built for the battlecruisers and during the First World War, and were removed during the conversions of these ships to aircraft carriers in the 1920s.
|
|
HMS Campbell was one of five Admiralty type flotilla leaders ordered from Cammell Laird (3) and Hawthorn Leslie (2) in April 1917.. The ship was long between perpendiculars and overall, with a beam of and a draught of . Design displacement was normal and full load. The ship's machinery consisted of four Yarrow boilers that fed steam at to two sets of Parsons single-reduction geared-steam turbines, rated at . This gave a design speed of light, which corresponded to about at full load. Up to 504 tons of oil fuel could be carried, giving a range of at . Campbells main gun armament consisted of five 4.7 in (120 mm)/45 calibre BL Mark I guns, on CP VI mountings capable of elevating to 30 degrees.
|
|
A marshal at Massanet reported that a manhole cover had come loose, and with the pressure generated by a speeding Formula One car being more than enough to rip it free of its mountings, race control deployed the safety car while the situation could be assessed. It was decided that the cover was safe, and the race resumed within three laps of the safety car taking to the circuit. It was later discovered that the loose manhole cover had been the cause of Barrichello's accident, being lifted up as the car passed over it, striking the left rear wheel and breaking the suspension. Bruno Senna and Heikki Kovalainen joined the growing list of retirements, both exiting the race on the same lap with mechanical troubles.
|
|
For the casual observer, there can be a great deal of confusion when it comes to classifying closed-wheel racing cars as 'touring cars' or 'sports cars' (also known as GT cars). In truth, there is often very little technical difference between the two classifications, and nomenclature is often a matter of tradition. Touring cars are usually based upon family cars (such as hatchbacks, sedans or estates), while GT racing cars are based upon powerful sports cars, such as Ferraris or Lamborghinis (and are thus usually coupés). Underneath the bodywork, a touring car is often more closely related to its road-going origins, using many original components and mountings, while some top-flight GT cars are purpose-built tube-frame racing chassis underneath a cosmetic body shell.
|
|
The company has found a niche market at the intersection of tourism, the environment and science education, and also fabricates items such as Archimedes screws, which make popular hands-on exhibits at a local water theme park. The waterwheels are GBL's trademark, but its high skills base means that the enterprise can fabricate all sorts of metal or wood prototypes and is always on the lookout for new product ideas. It has contracts to make high-end wooden office equipment and mountings for diesel engines, and is experimenting with ideas such as ceramic plaques and wooden toys. It also renovates and repairs household equipment, especially white goods (washing machines, dishwashers, tumble driers, electric stoves etc.), which it sells with a one-year guarantee.
|
|
Varriale 2015, p.10 Operational Nieuport 27s in Italian and French service were armed with a synchronized, fuselage-mounted Vickers machine gun occasionally supplemented with an overwing Lewis Gun mounted on one of several mountings. In British service with the Royal Flying Corps and later the Royal Air Force a Lewis Gun was mounted on a Foster mounting above the top wing. Nieuport produced a number of prototypes either contemporary to, or based on the Nieuport 27, including one with a Hispano-Suiza 8 V-8 inline engine that may have been designated the Nieuport 26, another with an enlarged 2 spar lower wing and a third with a redesigned front fuselage with a further simplified cabane structure, and a Vickers mounted on the forward port longeron.
|
|
Even that date was missed by several weeks as work finally ceased on 30 December.Moulin, Morareau & Picard, pp. 74–75 One of the major changes made during the conversion was that her original armament and fire-control equipment was replaced by four 38-caliber 5-inch (127 mm) Mk 37 dual-purpose guns in single mounts where the 155 mm guns had formerly been, twenty-four guns in six quadruple mounts, one each at the bow and stern and the remaining guns in sponsons on the side of the hull, and twenty-six Oerlikon guns in individual mountings. Four Mk 51 directors were added to control the 5- and 1.1-inch guns and SA-2 early- warning and SF surface-search radars were installed on the island.
|
|
SP Bofors in Holland, December 1944. 53rd (Welsh) Division was next engaged in the fighting in the Reichswald, (Operation Veritable). XXX Corps launched its attack at 05.00 on 8 February, and as the field and medium artillery concentrated on the enemy's batteries, command posts and communication centres, the divisional LAA regiments took part in the 'Pepperpot', in which guns and mortars of all calibres saturated the enemy positions in front of the assaulting infantry. By this stage of the war divisional LAA regiments had received quadruple 0.5-inch Browning machine guns on SP mountings (the M51 Quadmount) in place of a proportion of their Bofors guns, to improve their capability against 'snap' attacks by the new German jet fighter-bombers.
|
|
A Honda VFR750R (RC30) racing on the Isle of Man in 1992 The RC30 front suspension was made by Showa and had wheel and brake pads that had quick-release mountings. The rear wheel carried a brake disc to the inside and a chain sprocket to the outside of a single-sided swingarm (originally patented by ELF of France), and attached with a single castellated nut and cotter pin. It was also equipped with fully adjustable Showa suspension which, as it only had a single seat thus focusing suspension performance, gave superior ride and handling characteristics. The engine and low storage position of the fuel in the fuel tank combined to give a low centre of gravity which aided its handling prowess.
|
|
The period succeeding the fall of the Roman Empire is known as the Germanic Iron Age, and it is divided into the early Germanic Iron and the late Germanic Iron Age, which in Sweden is known as the Vendel Age, with rich burials in the basin of Lake Mälaren. The early Germanic Iron Age is the period when the Danes appear in history, and according to Jordanes, they were of the same stock as the Swedes (suehans, suetidi) and had replaced the Heruls. During the fall of the Roman empire, there was an abundance of gold that flowed into Scandinavia, and there are excellent works in gold from this period. Gold was used to make scabbard mountings and bracteates; notable examples are the Golden horns of Gallehus.
|
|
Blueprint for a Driggs-Schroeder 3.2-inch gun from Winchester Repeating Arms Company, at the Buffalo Bill Center of the WestScientific American, Vol. 79, Issue 6, article on the 3.2-inch Driggs-Seabury field gun A 12-pounder gun on a limited recoil carriage for naval landing forces was submitted to the US Army Ordnance Department in fiscal year 1895; it was not adopted.American Ordnance, pp. 39–42, 49–52 An Army 4-inch/40 caliber Driggs-Schroeder rapid-fire gun also existed,American Ordnance, pp. 42–44 probably the same as one of several Navy guns of this type. Only four were emplaced by the Army in coast defense mountings; two at Fort Washington, Maryland 1899–1921 and two at Fort Warren, Massachusetts 1899–1925.
|
|
To this end, three twin 4-inch Mark XIV mountings were carried, remotely controlled by a Type 275 Radar equipped Mark VI(M) director, allowing full blind-fire against aircraft targets. The light battery consisted of 2 of the new STAAG (Stabilised Tachymetric Anti-Aircraft Gun) mounts for twin Bofors 40 mm guns and two single weapons on Mk. II mounts in the bridge wings. The STAAGs were carried on either side aft, and each had its own Type 262 Radar and predictive fire control computer, allowing for automatic blind-fire engagement of targets. The STAAGs were excellent weapons on paper and the firing range, but when exposed to the vibration of a naval gun mounting and the rigour of the elements they were less than reliable.
|
|
The unarmoured parts of the ship would not offer enough resistance to armor-piercing shells to trigger their firing mechanisms (designed to explode after penetrating armour) so the shells would pass through without exploding, while the vital parts could have armor thick enough to resist the heaviest shells. To maximize the thickness of armour available for a given weight, it was desirable that the citadel be as small as possible. One way to achieve this was to concentrate the main battery in three turrets of triple or even two turrets of quadruple (quad) gun mountings, as opposed to four twin turrets typical during The First World War. In some cases, the turrets had an all- forward layout, such as the Royal Navy's and the French navy's .
|
|
Backmarkers able to unlap themselves behind the Safety Car. ;2013 : Further cost-cutting measures introduced, DRS restricted to the designated zones during free practice and qualifying, mid- season testing discontinued once more, "modesty panels" introduced to compensate for the previous year's front nose reprofilling, double-DRS (pioneered by Mercedes) banned, minimum weight increased to . ;2014 : New car formula of turbocharged V6 engines with 1600cc capacity and 8-speed gearbox introduced, which must now last at least before being replaced and have the KERS (now known as ERS-K) integrated into it. New penalty points system introduced, teams must nominate eight gear ratios ahead of the first race, rear beam wings and false camera mountings banned, in-season testing returns, car nose further reprofiled.
|
|
The exact history of the cup is largely unknown, although Conway suggests that the cup probably belonged to the Holy Roman Emperor Charlemagne before being passed down through the French kings, one of whom eventually donated it to the abbey of Saint Denis. The cup was occasionally used as a chalice for communion wine, and figured in the coronation of the French monarch, at which, according to S. G. Millet as quoted by Conway, the queens took "ablution from this chalice, after holy communion". In 1634, the cup was estimated to be worth around 25,000 livres, with the gem-encrusted gold mountings valued at 1,200 livres. Until September 1791 it formed part of the treasury of the Basilica of Saint-Denis.
|
|
The Graf Zeppelins were to be armed with separate high and low angle guns for AA and anti-ship defense at a time when most other major navies were switching to dual-purpose AA weapons and relying on escort ships to protect their carriers from surface threats. Her primary anti-shipping armament consisted of sixteen SK C/28 guns paired in eight armored casemates. These were mounted, two each, at the four corners of the carriers' upper hangar deck, positions that raised the possibility the guns would be washed out in heavy seas, especially those in the forward casemates. Chief Engineer Hadeler had originally planned for only eight such weapons on the carriers, four on each side in single mountings.
|
|
Destroyer Weapons of WW2, Hodges/Friedman, In the Q class, 'Y' gun could be removed, allowing for the carriage of additional depth charges and projectors, or the carriage of minesweeps. The R class were repeats of the Qs, except that the officers' accommodation was moved from its traditional location right aft to the more accessible location amidships. This facilitated the change in watchkeepers in inclement weather; the main deck of a destroyer would often be entirely awash in heavy seas, and catwalks were not fitted to connect fore and aft until the V class ordered in 1941. In surviving ships, the single 20 mm Oerlikon guns in the bridge wings were later replaced by hydraulically operated Mark V twin mountings.
|
|
On most ships one depth charge rack was removed and two Hedgehog mounts added. One of the two quintuple torpedo tube mountings had already been removed on most to make way for a quadruple 40 mm gun mounting and additional radar for the radar picket mission. 33 ships were converted under the Fleet Rehabilitation and Modernization II (FRAM II) program 1960–65, but not as extensively as the Gearings. Typically, FRAM Allen M. Sumners retained all three 5-inch/38 twin mounts and received the Drone Anti-Submarine Helicopter (DASH), two triple Mark 32 torpedo tubes for the Mark 44 torpedo, and two new single 21-inch torpedo tubes for the Mark 37 torpedo, with all 3-inch and lighter guns, previous ASW armament, and 21-inch torpedo tubes being removed.
|
|
The Pierce-Arrow armoured AA lorry was an open topped armoured lorry based on an imported American Pierce- Arrow Motor Car Company 5-ton truck chassis with added armoured bodywork and mounting a QF 2-pounder (40 mm) AA "pom-pom" gun. The Pierce-Arrow had a front mounted engine protected by folding armoured panels, behind the engine was an enclosed driver's compartment with two armoured shutters, whilst the open- topped fighting compartment was at the rear. In addition to the 2-pounder "pom-pom", the vehicle was provided with one or more .303 in (7.7 mm) Vickers machine gun for which four mountings were provided, the fighting compartment included storage for ammunition and other equipment, whilst further ammunition storage was provided on the sides of the vehicle.
|
|
Secondaries were initially designed to deal with rushing destroyers and torpedo boats, but there arose a need for heavy anti-aircraft armament as the potency of aircraft grew, particularly dive bombers and torpedo bombers. The rationale was that it is unlikely that a battleship would be simultaneously facing both destroyers and aircraft, but it would take up too much space to have separate types of guns to deal with both threats. Both weapons had similar calibers and so they could be merged into a single battery type, and the turret mountings were less susceptible to flooding and had a better firing arc than casemates. The space saved from combining the two types of guns added to simplification of supply, increased deck armor coverage, stowage of other equipment, more light anti- aircraft batteries, and other needs.
|
|
Within the church there is also a reliquary, made of wood in the shape of a miniature church (called a chasse) with gilt-brass mountings and with scenes from the BibleI.e., Christ in Glory, his betrayal and crucifixion and the women at his tomb and the three kings presenting their gifts to the Virgin and Child and the martyrdom of Thomas Becket.Many such reliquaries were made in western Europe from 1170 to 1220 when the martyred archbishop's cult was at its height. Like the stave churches themselves the reliquary is ornamented with dragon-heads on its gables, a feature which several Norwegian medieval reliquaries share and which might have been originally inspired by similar dragon-heads on the silver gilt reliquary of St. Olav on the enshrined on the high altar of the Nidaros Cathedral.
|
|
The sword had black scabbard, gilt mountings, and sword knot of gold lace strap with bullion tassel; it was worn on a sword belt of white web, with white cloth frog. In levée dress the coatee had the same embroidery, but only on collar, cuffs, and pocket flaps; the collar of the 1st and 2nd classes had embroidery all around the neck as on full dress, whereas that of 3rd class had front embroidery long, that of 4th class had front embroidery long, and that of 5th class a saw edge only. The coatee was fastened with practical buttons bearing the Crown onto button-holes. Blue cloth trousers were worn in place of breeches, with a gold oak lace stripe, wide for 1st and 2nd classes, for 3rd and 4th classes, and for 5th class.
|
|
As part of the re-armament program initiated by the Nazis after taking power in 1933 the Army High Command (Oberkommando des Heeres – OKH) ordered Krupp to begin work on new railroad artillery designs, but they would take a long time to develop. Krupp pointed out that it could deliver a number of railroad guns much more quickly using obsolete guns already on hand and modernizing their original World War I mountings for which it still had drawings available. OKH agreed and authorized Krupp in 1936 to begin design of a series of guns between for delivery by 1939 as the Emergency Program (Sofort-Programe).Gander and Chamberlain, p. 231 Eight 20.3 cm SK C/34 guns intended for the Admiral Hipper-class heavy cruisers were made available for the Army.
|
|
The Bay class made use of the hull, machinery, lattice mast and superstructure of incomplete Loch-class frigates. The armament was altered to suit them to the A/A role, with twin QF 4 in Mark XVI guns fore and aft in mounts HA/LA Mark XIX fitted with remote power control (RPC), controlled by a rangefinder-director Mark V carried on the bridge and fitted with Type 285 radar for range taking. Due to a shortage of supply of guns and mountings, many ships had these removed from laid up "WAIR" conversions and s that were constructive total losses. A pair of Mark V "utility" mounts for twin 40 mm Bofors guns were sited amidships, each with its own predictive Simple Tachymetric Director (STD) for fire control.
|
|
The MG 131 (shortened from German: Maschinengewehr 131, or "Machine gun 131") was a German 13 mm caliber machine gun developed in 1938 by Rheinmetall-Borsig and produced from 1940 to 1945. The MG 131 was designed for use at fixed, flexible or turreted, single or twin mountings in Luftwaffe aircraft during World War II. It was one of the smallest, if not the smallest among the heavy machine guns of that conflict, with a weight less than 60% of the M2 Browning or the Breda-SAFAT machine gun. Despite this, the MG 131 was a rapid fire weapon with an elevated firepower for its mass. It was equipped with HEI ammunition. Its nearest contemporary equivalent may have been the Japanese Ho-103, itself based on the earlier American M1921 Browning machine gun.
|
|
Permanent repairs were arranged to take place in the United States and she was taken in hand at Norfolk Navy Yard, Virginia; these lasted until September. During repair work, Ajax was equipped with US quadruple 40mm anti- aircraft mountings with provision for a British fire control radar Type 282, IFF Type 242 fitted and a US fire control radar replaced her existing Type 284. After post refit trials in October, she returned to Britain, via Bermuda, in November and the fitting of British equipment was completed. Ajax was recommissioned at Portsmouth on 25 December and joined the Home Fleet at Scapa Flow once more for work-up before returning to the Mediterranean in February 1944 after nearly two years out of action – apart from just a couple of days in January 1943.
|
|
224–5 The propulsion system was also found to be a secondary source of noise: poor design of the exhaust mufflers, weight-saving measures in the generator mountings, and an incorrect voltage supply to the battery compartment exhaust fans were noise-creating factors found and eliminated during studies by the Defence Science and Technology Organisation.Yule & Woolner, The Collins Class Submarine Story, pp. 239–40 In March 2010, the Department of Defence revealed that the generators in five of the submarines were flawed and had to be replaced.Oakes, This time it's the generators The three Australian-made generators aboard each of the five submarines (the generators aboard Collins were French-built, and exhibited no defects) are to be replaced in the submarines as they come in for their next maintenance docking.
|
|
In mid-December 1899, during 'Black Week', the British Army suffered reverses at Stormberg, Magersfontein and Colenso. Chamberlain was critical privately of the British Army's military performance and was often vexed by the attitude of the War Office. When the Boers bombarded Ladysmith with Creusot ninety-four pounder siege guns, Chamberlain asked for the dispatch of comparable artillery to the war, but was exasperated by the Secretary of State for War, Lord Lansdowne's argument that such weapons required platforms that needed a year of preparation, even though the Boers operated their "Long Tom" without elaborate mountings. Chamberlain made a number of speeches to reassure the public, and worked to strengthen bonds between Britain and the self-governing colonies, gratefully receiving over 30,000 troops from Canada, Australia and New Zealand.
|
|
These 28 cm SK L/40 guns were used as the main armament of the and pre- dreadnought battleships, but they were transferred to the Army from the Navy (Kaiserliche Marine) when those ships began to be relegated to training duties in 1916 after the Battle of Jutland had proved that they were not suitable for contemporary naval combat. One change made for land service was the fitting of a large counterweight just forward of the trunnions to counteract the preponderance of weight towards the breech. This, although heavy, was simpler than adding equilibrators to perform the same function. In 1917, the first four guns, formerly used on , were placed in firing platform (Bettungsschiessgerüst) mountings for coast defense duty as part of Batterie Graf Spee on the island of Wangerooge.
|
|
The unofficial "Sopwith Comic" name was also applied to a field modified Sopwith 1½ Strutter used by some home defence squadrons. The cockpit was moved back behind the wings, and one or two Lewis guns, either mounted on Foster mountings or fixed to fire upwards, outside the arc of the propeller, replaced the synchronised Vickers. Attempt to adapt a Foster mounting to a Bristol F.2b Fighter The night fighter version of the Avro 504K was also armed with a "modified S.E 5a" type Foster mounted Lewis gun (see illustration at the head of this article). This aircraft had a much larger gap between the top of the fuselage and the upper wing than most types fitted with this mounting and must have proved very awkward to use.
|
|
It was a single-engined pusher, of similar layout to the pre-war Sopwith Bat Boat, but considerably larger, with a wooden hull featuring a single step, and the tail surfaces carried on tailbooms above and behind the hull. The aircraft's two-bay biplane wings folded rearwards for storage. The crew of two sat in tandem open cockpits, with a planned armament of up to three Lewis guns on pillar mountings, while bombs could be carried below the lower wings.Hare 1990, pp. 193–194.Bruce 1957, pp. 387–388. The first prototype, powered by a 230 hp (172 kW) RAF 3 V12 engine driving a four-bladed propeller was completed at Farnborough late in 1917, being sent to Hamble near Southampton for final assembly and initial flight testing on 25 December.Bruce 1957, pp. 388–389.
|
|
Most of the Strutters supplied to home defence units had been built as two-seaters but many were converted locally to single-seaters to improve performance. Some of these single-seaters were similar to the bomber variant but others were of a different type, known (like similarly adapted Sopwith Camels) as the Sopwith Comic. The cockpit was moved back behind the wings and one or two Lewis guns, either mounted on Foster mountings or fixed to fire upwards, outside the arc of the propeller, replaced the synchronised Vickers. The RNAS used most of their Strutters as bombers (in the Aegean and Macedonia as well as in France) and as shipboard aircraft, where it was known as the Ship's Strutter and flew from aircraft carriers, other warships of the Royal Navy and .
|
|
3-inch M1917 The 3-inch gun M1917 was the United States Army's first dedicated anti-aircraft gun, entering service during World War I. Only a few were built, as the similar 3-inch gun M1918 on a mobile mount was considered more useful and was produced in large numbers. Development of the M1917 started in 1915, and as the name implies, took two years to enter service. The gun was essentially an unmodified 3-inch M1903 (76.2 mm L/55) coastal-defense gun barrel on a new fixed mount allowing it to be aimed to high elevations.Berhow, pp. 250–252Excerpt from online book A Magnificent Fight: Marines in the Battle for Wake Island by Robert J. Cressman A number were used during World War I on fixed mountings; 116 were completed by April 1919.
|
|
Where houses were occupied the Forestry Department offered to transfer the occupation leases to the occupants. Unoccupied houses were demolished or burned and almost half the buildings in the town disappeared. In 1984 the Forestry Department offered to freehold property and most residents purchased their houses. In 2007, the remaining evidence of the town's 50-year history as a timber-milling settlement are the Single Men's Barracks with associated cookhouse; some houses for married workers in Dingo Parade, which was previously known as Honeymoon Avenue; the store, which has been altered significantly; the provisional school and state school buildings; the community hall; married men's quarters that date from 1957 or 1958 and have been relocated; and the concrete slab and mountings of the generator that powered the mill.
|
|
Three 13.5-inch guns and mountings were free after the sinking of HMS Audacious, but there were no turrets available. Although 15-inch guns and turrets would later be re-allocated to monitors, at this time it was not thought to be a feasible option while the Queen Elizabeth class and Revenge- class battleships were being completed. It was then suggested that the guns and barbettes of the obsolete pre-dreadnought Majestic-class battleships be removed and placed in the monitors while the older ships were utilised as transports and hulks. Admiral Percy Scott, the foremost gunnery expert in the navy was consulted, who recommended that if the elevation of the guns was increased from their then limit of 13.5° to 30° then a comfortable range of could be reached.
|
|
The E-signal (Swedish: Ägovägssignal, lit. "owner's road signal") is a type of grade crossing signal used in Sweden on very low-traffic roads crossing a railroad track, when the same landowner owns the property on both sides of the railway track and only a few residential buildings can be reached from the road. An e-signal operates in the opposite fashion of a conventional grade crossing signal: it is lit when no train is approaching the crossing, and when a train approaches, it extinguishes approximately 30-60 seconds before the train's arrival. This is intended to provide a 'fail safe' function, in the event the signal bulb has blown or the power has failed; e-signal mountings are always supplemented with an information plate indicating the function of the signal.
|
|
In the spring of 1943, work was under way on the conversion of HMCS Prince David and HMCS Prince Henry to landing ship infantry (medium) LSI (M). They were reconfigured to carry 550 infantrymen transported in six landing craft assault (LCA) and two landing craft mechanised (LCM), and have large sick-bay facilities for the anticipated casualties. Their old 6-inch guns were replaced with two twin mountings, two single Bofors 40 mm guns, and ten Oerlikon 20 mm cannons. The rebuilding, which took place at Esquimalt and Vancouver, was completed in December 1943 and shortly after re-commissioning, she left for the United Kingdom via Cristobal and New York, under Captain T.D. Kelly RCNR, (her final commanding officer) who had supervised the fitting-out of both ships.
|
|
These were assisted by steel flying wires from below, between the forward and rear spars and the sponsons, and from above by a single wire from the raised engine mountings and their cross-bracing auxiliary wing, to the forward spar. High aspect ratio ailerons occupied all the trailing edge of the outer panels, aerodynamically balanced by small auxiliary surfaces mounted forward and well above the hinge line. The lower part of the fuselage followed Dornier's usual practice, with a narrow-V cross-section forward changing to a flat bottom, with a deeper centre region, near the single step and a V-section aft ending with a water rudder. There were two passenger cabins, one seating twelve forward of a lobby accessed by a starboard side door and containing a cloakroom, toilet, library and medicine cabinet.
|
|
Roeder also disclosed blueprints of the complete radio instrumentation of the new Glenn Martin bomber, classified drawings of range finders, blind-flying instruments, a bank-and- turn indicator, a navigator compass, a wiring diagram of the Lockheed Hudson bomber, and diagrams of the Hudson gun mountings. Ritter employed several other successful agents across the U.S., but he also made the mistake of recruiting a man who would later become a double agent, William Sebold. On 8 February 1940, Ritter sent Sebold to New York under the alias of Harry Sawyer and instructed him to set up a shortwave radio-transmitting station to establish contact with the German shortwave station abroad. Sebold was also instructed to use the code name TRAMP and to contact a fellow agent code named DUNN, Fritz Duquesne.
|
|
Pegasus Bridge, 9 June 1944. F Troop deployed around the vital bridges at dawn on D + 1, two guns round the canal bridge (later renamed Pegasus Bridge), two round the river bridge (later renamed Horsa Bridge), and two in between. It was immediately in action against low-level and dive-bombing attacks, during which it shot down two Messerschmitt Bf 109s. On D + 2 the hottest spot in the beachhead for AA action was Benouville, where F Troop bore the brunt while as many as 45 enemy aircraft milled about in cannon and machine-gun attacks: the Troop shot down three Focke-Wulf Fw 190s. They were joined the following day by D and E Troops of 92nd and four triple 20 mm Polsten mountings from 93rd LAA (the other Loyals LAA unit).
|
|
Designed during World War II by K. Abe, a Japanese schoolteacher, the Mizet II flew for the first time on 9 December 1948. It has constant chord, square tipped wings mounted onto a single, central girder which runs from just ahead of the leading edge back to the empennage. The pilot sits on an unenclosed seat below the leading edge, suspended from the central girder by a vertical strut and within an open, continuous frame defined by a second vertical girder from near the trailing edge, a horizontal keel girder which carries the lower seat mountings, rudder pedals and the simple tricycle undercarriage and completed by a sloping member ahead of the pilot on which simple instruments are mounted. A 25 hp (18.6 kW) motor car engine is mounted immediately behind the pilot in pusher configuration on an extension of the seat struttage.
|
|
All aircraft equipment were removed and Dragon and Dauntless had their bridges rebuilt along the lines of the rest of the class. Early modifications in World War II included the addition of Radar Type 286 air warning at the foremast head and, later, Type 273 centimetric target indication set on the searchlight platform amidships. Between 6 and 8 20 mm Oerlikon guns were generally added, replacing the old 2 pounder guns in the bridge wings, on either side of 'P' and 'Q' guns and on the quarterdeck. In 1942, Dauntless (and in 1943, Danae) had the aft 4 inch A/A gun replaced by a quadruple mounting Mark VII for the 2 pounder Mark VIII gun and in 1943, Danae and Dragon had 'P' gun and the forward pair of guns replaced by two such mountings and their Radar Type 282 equipped directors.
|
|
The result was Squad Leader, which went on to become the best selling tactical wargame ever, spawning three add-ons (called "gamettes" by Avalon Hill) and an Advanced version which produced twelve "official" core modules, several historically based modules, a solitaire version, and hundreds of third party add-ons and variants. Squad Leader, released in 1977, used a semi-simultaneous system as well, focusing on infantry combat. The physical components for the game were unmatched in terms of quality, using full color painted mapboards on rigid mountings that had the added advantage of being geomorphic. As the Squad Leader game system grew and more boards were added, they could be set up in a variety of configurations and used to represent a wide array of units, as the infantry counters were generic and did not portray specific units.
|
|
Amazone (left) alongside the heavy cruiser at the Blohm & Voss shipyard in Hamburg in 1939 The Treaty of Versailles that ended the war permitted Germany to retain six light cruisers, and Amazone was among those kept in service of the newly reorganized Reichsmarine. She was modernized and rearmed at the Reichsmarine Werft in Wilhelmshaven between 1921 and 1923. Her ram bow was replaced with a clipper bow, and she received a new battery of ten 10.5 cm SK L/45 guns in U-boat mountings and two torpedo tubes in deck launchers. She was recommissioned on 1 December 1923 under the command of Kapitän zur See (KzS—Captain at Sea) Walter Gladisch to replace her sister She joined the light forces of the Marinestation der Nordsee (North Sea Naval Station), operating with the light cruiser and II. Torpedo-boat Flotilla.
|
|
A depression position finder (DPF) was an observation instrument that was used in the fire control system of the U.S. Army Coast Artillery Corps and predecessors from circa 1901 through 1945 to locate targets in range and/or azimuth as part of the process of directing the fire of a battery of coast defence guns or mortars. It was one of many technologies introduced to US coast defences as part of the wide-ranging Endicott program. These instruments, which contained telescopes on massive, finely geared mountings, were located in various types of fire control towers (or smaller facilities) such as base end stations, DPF bunkers, or built into concrete gun emplacements. The American DPFs were functionally similar to the British device of the same name, but their data were usually relayed by telephone to a plotting room instead of directly to the guns.
|
|
The 3-inch gun M1917 was a World War I-era US-made anti- aircraft gun based on the 3-inch gun M1903. It was designed for a fixed mounting and remained in service, primarily at Coast Artillery installations, through World War II. It was determined that the weapon was too heavy and had too much recoil for mobile mountings, so a new weapon based on the barrel of the lighter and less powerful 3-inch gun M1898 was developed, designated the 3-inch gun M1918. This was the standard US anti-aircraft gun until partially replaced by the 3-inch gun M3 in 1930; some M1918 guns saw action in early World War II. There is some controversy as to whether any seacoast guns were actually converted into anti-aircraft guns in the development of these weapons.Berhow, pp.
|
|
Two 40 mm M1 guns on US Army mountings In 1938 the United States Army introduced a 37 mm gun of their own design, but found it to be of limited performance. In early World War II, six British Bofors were imported for testing, along with Kerrison Predictor directors, and they proved to be superior in all areas. By the middle part of the war, most of the 37 mm guns had been replaced by the 40 mm. In U.S. Army and Marine Corps service, the single mount Bofors was known as the 40 mm Automatic Gun M1. The U.S. version of the gun fired three variants of the British Mk. II high-explosive shell as well as the M81A1 armor-piercing round, which was capable of penetrating some 50 mm of homogeneous armor plate at a range of 500 yards.
|
|
The National Transportation Safety Board determined the probable cause of this accident was the disintegration of the No. 3 engine fan assembly as a result of an interaction between the fan blade tips and the fan case. According to the NTSB, "the precise reason or reasons for the acceleration and the onset of the destructive vibration could not be determined conclusively," but enough was learned to prevent the occurrence of similar events. The speed of the engine at the time of the accident caused a resonance wave to occur in the fan assembly when the tips of the fan blades began to make contact with the surrounding shroud. The engine was designed to have a rearward blade retaining force of 18,000 pounds to prevent the blades from moving forward in their mountings slots and subsequently departing from the fan disk.
|
|
This aircraft had an amidships crew position and on 26 June, Lanchester was flown as an observer. The tail oscillations started at ; Lanchester observed that the tail was twisting by 15° to either side and deduced that the cause was asymmetric movement of the right and left halves of the elevators, which were not rigidly linked but connected by long control cables. He recommended that the halves of the elevators be connected, the elevator balances removed and further bracing added between the lower longerons and the lower tailplane spar, measures which were wholly successful.Barnes 1987 p.83 The fourth prototype, 1458, was completed with the same fuselage structure as 1456 and provision for armament, with a Scarff ring mounting in the nose, a pair of post mountings in the mid position and a gun mounting in the rear fuselage.
|
|
Nine 10-inch guns (one partial) remain at four locations.Berhow, p. 230 1\. Two 10-inch Guns M1895MI (#25 & #22 Watervliet) on Disappearing Carriages M1901 (#14 & #16 Watertown), Battery Grubbs, Fort Mills, Corregidor Island, Philippines. The guns lie behind their mountings, since they were fired while disconnected from the carriages to deny use of them to the Japanese forces. 2\. One 10-inch Gun M1895MI (#20 Watervliet) (spare gun), Battery Grubbs, Fort Mills, Corregidor Island, Philippines 3\. Two 10-inch Guns M1895MI (#26 & #28 Watervliet) on Disappearing Carriages M1901 (#13 & #15 Watertown), Battery Worth, Fort Casey, Coupeville, WA (guns moved in the 1960s from Battery Warwick, Fort Wint, Grande Island, Subic Bay, Philippines) 4\. Two 10-inch Guns M1888 (#41 & #3 Watervliet), Fort Cape Spear, St. John's, Newfoundland, Canada (guns moved in World War II from Battery Harker, Fort Mott, New Jersey) 5\.
|
|
These were primarily used to target aircraft at heights up to , but could also be used against surface targets, with a maximum range of . Their replacement with eight Mk XIX high-angle/low-angle guns in four twin mounts, which was to occur in the late 1930s, was prevented by the outbreak of World War II. The guns could have been swapped out during a maintenance docking, but the demand for cruisers and Sydneys fortune in never sustaining major damage meant that the additional time in dock could not be justified. For close-range anti-aircraft defence, the 4-inch guns were supplemented by twelve Vickers Mk III machine guns, which were arranged in three Mk II quadruple mountings, one on each side of the forward superstructure, and the third on top of the aft superstructure.
|
|
The LHC first went live on 10 September 2008, but initial testing was delayed for 14 months from 19 September 2008 to 20 November 2009, following a magnet quench incident that caused extensive damage to over 50 superconducting magnets, their mountings, and the vacuum pipe.Hadron Collider. During its first run (2010–2013), the LHC collided two opposing particle beams of either protons at up to 4 teraelectronvolts or , or lead nuclei (574 TeV per nucleus, or 2.76 TeV per nucleon). Its first run discoveries included the long-sought Higgs boson, several composite particles (hadrons) like the χb (3P) bottomonium state, the first creation of a quark–gluon plasma, and the first observations of the very rare decay of the Bs meson into two muons (Bs0 → μ+μ−), which challenged the validity of existing models of supersymmetry.
|
|
In an attempt to counter the criticisms that the ships were underarmed for their size, and were incapable of engaging a target right aft, a single 4.5 inch gun on a standard Mk V mounting would be positioned on the original 4 inch gun deck abaft the funnel. In the event, these guns failed to provide a solution as they were restricted to firing on either beam because the midship positioning meant their arc of fire was fouled by the ships fore and aft superstructure. The ships' AA armament was reduced to eight 40/60 mm Bofors, two twin STAAG Mk. II mountings on top of the after deckhouse, one twin Mk. V on the middle deckhouse controlled by an STD mounted on top of the gun crew shelter, and a single mounting Mk. VII on either bridge wing.
|
|
At Dover in 1940, there were four 6-inch guns with a range of , two 9.2-inch guns with a range of , two modern 6-inch batteries with range and four more 9.2-inch guns on new mountings with a range of and then with supercharging. (After the fall of France, Axis ships could avoid the Dover mine barrage by sailing close to the French coast.) A supercharged naval 14-inch gun could fire shells but was difficult to use against moving targets. The South Foreland Battery of the Dover guns, with their new K-type radar set, tracked the ships of the Brest Group coming up the Channel towards Cap Gris Nez. At the Dover guns fired their first salvo but with visibility down to , there could be no observation of the fall-of-shot.
|
|
Both were "breech loading" in the general sense, but in the formal nomenclature it separated 6-inch guns with breeches designed for charges in brass cartridge cases (QF) from those designed for cloth bag charges (BL). Shells designed for one type were not necessarily suitable for use in the other type; for instance, a BL shell relied upon the tight fit of its driving band in the gun bore to prevent it slipping back when the gun was elevated, but a QF shell could rely upon the cartridge case, either fixed or separate, to prevent it slipping back. This presented difficulties for BL guns at high angles. A special cartridge was developed for BL 9.2 inch guns on HA mountings, with provision for a wooden (beech) stick to be inserted through the centre to prevent the shell slipping back on elevation.
|
|
The DDAM simulates the interaction between the shock-loaded component and its fixed structure as the free motion of a naval vessel in water produces a higher shock spectrum than a heavy structure would when mounted to a terrestrial surface. The DDAM takes interaction into account in relation to the mass of the equipment, its mounting location, and the orientation of the equipment on the vessel. Engineers use finite element method analysis software to verify designs using DDAM computer simulations that model the known characteristics of underwater explosion phenomena as well as the surface ship or submarine body responses to shock loading and application of a shock spectra in order to apply the appropriate shock responses at the mountings of shipboard equipment (e.g., masts, propulsion shafts, rudders, rudderstocks, bearings, exhaust uptakes and other critical structures) due to underwater explosions.
|
|
The gun was fitted predominantly to the Centurion tank, seeing action with British and Australian forces during the Korean and Vietnam War. When a Soviet T-54A main battle tank was driven to the British embassy in Budapest by Hungarian rebels during the Hungarian Revolution of 1956, analysis of its armour and 100 mm gun led British officials to determine that the 20 pounder was ineffective at defeating Soviet armour. This led to the development of the 105 mm L7 tank gun, which was designed to fit specifically into the turret mountings of the 20 pounder, facilitating for easily upgunning existing tanks equipped with the 20 pounder. One 20 pounder gun was fitted to a Swiss pre-production Panzer 58, replacing a domestic 90 mm Kanone 1948 gun, before it was equipped with the 105 mm L7.
|
|
C. H. Collins Baker, enlarged and revised by R.R. Wark, Catalogue of William Blake's Drawings and Paintings in the Huntington Library. First published 1938. Quoted in Butlin, 390 The sequence of the illustrations is also a topic of scholarly dispute: the mountings of the Thomas set were inscribed on their backs with numbers 1–6, but these were added during or after the 1872 Sotheby's sale, and so are unlikely to follow Blake's intended order. This "original" order ran thus: #The Descent of Peace #The Annunciation to the Shepherds #The Flight of Moloch #The Old Dragon #The Overthrow of Apollo and the Pagan Gods #The Night of Peace Geoffrey Keynes placed them in 1-6-2-3-4-5 order, so that The Night of Peace followed The Descent of Peace, because of their similar subjects.
|
|
Components for these two ships had to be manufactured at Leningrad and shipped via the White Sea – Baltic Canal to Molotovsk. Also, the turret shop at Nikolaev proved to be too poorly equipped to assemble the 406 mm mountings and the propeller shafts had to be ordered in 1940 from Germany and the Netherlands as the domestic plants were already overburdened with orders. Shipbuilding steel proved to be in short supply in 1940, and a number of batches were rejected because they did not meet specifications. Armor plate production was even more problematic as only of the anticipated were delivered in 1939, and more than half of that was rejected. Furthermore, the armor plants proved to be incapable of making cemented plates over 230 mm, and inferior face-hardened plates had to substitute for all thicknesses over 200 mm.
|
|
Many of these guns were reassigned as coastal artillery when the vessels to which they had been previously assigned had been scrapped as a result of the Washington Naval Treaty, the guns were then used as coastal artillery. Some were also mounted on older auxiliary vessels during World War II. Built entirely of nickel steel, the Mark 8 deviated from standard Navy practice in that its nominal caliber length was their actual overall length. The anti-torpedo boat armament, comprised 22 Marks 2, 3, 5, 6 or 8 50 cal guns in single mountings -- six on sponsons on the gun deck, six in broadside on the gun deck and 10 in broadside on the main deck. They fired a shell at a muzzle velocity of to a range of at a maximum elevation of 43° at a rate of 15–20 rounds per minute.
|
|
In 1998 Porsche designed a Le Mans Prototype for the following season, assigning it the codename 9R3. It was initially to use a modified version of the turbocharged flat-six engine found in the Porsche 911 road car, but, although the design was completed in November 1998, Porsche opted against building the car. Due to the inherent flaws of using the heavy flat-six and the extra cooling the engine would've needed, Porsche instead redeveloped the 3.5-litre V10 engine that was originally developed in 1992 for Formula One, to replace the V12 used by Footwork Arrows; it was redesigned for both 5-litre and 5.5-liter capacities, and the pneumatic valve springs were removed, as the air restrictors mandated under LMP regulations made them redundant. The chassis was unaltered apart from suspension geometry for newer tires and the engine mountings to accommodate the new engine.
|
|
So, mortars were removed to leave two mortars per pit. The mortars were not shipped to France; most railway mortars remained in reserve through World War II. Some of Fort McKinley's 8-inch (203 mm) guns were dismounted for railway conversion, but never left the fort and were later remounted.US Army Railway Artillery in WWI The two 6-inch (152 mm) guns of Battery Carpenter and Fort Lyon's three six-inch guns were removed to be mounted on field carriages; all were shipped to France and later returned to the United States, with Battery Carpenter's guns returning to Fort McKinley. The Fort Lyon guns were eventually used elsewhere on new mountings in World War II. A history of the Coast Artillery in World War I states that none of the regiments in France equipped with 6-inch guns completed training in time to see action before the Armistice.
|
|
Along with other coast artillery weapons, the 12-inch guns in the Philippines saw action in the Japanese invasion in World War II. Since they were positioned against a naval attack, they were poorly sited to engage the Japanese (although the long-range batteries had 360° fire due to lack of casemates, the disappearing batteries had about 170° fire). Other limiting factors were that they had mostly armor-piercing ammunition, and the open mountings were vulnerable to air and high-angle artillery attack. Victorious Japanese troops atop Battery Hearn on 6 May 1942 Three additional long-range casemated batteries were constructed during the war, at Fort Miles, Delaware, San Juan, Puerto Rico, and on Sullivan's Island near Fort Moultrie in the Harbor Defenses of Charleston, South Carolina. With the additional construction of 16-inch gun batteries at most harbor defenses, all guns on disappearing carriages were scrapped in 1943–44.
|
|
The suspension also automatically accommodates differing payloads in the car- with four people and cargo on board the wheelbase increases by around 4 cm (2 in) as the suspension deflects, and the castor angle of the front wheels increases by as much as 8 degrees thus ensuring that ride quality, handling and road holding are almost unaffected by the additional weight. On early cars friction dampers (like a dry version of a multi-plate clutch design) were fitted at the mountings of the front and rear swinging arms to the cross-tubes. Because the rear brakes were outboard, they had extra tuned mass dampers to damp wheel bounce from the extra unsprung mass. Later models had tuned mass dampers ("batteurs") at the front (because the leading arm had more inertia and "bump/thump" than the trailing arm), with hydraulic telescopic dampers / shock absorbers front and rear.
|
|
615 tons of oil were carried, giving a range of at . The ship had a main gun armament of four 4.7 inch (120 mm) QF Mk. IX guns on single CP Mk XXII mountings, capable of elevating to an angle of 55 degrees, giving a degree of anti-aircraft capability. The intended close-in anti-aircraft armament for the class was one Hazemayer stabilised twin mount for the Bofors 40 mm gun and four twin Oerlikon 20 mm cannons, although limited availability of the Bofors mount meant that Troubridge was completed with an additional two single Oerlikon guns instead. The Oerlikons were gradually replaced by Bofors guns as the war progressed, with Troubridge being fitted with two single Bofors guns in 1944, with further guns (with one single mount on the searchlight platform and possibly another four power operated mounts) added on joining the British Pacific Fleet.
|
|
On 19 September 2008, a magnet quench occurred in about 100 bending magnets in sectors 3 and 4, where an electrical fault led to a loss of approximately six tonnes of liquid helium (the magnets' cryogenic coolant), which was vented into the tunnel. The escaping vapour expanded with explosive force, damaging a total of 53 superconducting magnets and their mountings, and contaminating the vacuum pipe, which also lost vacuum conditions. Shortly after the incident, CERN reported that the most likely cause of the problem was a faulty electrical connection between two magnets, and that – owing to the time needed to warm up the affected sectors and then cool them back down to operating temperature – it would take at least two months to fix. CERN released an interim technical report and preliminary analysis of the incident on 15 and 16 October 2008 respectively, and a more detailed report on 5 December 2008.
|
|
The placing of orders did not stop design work but by this time plans were too far advanced for big changes to be considered, although some design changes were made to the armament. One change, incorporated with protection against air- attack in mind, was the decision to standardise on the 4.5-inch gun for the main armament rather than the low angle 4.7 inch that was the usual destroyer gun and only effective against surface targets. The four 4.5 inch guns, fitted in two Mk IV turrets, were capable of high angle fire against aircraft and were controlled from a Director Control Tower (DCT) fitted with radar. Another alteration made whilst building was the fitting of a 4-inch gun on a gundeck abaft the funnel. It was also decided that the twin 40/60 mm guns would be fitted on Hazemeyer Mark IV mountings fitted with Radar Type 282.
|
|
Feuerleitgerät 63 Superfledermaus at the Flieger-Flab-Museum The Flt Gt 63 comprises a towed trailer, a Doppler radar in the E / F-band with a range of 15 kilometers and a pulse Doppler Rader in the J band, again with a 15 kilometer range, it can simultaneously control two Oerlikon 35 mm twin anti-aircraft mountings. In use the system's E/F band search radar monitors the airspace scanning for targets; once targets have been identified the target can be tracked and engaged either visually or by radar. Visual operation (OZ) utilizes electro-optical sights on the gun mounts, this allows the direct laying of the guns by their crews; this mode of operation limits the system to daylight/good weather conditions. Radar target assignment (ZZR) requires an oral radio or telephone transmission to the Parallaxcomputer operator, who inputs the search data into the device.
|
|
In 1904 Dunottar Castle was laid up at Netley in Southampton Water, but by 1907 she was being chartered to the Panama Railroad Co. for their New York to Colon (Panama Canal) service. In 1908 she was chartered to Sir Henry Lunn Ltd for cruises to Norway and the Mediterranean, and in 1911 she took guests to the Delhi Durbar of King George V. Union-Castle became part of the Royal Mail Group in 1912, and Dunottar Castle was sold to the Royal Mail Steam Packet Company in 1913 as the Caribbean. In 1914 she was requisitioned as HMS Caribbean for World War I, initially as a troop ship to bring soldiers from Canada to Europe and later as an Armed Merchant Cruiser. But after it was found that she was unsuitable to carry gun mountings, she was converted into a dockyard workers' accommodation ship in May 1915.
|
|
The telescope initially mounted on a wooden stand, but the arrival of the great lens had caught the attention of Dr Thomas Romney Robinson, who had become director of the Armagh Observatory in 1823, and become a friend of Cooper's At Robinson's suggestion, the telescope was removed its temporary alt-azimuth stand, and mounted equatorially by Thomas Grubb of Dublin, with the innovation of a cast iron tube and stand, instead of the wooden mountings previously used. (This was the first major commission for Grubb, who was assiduously promoted by Robinson, and went on to become a noted producer of telescopes for observatories all around the world). However, it was thought impractical to build a dome of the required size, so the instrument was set up outdoors, and remained uncovered. Cooper used the telescope to sketch Halley's Comet in 1835 and to view the solar eclipse of 15 May 1836.
|
|
The Messerschmitt Me 410 Hornisse heavy fighter was known to have sometimes been fitted with the Bf 110's quartet of launchers for the Wfr. Gr. 21 rockets, photo of the twin-tube installation but one tested an experimental installation of six launching tubes, similar in appearance to the 15 cm Nebelwerfer 41's half-dozen carriage-mounted tubes, in the Me 410's under-nose weapons bay. The tube assembly, with their axis angled upwards at 15° (as the underwing mountings were angled) was intended to rotate, as a revolver pistol's cylinder would, as each rocket to be fired was launched singly from the exposed tube at the bottom of the aircraft's nose. photo of the installation closeup of the installation fully configured A test flight was made on 3 February 1944, but the concept proved to be a failure as the rockets' exhaust substantially damaged the aircraft.
|
|
303 cartridges plus gun mountings, parts for aeroplane engines, fuze body stampings and submarine mines, 23,400 tons of metal. After WWI, with a reduced staff, orders for metal stampings, wrought iron work, war memorials, ecclesiastical metalwork and statuary resumed. All kinds of bronze work were in demand from home and abroad: statues, wreathes, emblems, friezes, tablets, as well as entrance doors and revolving doors for the Hong Kong & Shanghai Bank in Shanghai, lift enclosures for flats in Brook Street, London, lighting standards for Reading Bridge and the gates for Africa House in Kingsway, London.Frome Museum, document D1348, reprint from The Architectural Review Two of the largest commissions were Fehr's 1924 Shanghai Allied War Memorial (the Angel and all of the other bronzes were removed by the Japanese in 1943) and friezes for the Scottish National War Memorial (1927) at Edinburgh Castle by Alice Meredith Williams.
|
|
After the invasion of the Netherlands in 1940, the Dutch shipyards were almost undamaged. Therefore, the Kriegsmarine contracted three Dutch shipbuilders to build some smaller vessels. Classed as "Fleet torpedo boats" (Flottentorpedoboot) the 1940 Type was more a destroyer than a torpedo boat, with a full load displacement of 2,566 tons and carrying four 5-inch guns and eight 21-inch torpedo tubes in two quadruple mountings, and was based on Dutch designs. Twelve were ordered in 1940–1941, and numbered T61 to T72; but only eight were laid down by 1942 of which three were launched (the other five were destroyed on the slips); in 1944 these three incomplete ships (T61, T63 and T65) were transferred to the Baltic Sea to be completed, and T61 was torpedoed off the West Frisian Islands in September 1944, while the other two were captured by the Allies at Kiel and scuttled after the war.
|
|
The water tank ripped from its mountings, the underside of the smokebox being lifted up on the boiler was crunched in, and the whistle and injector steam pipes were ripped from the steam dome. The local fitter suggested the engine "was and is overdue for a thorough repair", and the loco was sent to the Launceston workshops to receive a thorough overhaul. And during this period it was tried to get Big Ben to do Spider's work, but eventually an engine of Jaegers, presumably the Manning Wardle 0-4-0 ST Stanley was used instead for a short period; by 1938 "Spider was likely back in service." A second collision On 8 August 1941 Spider was involved in another collision, but this time with the passenger railmotor DP 3. On that day Spider was heading out from Smithton with a load and DP 3 from Marrawah with passengers, It was intended for both engines to cross at the 19-mile mark.
|
|
The gun remained outside the station, resplendent in its camouflage paint and target for the climbing ambitions of numerous small boys until the outbreak of the 1939–45 war, when in 1942 the Australian Army began to express interest in the gun. The Inspector-General of Munitions, in a request for the transfer to the Department of Munitions 'for the duration' pointed out that a mounting of this type in which heavy British guns and ammunition could be test-fired was badly needed, as the stresses involved in such firings made our own coastal defence gun mountings unsuitable. It was planned to install the mounting at the Artillery Proof Range at Port Wakefield, South Australia. The Army gave an undertaking to restore the gun and its mounting to its former condition and to meet all expenditure involved, and claimed that because the mounting was indispensable to the war effort, the Chairman of the Australian War Memorial Board of Management had given approval for its removal.
|
|
The development of the Mark V gun started during the Second World War and was intended for triple Mark 25 mountings on the projected Neptune-class cruisers. When the Neptune-class ships were cancelled in 1946, the gun was redesigned to be mounted in pairs to the new and complex Mark 26 dual purpose mounting and gun turret designed for rapid automatic fire on the projected Minotaur-class cruiser. These were to be the first British 6-inch guns in over sixty years to use brass cartridges instead of bagged charges. By the time the first two experimental weapons had been completed in 1949, the Minotaur-class had also been cancelled, and after some time it was decided to use the N5 gun (as the Mark V had been redesignated) and the Mark 26 mounting, on the Tiger-class cruisers, whose hulls had been built during the war and had since been totally redesigned.
|
|
This leads to very high centrifugal stresses on the mechanism, which must be stronger and heavier than otherwise to withstand them. One common approach to minimise this is to curve the wings into an "egg-beater" shape (this is called a "troposkein" shape, derived from the Greek for "the shape of a spun rope") such that they are self-supporting and do not require such heavy supports and mountings. See. Fig. 1. In this configuration, the Darrieus design is theoretically less expensive than a conventional type, as most of the stress is in the blades which torque against the generator located at the bottom of the turbine. The only forces that need to be balanced out vertically are the compression load due to the blades flexing outward (thus attempting to "squeeze" the tower), and the wind force trying to blow the whole turbine over, half of which is transmitted to the bottom and the other half of which can easily be offset with guy wires.
|
|
Static 3.7-inch gun on a Pile Platform, October 1944. The first phase of V-1 attacks ended in September 1944 after 21st Army Group overran the launching sites in Northern France. In October, AA Command began planning to counter the expected attacks by air-launched V-1s coming in across the North Sea against targets on the East Coast and the Midlands. 41 AA Brigade was one of the formations deployed by 5 AA Group for this 'Diver Fringe' belt of defences. The brigade was reduced to a single regiment (172nd (M) HAA Rgt), but was tasked with reconnoitring and establishing 10 new AA gun sites from Donna Nook to Wainfleet along the Lincolnshire coast. Each site was to be equipped with six static 3.7-inch Mark IIC guns, with powered mountings, Predictor No 10 (the all-electric Bell Labs AAA Computer) and Radar No 3 Mark V (the SCR-584 radar set).
|
|
A common gear-housing connected the front ends of the two crankcases, with the two crankshaft pinions driving a single airscrew shaft gear.Griehl and Dressel 1998, pp. 92–94. The outer sides of each of the component engines' crankcases were connected to the nacelle firewall through forged mountings similar to what would be used for either a single DB 601 or DB 605 engine-powered aircraft installation. When combined with the central space-frame mount designed especially for the "power system" format, this resulted in a Daimler-Benz "coupled" twin-crankcase "power system" having a trio of engine mount structures within its nacelle accommodation. The starboard DB 601 component engine had to be fitted with a mirror-image version of its mechanically driven centrifugal supercharger, drawing air from the starboard side of the engine. Two of the DB 606s, each of which initially developed 2,600 PS (2,564 hp, 1,912 kW) for take-off and weighing some 1,515 kg (3,340 lb) apiece, were to power the He 177.
|
|
The ship had a main gun armament of four 4.7 inch (120 mm) QF Mk. IX guns on single mountings, capable of elevating to an angle of 55 degrees rather than the 40 degree of previous War Emergency destroyers, giving improved anti-aircraft capability. The close-in anti-aircraft armament was one Hazemayer stabilised twin mount for the Bofors 40 mm gun and four twin Oerlikon 20 mm cannons. Two quadruple mounts for 21 inch (533 mm) torpedoes were fitted, while the ship had an depth charge outfit of four depth charge mortars and two racks, with a total of 70 charges carried. Swift was fitted with a Type 272 surface warning radar and a high-frequency direction finding (HF/DF) aerial on the ship's tripod foremast, with a Type 291 air warning radar on a pole mast aft and Type 285 fire control radar integrated with the ship's high-angle gun director.
|
|
Euryalus was the last original Dido operational in Royal Navy, until 1954, mainly on the South Atlantic station. The ship was the most modernised of the original Didos, having been extensively updated from October 1943 to June 1944 at John Brown on the Clyde with new light anti-aircraft armament of 20 mm, 40 mm and 2-pounder mountings and a generally new radar suite with Type 293 radar the standard post war Royal Navy target indicator and close range air and surface search, Type 272 heightfinders and surface warning and new navigation radar. After the end of World War II Euryalus spent 18 further months in the Pacific Fleet operating from Sydney, Japan and Hong Kong before returning to the UK for a year-long modernisation at Rosyth in 1947–48. By this time the long range airwarning radar on Euryalus was the late war Type 279b/281, the precursor of the post-1945, Type 960.
|
|
By December 1943, the Führer der Zerstörer (FdZ) demanded that the fore single superfiring turret be removed, in order to reduce length, improve speed, and reduce bow weight. They also mandated that the aft single 12.7cm guns be able to elevate up to 75°. However, on 22 January 1944, after a meeting between the FdZ and Naval Group North, the FdZ dropped their demand for the fore single turret to be removed, after being informed that the speed loss due to it was marginal. At the same conference, the new 12.7 cm KM/41 naval gun was also discussed, as it was the best quick- firing gun design of the time. It was pointed out that the 12.7cm KM/41 had a severe lack of anti-aircraft abilities, due to the fact that none of the mountings were tri-axial, and indeed, only the single turret guns were even bi-axial. Additionally, the twin turrets could only elevate to 52°, and the single turrets only to 75°.
|
|
By August 1893, however, the public perceived the strength of the Royal Navy to have fallen relative to its traditional rivals, the French and Russian navies. John Spencer, the First Lord of the Admiralty, proposed a large naval expansion plan referred to as the Spencer Programme that included seven more Majestic-class battleships to soothe public opinion. The Majestics were to be a benchmark for all successor pre-dreadnoughts. While the preceding Royal Sovereign-class battleships had revolutionised and stabilised British battleship design by introducing the high-freeboard battleship with four main- battery guns in twin mountings in barbettes fore and aft, it was the Majestics that settled on the 12 in main battery and began the practice of mounting armoured gunhouses over the barbettes; these gunhouses, although very different from the old-style, heavy, circular gun turrets that preceded them, would themselves become known as "turrets" and became the standard on warships worldwide.
|
|
The instrument is made of brass, steel, and wood, contained within a wooden case and resting on a mahogany stand with a glazed cover. Johnathan Betts, in an Excerpt from A report following the servicing and inspection of The Queen’s College Grand Orrery in 2016, describes the instrument as standing > on a fine mahogany table with six finely carved cabriole legs, the whole > covered with a multi-panelled protective glass shade which can be locked > securely onto the table, preventing access to the orrery. In the same article, Betts illustrates the orrery, > fitted in a mahogany twelve-sided case, with lacquered brass mounts and > surmounted, on a brass pillared gallery, with a large lacquered brass > hemispherical armillary structure. The mechanical orrery itself incorporates > within its compass the solar system out to Mars, including the Earth and > Moon, with additional mountings fixed on the outside of the case for > attaching static models of Jupiter and Saturn.
|
|
The Battle-class was developed as a result of operational experience in the early years of the Second World War, which had shown that the Royal Navy's existing destroyers had inadequate anti-aircraft protection, and in particular, lacked a modern dual-purpose main gun armament, capable of dealing with both surface targets and air attack, with guns lacking the high elevation mountings necessary to deal with dive bombers. The resulting design was armed with two twin 4.5 inch high-angle gun-turrets of a new design mounted forward and a heavy close-in anti-aircraft armament, with 16 Battle-class destroyers ordered under the 1942 construction programme. For the 1943 construction programme, 24 Battle-class destroyers of a revised design (known as "1943 Battles") were ordered, with four destroyers (Barrosa, , Talavera and Trincomalee to be built by the Scottish shipbuilder John Brown & Company. Barrosa was long overall, at the waterline and between perpendiculars, with a beam of and a draught of normal and at full load.
|
|
Hawkesbury River Railway Bridge as seen from the bridge construction site on Long Island Hawkesbury River Railway Bridge as seen from a cave on Long Island The Main North railway line from Sydney passes through a tunnel on the eastern end of the island, which is joined to Brooklyn by a railway causeway across Sandbrook Inlet, and to Cogra Point on the northern shore of the Hawkesbury River by the second Hawkesbury River Railway Bridge. The spans for this second bridge, built during the 1940s when it became necessary to replace the first bridge, were assembled on the northeastern side of Long Island, immediately to the west of the current bridge. The remains of the docks and crane mountings are still present on the hillside, and along the water's edge. Immediately to the east of the existing railway tunnel is the first railway tunnel, that was bored through the island as part of the southern approach for the first Hawkesbury River Railway Bridge.
|
|
Swiftsure was completed with sixteen twin and six single 20 mm guns, but had all the singles and eight of the twin removed in the summer of 1945, when she received, in lieu, eight 40 mm Bofors and five single 40 mm Bofors Mk III. HMCS Ontario (ex-Minotaur) was completed with the same close-range outfit as Swiftsure, and is reported to have had an outfit of six 40 mm and six 20 mm guns at the end of the war, all in single mountings. Superb was not completed until after the end of hostilities, and had a close-range outfit consisting of eight single 40 mm Mk III, two single 2-pounders, four twin hand-operated 20 mm and two single 20 mm guns. After a collision between Swiftsure and the destroyer in the West Indies on 16 September 1953, Swiftsure was largely rebuilt to the pattern of the reconstruction in 1956–59.
|
|
Mounting the gun on the Valentine tank chassis in a fixed superstructure gave the Archer, looking somewhat like the light- chassis German Marder III in appearance. The 17 pounder was also used to re- equip the US-supplied M10 Tank Destroyer, replacing the American 3-inch gun to produce the 17pdr SP Achilles. In 1942 the General Staff agreed on investigating self-propelled mountings of the 6-pounder, 17-pounder, 3-inch 20cwt guns and the 25-pounder field gun/howitzer on the Matilda II, Valentine, Crusader and Cruiser Mark VII tank chassis. In October 1942 it was decided to progress using the Valentine chassis with a 17-pdr (which would become Archer) and 25-pdr (which entered service as Bishop)S-P 17pdr, Archer (E1969.43) While there was a general move to a general purpose gun that was usable against both tanks and in supporting infantry, there was a need to put the 17 pdr into a tank for use against the enemy's heavy tanks.
|
|
They carried two naval officers and two marine officers. ;Landing Craft Gun The Landing Craft Gun (LCG) was another LCT conversion intended to give supporting fire to the landing. Apart from the Oerlikon armament of a normal LCT, each LCG(Medium) had two British Army 25 pounder gun-howitzers in armoured mountings, while LCG(L)3 and LCG(L)4 both had two 4.7 inch naval guns.Brown D K, Nelson to Vanguard p 145 Crewing was similar to the LCF. LCGs played a very important part in the Walcheren operations in October 1944. ;Landing Craft Rocket left The Landing Craft Tank (Rocket), LCT(R), was an LCT modified to carry a large set of launchers for the British RP-3 "60 lb" rockets mounted on the covered-over tank deck. The full set of launchers was "in excess of" 1,000 and 5,000 reloads were kept below. The firepower was claimed to be equivalent to 80 light cruisers or 200 destroyers.
|
|
J Gun Battery (1942) is individually significant within the area of Garden IslandRegister No. 019544and is historically important as the first gun battery constructed on Garden Island and as one of two long range gun batteries which played a strategic role in the coastal defences of Cockburn Sound and Fremantle following the entry of Japan into the Second World War (1939-45). The gun mountings and magazine building are important in demonstrating the principal characteristics of coastal gun batteries constructed during the Second World War and the overlapping fields of fire achieved through strategic siting of individual batteries as part of a network. Principal characteristics of the magazine building include the use of reinforced concrete and brick and the double wall system. (Criterion D.2) J Gun Battery was listed on the Australian Commonwealth Heritage List on 22 June 2004 under Criterion A.4 and Criterion D.2 of the Commonwealth Heritage List.
|
|